Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Specialty Retail / O’Reilly Automotive

O’Reilly Automotive

orly · NASDAQ Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker orly
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Specialty Retail
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · O’Reilly Automotive
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
8:18 A.m.

positioned
to deliver
2010 AnnuAl report

o’reilly Automotive

o’reilly now hAs the foundAtion in plAce to fully execute 
our proven duAl mArket strAtegy in All of the mArkets we 
serve  Across  the  country.  with  23  strAtegic  distribution 
centers  servicing  3,570  stores  in  38  stAtes,  stAffed  And  
supported by over 47,000 professionAl teAm members – we 
work towArd one goAl - to consistently provide the highest 
level of service to every do-it-yourself And professionAl 
service  provider  customer  we  encounter.  it’s  time  for 
o’reilly Auto pArts – we Are positioned to deliver.

s
t
h
g

i
l
h
g

i

a
t
a
d

g
n

h

i
t
a
r
e
p
o

l
A
i

c
n
A
n

i
f

d
n
a

a
t
a
d

e
r
a
h
s

r
e
p

s
g
n

i

n
r
a
e

t
p
e
c
x
e

,
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t

n
I

Years Ended December 31 

Sales 
Operating Income 
Net Income 
Working Capital 
Total Assets 
Total Debt 
Shareholders’ Equity 
Earnings Per Share  
(assuming dilution) 

Weighted-Average Common  
Shares Outstanding  
(assuming dilution) 

Store Count 
Percentage increase in 
same-store sales 

2010 
$ 5,397,525 
712,776 
419,373 
  1,072,294 
  5,047,827 
358,704 
  3,209,685 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006

$ 4,847,062 
537,619 
307,498 
  1,007,576 
  4,781,471 
790,748 
  2,685,865 

$ 3,576,553 
335,617 
186,232 
821,932 
  4,193,317 
732,695 
  2,282,218 

$ 2,522,319 
305,151 
193,988 
573,328 
  2,279,737 
100,469 
  1,592,477 

$ 2,283,222
282,315
178,085
566,892
  1,977,496
110,479
  1,364,096

2.95 

2.23 

1.48 

1.67 

1.55

141,992 
3,570 

137,882 
3,421 

125,413 
3,285 

116,080 
1,830 

115,119
1,640

8.8% 

4.6% 

1.5% 

3.7% 

3.3%

100

‘05 

100

‘06

101

‘07

96

‘08

119

‘09

189

compArison of five-yeAr 
cumulAtive return

O’Reilly Automotive Inc.

NASDAQ Retail Trade Stocks

NASDAQ US Market

Standard and Poor’s S&P 500

‘10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7:33 A.m.

8:16 A.m.

10:32 A.m.

1:55 P.m.

7:23 P.m.

4:40 P.m.

Letter to
ShArehoLderS

We are pleased to report another year of 
record profits and earnings per share to 
our shareholders. The O’Reilly Culture of 
honesty, hard work, professionalism and 
excellent customer service has been our 
foundation since the Company began in 
1957 and remains the backbone of the 
strong and dynamic Company we are 
today. Our continued success is the result 
of the contributions of our 47,000 team 
members who embrace our Culture and 
execute our proven business model every 
day. This business model consists of 
providing a higher level of service than  
our competition and focusing on both 

Our Merchandise Department uses finely tuned 
processes to make sure each and every O’Reilly 
store is stocked with a complete line of parts to meet 
our customer’s need. From appearance chemicals to 
hard-to-find parts to paint, our Team Members make 
sure we have the best coverage in the business so 
we can always be our customers’ First Call.

do-it-yourself and professional service 
provider customers – our Dual Market 
Strategy. Our Dual Market Strategy 
enables us to provide superior returns to 
our shareholders by profitably growing 
market share in our existing markets and by 
entering new markets through new store 
growth and strategic acquisitions. 

growing mArket shAre in existing mArkets
We achieved exceptionally strong, 
profitable growth in our existing markets 
during 2010, highlighted by a comparable 
store sales increase of 8.8% and a 250 
basis point increase in adjusted operating 
margin to 13.6%. This adjusted operating 
margin represents a record for O’Reilly, 
surpassing the previous mark of 12.4% set 
in 2006, prior to our acquisition of CSK 
Auto Corporation. We realized strong 
market share growth and increased 
profitability across all of our markets. Our 
core O’Reilly stores continue to gain 
market share by providing excellent 
customer service and offering the best 
parts availability in the industry. The 
consistent execution of our Dual Market 
Strategy, coupled with our intense ongoing 
focus on expense control, resulted in 
significant increases in operating leverage 
at these core stores. At the acquired CSK 
stores, we continue to make strong strides 
in gaining market share by implementing 
our Dual Market Strategy. Increased 
comparable store sales, combined with 
tight expense control, leveraged fixed costs 
and resulted in improved operating margin 
performance at the acquired CSK stores in 

O’Reilly AutOmOtive 2010 AnnuAl RepORt pAge 2

2010. Even though we have made 
progress since the acquisition, we 
continue to have significant opportunities 
for continued sales growth and improved 
profitability in our acquired CSK markets 
as we fully execute our proven Dual Market 
Strategy in the coming years.

In addition to our solid execution, the 
macro-external factors of miles driven and 
the continued increase in the age of the 
vehicle population provided tailwinds for 
the automotive aftermarket. The stabilization 
of the economy and relatively consistent 
gas prices led to a modest increase in 
annual miles driven in the U.S. during the 
year, a factor which positively impacts 
demand for the products we sell. However, 
the improvement in miles driven was less 
than one percent, and we do not anticipate 
a return to strong year-over-year growth in 
miles driven until the rate of unemployment 
in the U.S. significantly decreases and lost 
commuter miles return. The age of vehicles 
continues to increase as consumers make 
the choice of maintaining their existing 
vehicle and defer purchasing new vehicles. 
As consumers have increased the length 
of time they expect to keep their current 
vehicles, they have placed a higher 
emphasis on better maintenance, and this 
emphasis has been positive for the 
aftermarket as a whole. We believe that as 
consumers better maintain their existing 
vehicles, they will determine it is much 
more economical to keep their vehicles 
longer. The continuing trend of the aging 
vehicle fleet is due in large part to the 
better quality of vehicles produced over 

 
operAting income
 (In Millions)

sAme-store sAles 
(Percentage Increase)

eArnings per shAre
(Assuming Dilution)

713

8.8

2.95

538

2.23

282

305

336

3.7

3.3

4.6

1.67

1.55

1.48

‘06

‘07

‘08

‘09

‘10

‘06

‘07

1.5

‘08

‘09

‘10

‘06

‘07

‘08

‘09

‘10

the past ten years. We believe the age  
of vehicles on the road will continue to 
increase as consumers gain confidence in 
the road worthiness of vehicles at higher 
mileages. This continued aging of the light 
vehicle fleet will mean vehicles will go 
through more routine maintenance cycles on 
a go-forward basis, which will continue to be 
a tailwind for the automotive aftermarket.

new store growth
We opened 149 net, new stores in 2010 
and we continue to see great opportunities 
for strong and profitable new store growth 
in the future. The fragmented nature of the 
automotive aftermarket, combined with the 
advantage of scale of a large chain, makes 
ongoing new store growth an attractive 
capital investment for our Company. With 
the completion of our distribution infra-
structure expansion in our western markets 
during 2010, we now have the growth 
capacity to open 650 new stores within 
our existing distribution infrastructure  
with each DC having new store growth 
capacity. We plan to open 170 new stores 
in 2011 and, in the years following, we 
would anticipate increasing our annual 
new store openings to capitalize on the 
attractive opportunities we see in all of  
the markets we serve.

integrAtion of Acquired pArts stores
Our 2008 acquisition of 1,342 CSK stores 
represented a significant commitment to 
expanding our brand throughout the 
Western U.S. The primary motivation for 
the acquisition was to increase the scale 

of our business in attractive west coast 
markets by acquiring an existing chain that 
complemented our geographic footprint. 
The acquisition gave us the opportunity to 
improve the underperforming CSK stores, 
to reduce our consolidated product 
acquisition costs and to realize operating 
expense efficiencies. We designed the 
integration plan for the acquired CSK 
stores as a multiyear, multiphase project. 
During 2010, we achieved several key 
milestones in the integration process, 
which are identified below:

  Completion of the Distribution Center 
Build-Out. In 2010, we opened new DCs 
in Southern California; Denver; and Salt 
Lake City. In addition, we relocated 
CSK’s existing northern California DC to 
a larger facility and converted the existing 
Phoenix DC to O’Reilly systems. These 
DCs, along with the Seattle DC, which 
opened in 2009, and the Detroit DC, 
which converted to O’Reilly systems in 
2009, now allow us to service all stores 
five nights a week. Completion of this 
robust distribution network expansion 
was a major milestone in the integration 
plan, as it is a critical tool in the imple-
mentation of our Dual Market Strategy.

  Conversion of Store Point of Sale 
Systems. Coinciding with the completion 
of the distribution infrastructure expansion, 
the store POS system conversion was 
completed. The O’Reilly POS system 
provides key tools for our store teams  
to utilize in executing our Dual Market 
Strategy. The O’Reilly POS system 

O’Reilly AutOmOtive 2010 AnnuAl RepORt pAge 3

provides better controls for operations 
management to improve gross margins, 
reduce inventory shrink and maximize 
Team Member productivity.

  Fully Aligned Product Offering. During 
2009, we completed the alignment of the 
hard part product lines in the acquired 
CSK stores, and in 2010, we completed 
the alignment of the front room categories. 
With all of the product offerings aligned 
and the DC and POS systems installed 
chain-wide, we are positioned to bring all 
of our industry leading, store specific 
inventory tools to bear and refine the 
product mix in the acquired stores.

  Front End and Sign Conversions. 
Through the end of the year, we have 
converted 51% of the acquired stores 
front ends to O’Reilly graphics and 
signage and 63% of the exterior signs  
to O’Reilly. We will complete all of the 
conversions by mid-2011, which will 
allow us to end our co-branding strategy 
and focus entirely on building the 
O’Reilly Brand.

While the physical conversion of the 
acquired CSK stores nears completion, we 
are still targeting significant operational 
enhancements to bring the execution and 
results of the acquired stores up to our 
expectations. The key areas of focus are 
identified below:

  Developing Store Operations Leadership. 
Our Dual Market Strategy requires our 
store managers to operate as entrepreneurs. 

experienced mAnAgement teAm
Strong and experienced leadership is one of 
O’Reilly’s greatest strengths. Our current executive 
management team brings more than 220 years of 
combined automotive aftermarket industry experience 
to our company.

Seated: Tom McFall, Ted Wise  
Greg Henslee, David O’Reilly
Standing: Randy Johnson, Mike Swearengin,  
Greg Johnson, Jeff Shaw

In addition to providing great service to 
our retail customers, store managers are 
responsible for building and maintaining 
strong relationships with commercial 
customers. We will continue to focus  
on improving our most important assets, 
our Team Members, through ongoing 
training and mentoring. 

  Improving the Technical Skills of Store 
Team Members. We are focused on 
selling hard parts, which we believe is a 
very sustainable business. This focus 
requires store teams that have a very 
strong technical knowledge of automo-
tive repair and can provide superior 
service to both our Commercial and DIY 
customers. We will continue to focus on 
improving our store teams’ technical 
skills through training and the addition  
of strategic hires.

  Developing Relationships with 
Commercial Shops. With our DC 
network now in place, the store POS 
systems converted and with our store 
teams improving daily, we are now in 
position to aggressively grow the 
commercial business in the acquired 
markets. This will be a multiyear process 
as we prove to the Commercial customer 
base that we have excellent parts 
availability, technical proficiency,  
specialized commercial programs, 
competitive prices and long-term 
commitment to the success of their 
business to be their First Call supplier. 
We are confident in our ability to execute 
our commercial strategy and have seen 

good results since the acquisition; 
however, building these relationships  
and improving the performance to match 
our expectations will take time.

  Increase Share of DIY Hard Parts Market. 
Prior to our acquisition, CSK had shifted 
away from focusing on selling hard parts. 
We believe hard parts are a sustainable, 
profitable business, and we focus on 
these categories. We have added 
substantial hard parts inventories to the 
acquired stores, and we have adjusted 
prices to be competitive. We have a 
substantial opportunity to regain the DIY 
hard parts business CSK had lost over 
the years. Our retail advertising will focus 
on hard parts availability at competitive 
prices as we work hard to regain share in 
the DIY market on the West Coast.

looking forwArd to 2011
We remain confident in our ability to 
successfully execute our Dual Market 
Strategy in all of our markets. We are 
pleased with the progress we have made 
on the CSK integration to date, and we are 
excited about the prospects for significant 
market share gains in the Western U.S. in 
the next several years. With the system 
conversions complete, we are able to 
refocus significant resources from 
conversions to enhancing our industry-
leading systems and programs.

We expect to make approximately 

$50 million of remaining capital invest-
ments in the acquired CSK stores. As we 
complete these investments, and with the 

O’Reilly AutOmOtive 2010 AnnuAl RepORt pAge 4

improved operating performance of the 
chain, we are poised to generate significant 
positive cash flow in 2011 and beyond. 
We believe that the best use of this cash  
is to invest in new store growth and to 
continue to consolidate the industry. 
However, our growth will continue to be 
rational, and we will only open stores we 
believe will achieve our required return 
rates and we will continue to be opportu-
nistic in our acquisitions. To the extent we 
generate free cash flow in the coming 
years, we will return excess cash to our 
shareholders by repurchasing shares in 
accordance with our Board-approved 
$500 million stock repurchase program.
We are very grateful for your  
continued support and are excited about 
the opportunities ahead as we remain 
focused on making O’Reilly Auto Parts  
the dominant supplier of auto parts in all  
of our markets.

greg henslee
Chief Executive Officer  
and Co-President

ted wise
Chief Operating Officer  
and Co-President

thomAs mcfAll
Chief Financial Officer  
and Executive Vice President of Finance

 
 
47,000 
memberS of 
teAm o’reiLLy

$42 biLLion
do-it-yourSeLf
mArket

156 thouSAnd
PArtS in Stock

$82 biLLion 
do-it-for-me 
PArtS mArket

our proven strAtegy
we  hAve  devoted  our  53  yeArs  in  the  Auto 
pArts  industry  to  estAblishing  And  mAin-
tAining  strong  relAtionships  with  both  
retAil  And  professionAl  service  provider 
customers.  our  continued  success  is  the 
result of our experienced, professionAl And 
technicAlly  proficient  teAm  members  who 
consistently  deliver  superior  customer 
service supported by An extensive And robust 
distribution  network  which  provides  un-
surpAssed pArts AvAilAbility.

53 yeArS 
in the 
Auto PArtS
induStry

duAL mArket 
StrAtegy

delivering to both our do-it-yourself And 
professionAl service provider customers 
Our business is built on the foundation of 
great customer service. We firmly believe 
every customer is important to our continued 
success, so we focus on providing the 
highest level of service and parts availability 
to both do-it-yourself and professional 
service provider customers in all of our 
markets. This proven Dual Market Strategy 
has historically resulted in approximately  
half our business being generated from 
do-it-yourself customers and the other half 
from professional service provider customers. 
However, with our acquisition of CSK Auto 
Corporation on July 11, 2008, where the 
business model focused heavily on the 
do-it-yourself customer, our split between 
do-it-yourself and professional service 
provider business shifted to approximately 
62% do-it-yourself and 38% professional 
service provider in 2010.

Since the acquisition of CSK, we 
have concentrated on providing the acquired 
stores with the tools, training and support 
needed to implement our Dual Market 
Strategy. These efforts centered on 
opening five distribution centers, converting 
store and distribution center systems, 
countless hours of training, new product 
lines and most importantly, integrating the 
O’Reilly Culture of customer service.

With distribution system enhance-
ments in place and increased inventory 
availability for all of our stores, we are  
now positioned to deliver our proven Dual 
Market Strategy in all our markets across 
the country.

Our Professional Parts People ensure we provide 
our customers with industry leading customer 
service and technical knowledge. This attention  
to service helps us maintain customer loyalty and 
build customer referrals.

Whether it is a one-man garage or a multi-store 
national chain, O’Reilly Auto Parts is dedicated to 
serving the needs of our professional service 
provider customers. We offer the parts availability 
and the high-quality customer service needed to 
create a strong business partnership.

5.4

sAles 
(In Billions)

4.8

Unsurpassed customer service, superior inventory 
availability and our focus on serving both do-it-yourself 
and professional service provider customers led to 
more than $5 billion in sales.

3.6

2.3

2.5

‘06

‘07

‘08

‘09

‘10

O’Reilly AutOmOtive 2010 AnnuAl RepORt pAge 6

 
 
diStribution 
SyStem

delivering our products
An important component of our Dual Market 
Strategy is the ability to provide our 
customers with the parts they need, when 
they need them. In order to meet our 
customers’ demands for parts availability, 
we operate 23 strategic, regional distribu-
tion centers, which stock an average of 
118,000 unique SKUs and are equipped 
with highly automated material handling 
equipment. These DCs are integrated with 
each other, as well as with the stores they 
service, to efficiently expedite the movement 
of products from the distribution center 
shelves to each of our stores five nights a 
week. In addition to these 23 regional 
distribution centers, we operate 184 
Master Inventory Stores, which stock an 
average of 39,000 unique SKUs and 

provide additional same-day inventory 
availability to surrounding stores. Each of 
our stores stocks approximately 22,000 
unique SKUs and many have same-day 
access to either a Master Inventory Store 
or regional distribution center to augment 
the inventory they have on hand and 
provide access to hard-to-find parts. This 
advanced distribution system and parts 
availability culminates in our ability to 
deliver products to our professional  
service provider more frequently,  
creating an important partnership for  
their continued success. 

Our robust distribution network  
positions us to deliver the right part, at 
the right price, at the right time to all of 
our do-it-yourself and professional service 
provider customers every day.

o’reilly’s mArket reAch
With stores in 38 states, O’Reilly is expanding our 
consistent, proven approach of growing market share 
and gaining new customers. Our goal is to be the 
dominant supplier of auto parts in the markets we serve.

stores in eAch stAte 

Alabama  . . . . . . . . . 108 
Alaska . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Arizona  . . . . . . . . . . 129
Arkansas   . . . . . . . . . 97
California  . . . . . . . . 473
Colorado   . . . . . . . . . 87
Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 
Georgia   . . . . . . . . . 152
Hawaii . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Idaho . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Illinois  . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Indiana  . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Iowa   . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Kansas  . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Kentucky   . . . . . . . . . 57
Louisiana  . . . . . . . . . 84
Michigan . . . . . . . . . . 76
Minnesota . . . . . . . . 104
Mississippi . . . . . . . . 71

Missouri  . . . . . . . . . 180
Montana  . . . . . . . . . . 23
Nebraska  . . . . . . . . . 29
Nevada  . . . . . . . . . . . 45
New Mexico  . . . . . . . 37
North Carolina . . . . . 97
North Dakota  . . . . . . 13
Ohio  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Oklahoma . . . . . . . . 110
Oregon  . . . . . . . . . . . 42
South Carolina   . . . . 58
South Dakota . . . . . . 11
Tennessee  . . . . . . . 135
Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
Utah   . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Virginia  . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Washington  . . . . . . 139
Wisconsin  . . . . . . . . 67
Wyoming  . . . . . . . . . 16

Distribution Centers

O’Reilly AutOmOtive 2010 AnnuAl RepORt pAge 7

 
ProfeSSionAL
PArtS PeoPLe

delivering our service 
Our Professional Parts People are the 
backbone for the continued success of our 
proven Dual Market Strategy. We work 
extremely hard and take great pride in 
being the friendliest, most knowledgeable 
parts store in every market we serve. Our 
Team Members participate in extensive, 
ongoing training programs designed to 
enhance their product knowledge as well 
as develop and improve their customer 
relations skills. We receive countless 
letters, phone calls and e-mails from 
individuals who have become life-long 
customers because of the personal service 
they receive from our Team Members. 

An important part of the CSK 
integration process involves instilling the 
O’Reilly brand of customer service in the 
CSK Team Members. During 2010, we sent 
thousands of experienced O’Reilly store 

and district managers into our acquired 
CSK stores to train the managers on our 
Culture and our procedures. These 
tenured O’Reilly managers worked 
one-on-one with their counterparts to build 
one consolidated team of Professional 
Parts People dedicated to providing 
industry leading customer service. After 
the O’Reilly managers returned home, they 
continued to communicate with these 
store managers, mentoring them daily, 
guiding them in the O’Reilly Culture values, 
and enabling them to grow the business.

Our Team Members’ exceptional 

customer service levels make the critical 
difference in our ability to compete in the 
automotive aftermarket industry. With 
47,000 Team Members and 3,570 stores, 
O’Reilly Auto Parts is positioned to  
continue the success we achieved in  
2010 and build on it in the coming years.

Our Team Members have made the difference for 53 
years. All 47,000 members of Team O’Reilly are dedicated 
to providing solutions to our customers’ auto parts needs. 
Our enhanced customer service ranges from installing 
wiper blades for our do-it-yourself customers to making 
special deliveries for our professional service provider 
customers. In all instances, our store, distribution center 
and corporate Team Members never hesitate to go the  
extra mile for our customers.

O’Reilly AutOmOtive 2010 AnnuAl RepORt pAge 8

 
 
boArd of directors

term expiring in 2011

term expiring in 2012

term expiring in 2013

dAvid o’reilly
Chairman of  
the Board

chArlie o’reilly
Vice Chairman  
of the Board

JAy burchfield
Director Since 1997 
Compensation 
Committee - Chairman
Audit & Corporate 
Governance/Nominating 
Committees

pAul lederer
Lead Director 
1993-July 1997; 
Since February 2001 
Corporate Governance/
Nominating Committee - 
Chairman
Audit & Compensation
Committees

John murphy
Director Since 2003 
Audit Committee - 
Chairman 
Corporate Governance/
Nominating Committee

ronAld rAshkow
Director Since 2003 
Audit & Compensation
Committees

lArry o’reilly
Vice Chairman 
of the Board

rosAlie  
o’reilly-wooten
Director

tom hendrickson
Director Since 2010
Audit Committee

executive committee And divisionAl vice presidents

greg henslee  
Chief Executive Officer  
and Co-President

ted wise  
Chief Operating Officer  
and Co-President

tom mcfAll  
Chief Financial Officer and 
Executive Vice President  
of Finance

greg Johnson  
Senior Vice President  
of Distribution

rAndy Johnson  
Senior Vice President of 
Store Inventories

Jeff shAw  
Senior Vice President of 
Store Operations/Sales

mike sweArengin  
Senior Vice President of 
Merchandise

triciA heAdley  
Vice President and 
Corporate Secretary/
Secretary to Board

tony bArtholomew  
Vice President of  
Sales

greg beck  
Vice President of  
Purchasing

brAd beckhAm  
Vice President of  
Eastern Division

keith childers  
Vice President Western 
Store Operations & Sales

tom connor  
Vice President of  
Distribution Eastern Division

ken cope  
Vice President of  
Central Division

chArlie downs  
Vice President of  
Real Estate and Expansion

JAime hinoJosA  
Vice President of  
Southern Division

lArry ellis  
Vice President of  
Distribution Western Division

steve JAsinski  
Vice President of  
Information Systems

wAyne price  
Vice President of Treasury & 
Risk Management

doug ruble  
Vice President of  
Marketing/Advertising

phyllis evAns 
Vice President of  
Store Administration

AlAn feArs  
Vice President of Jobber 
Sales and Acquisitions

Jeremy fletcher  
Vice President of  
Finance and Controller

Jeff groves  
Vice President of  
Legal and Claim Services 
and General Counsel

brett heintz  
Vice President of  
Retail Systems

chAd keel  
Vice President of  
Southwest Division

brAd knight 
Vice President of  
Pricing

scott krAus  
Vice President of Store 
Operations Support

scott leonhArt  
Vice President of  
Northeast Division

kenny mArtin  
Vice President of  
Northern Division

bArry sAbor 
Vice President of  
Loss Prevention

ro sAlAzAr 
Vice President of  
Northwest Division

tom seboldt  
Vice President of 
Merchandise

phil thompson  
Vice President of  
Human Resources

mike williAms  
Vice President of  
Advanced Technology

This page intentionally left blank.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, DC 20549 

FORM 10-K 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

(X) 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 
OR 

(  ) 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from ___________________ to ____________________ 

O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Missouri 
(State or other jurisdiction 
of incorporation or organization) 

000-21318 
Commission file number 

27-4358837 
(IRS Employer Identification No.) 

233 South Patterson 

Springfield, Missouri 65802 

(Address of principal executive offices, zip code) 

(417) 862-6708 

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class         
Common Stock, $0.01 par value   

Name of Each Exchange on which Registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 
(NASDAQ Global Select Market) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes [X] No [  ] 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes [  ] No [X] 

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act from their obligations under 
those Sections. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days.  Yes [X] No [  ] 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Web  site,  if  any,  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be 
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and 
post such files).  Yes [X] No [  ] 

Indicate  by  checkmark if disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant to  Item  405  of Regulation  S-K  is not contained  here,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the best  of  the 
registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  [  ] 

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer.  See definition of “accelerated filer and large 
accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  Large Accelerated Filer [X] Accelerated Filer [  ] Non-Accelerated Filer [  ] Smaller Reporting Company [  ] 

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes [  ] No [X] 

At February 21, 2011, an aggregate of 141,128,889 shares of the common stock of the registrant was outstanding.  As of that date, the aggregate market value of the 
voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Company was approximately $7,797,371,117 based on the last sale price of the common stock reported by The NASDAQ 
Global Select Market. 

At June 30, 2010, an aggregate of 138,670,036 shares of the common stock of the registrant was outstanding.  As of that date, the aggregate market value of the voting 
stock held by non-affiliates of the Company was approximately $6,595,146,912 based on the last sale price of the common stock reported by The NASDAQ Global 
Select Market. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F

O

R

M

1

0

-

K

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

As indicated below, portions of the registrant’s documents specified below are incorporated here by reference: 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Document 

Form 10-K Part 

Proxy Statement for 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (to be filed 
pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the end of registrant’s most 
recently completed fiscal year) 

Part III 

O’Reilly Automotive, Inc 

Form 10-K 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010 

 Table of Contents 

F

O

R

M

1

0

-

K

Item 1. 

Item 1A. 

Item 1B. 

Item 2. 

Item 3. 

Item 4. 

   Business 

   Risk Factors 

   Unresolved Staff Comments 

   Properties 

   Legal Proceedings 

  Reserved 

PART I 

PART II 

Item 5. 

   Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

Purchases of Equity Securities 

   Selected Financial Data 

Operations 

   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 

Item 7A. 

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial 

Disclosure 

Item 9A. 

Item 9B. 

   Controls and Procedures 

   Other Information 

   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

   Executive Compensation 

PART III 

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Stockholder Matters 

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

   Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Item 6. 

Item 7. 

Item 8. 

Item 9. 

Item 10. 

Item 11. 

Item 12. 

Item 13. 

Item 14. 

Item 15. 

   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

PART IV 

   Page 

4 

15 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

25 

43 

44 

74 

74 

74 

75 

75 

75 

76 

76 

77 

2 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
F

O

R

M

1

0

-

K

As indicated below, portions of the registrant’s documents specified below are incorporated here by reference: 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Document 

Form 10-K Part 

Proxy Statement for 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (to be filed 

pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the end of registrant’s most 

Part III 

recently completed fiscal year) 

O’Reilly Automotive, Inc 

Form 10-K 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010 

 Table of Contents 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

   Business 
   Risk Factors 
   Unresolved Staff Comments 
   Properties 
   Legal Proceedings 
  Reserved 

PART I 

PART II 

Item 5. 

   Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 

Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 

Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Purchases of Equity Securities 

   Selected Financial Data 
   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 

Operations 

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 
   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial 

Disclosure 

   Controls and Procedures 
   Other Information 

PART III 

   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
   Executive Compensation 
   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Stockholder Matters 

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
   Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Item 15. 

   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

PART IV 

   Page 

4 
15 
18 
19 
20 
21 

22 
23 

25 
43 
44 

74 
74 
74 

75 
75 

75 
76 
76 

77 

2 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
Forward Looking Information 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

We  claim  the  protection  of  the  safe-harbor  for  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995.  You can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “should,” 
“plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “will” or similar words.  In addition, statements contained within this annual report that are not 
historical  facts  are  forward-looking  statements,  such  as  statements  discussing  among  other  things,  expected  growth,  store 
development,  CSK  Auto  Corporation  (“CSK”)  Department  of  Justice  (“DOJ”)  investigation  resolution,  integration  and  expansion 
strategy,  business  strategies,  future  revenues  and  future  performance.    These  forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  estimates, 
projections,  beliefs  and  assumptions  and  are  not  guarantees  of  future  events  and  results.    Such  statements  are  subject  to  risks, 
uncertainties and assumptions, including, but not limited to, competition, product demand, the market for auto parts, the economy in 
general, inflation, consumer debt levels, governmental approvals, our ability to hire and retain qualified employees, risks associated 
with the integration of acquired businesses including the acquisition and integration of CSK, weather, terrorist activities, war and the 
threat of war.  Actual results may materially differ from anticipated results described or implied in these forward-looking statements.  
Please refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, for additional 
factors that could materially affect our financial performance. 

Item 1.   

Business 

Introduction 

PART I 

O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. and its subsidiaries, collectively “we”, “O’Reilly” or the “Company”, is one of the largest specialty retailers 
of  automotive  aftermarket  parts,  tools,  supplies,  equipment  and  accessories  in  the  United  States,  selling  our  products  to  both  do-it-
yourself (“DIY”) customers and professional service providers.  O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. was incorporated in 1957 as a corporation 
and  was  founded  by  Charles  F.  O'Reilly  and  his  son,  Charles  H.  ''Chub''  O'Reilly,  Sr.  and  initially  operated  from  a  single  store  in 
Springfield, Missouri.  The Company’s common stock has traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ORLY” 
since April 22, 1993. 

On December 29, 2010, we completed a corporate reorganization creating a holding company structure (the “Reorganization”).  The 
Reorganization was implemented through an agreement and plan of merger under Section 351.448 of The General Corporation Law of 
the State of Missouri, which did not require a vote of the shareholders.  As a result of the Reorganization, the previous parent company 
and  registrant,  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.,  was  renamed  O’Reilly  Automotive  Stores,  Inc.  (“Old  O’Reilly”)  and  is  now  a  wholly 
owned subsidiary of the new parent company and registrant, which was renamed O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.  In the Reorganization, 
each issued and outstanding share of common stock of Old O’Reilly was converted into a share of common stock of the Company, 
with  the  same  designations,  rights,  qualifications,  powers,  preferences,  qualifications,  limitations  and  restrictions,  and  without  any 
action being required on the part of holders of shares of Old O’Reilly common stock or any exchange of stock certificates.  Shares of 
the Company’s common stock were substituted for the shares of common stock of Old O’Reilly listed on The NASDAQ Global Select 
Market and continue to trade under the same “ORLY” symbol but with a new CUSIP Number (67103H 107). 

At  December  31,  2010,  we  operated  3,570  stores  in  38  states.    Our  stores  carry  an  extensive  product  line,  including  the  products 
bulleted below: 

• 

new and remanufactured automotive hard parts, such as alternators, starters, fuel pumps, water pumps, brake system components, 
batteries, belts, hoses, chassis parts and engine parts; 

•  maintenance items, such as oil, antifreeze, fluids, filters, wiper blades, lighting, engine additives and appearance products; and 
• 

accessories, such as floor mats, seat covers and truck accessories. 

Many of our stores offer enhanced services and programs to our customers, including those bulleted below: 

used oil and battery recycling 
battery diagnostic testing 
electrical and module testing 
loaner tool program 
drum and rotor resurfacing 
custom hydraulic hoses 
professional paint shop mixing and related materials 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
•  machine shops 

acquisition  date  for  a  $1.2  billion  asset-based  revolving  credit  facility  (the  “Credit  Facility”)  arranged  by  Bank  of  America,  N.A. 
(“BA”),  which  we  used  to  refinance  debt,  fund  the  cash  portion  of  the  acquisition,  pay  for  other  transaction-related  expenses  and 
provide liquidity for the combined company going forward.  The results of CSK’s operations have been included in our consolidated 
financial statements since the acquisition date. 

At the date of the acquisition, CSK had 1,342 stores in 22 states, operating under four brand names:  Checker Auto Parts, Schuck’s 
Auto  Supply,  Kragen  Auto  Parts  and  Murray’s  Discount  Auto  Parts.    This  acquisition  added  stores  in  twelve  new  states:    Alaska, 
Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Michigan, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah and Washington, and a number of new 
markets in states where O’Reilly had a presence prior to the acquisition.  The integration of CSK has focused on the implementation 
of  our  dual  market  strategy,  the  ability  to  effectively  serve  both  DIY  customers  and  professional  service  providers,  which  required 
conversion of store and distribution information systems, enhancements to the distribution infrastructure, inventory offerings and the 
infusion of the O’Reilly culture into the acquired CSK stores.  Conversion of all CSK stores to the O’Reilly systems began in October 
of 2008 and concluded in November of 2010. Store décor and graphic package changeovers will be completed in all CSK stores by the 
end  of  the  second  quarter  of  2011.    In  order  to  implement  our  proven  dual  market  strategy  throughout  the  CSK  store  network,  we 
added  distribution  centers  (“DC”)  in  Seattle,  Washington,  in  November  of  2009;  Moreno  Valley,  California,  in  January  of  2010; 
Denver, Colorado, in March of 2010; and Salt Lake City, Utah, in May of 2010.  We also relocated an existing CSK DC in Dixon, 
California, to a larger DC in Stockton, California, and converted two existing CSK DCs, one in Detroit, Michigan, and one in Phoenix, 
Arizona, to the O’Reilly systems.  As of December 31, 2010, we had converted all CSK stores to O’Reilly systems, merged 41 CSK 
stores with existing O’Reilly locations, closed 17 CSK stores and opened five new stores in CSK historical markets.   

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 15 for a description of certain risks relevant to our business.  These risk factors include, among 
others, risks related to our growth strategy, the integration of CSK, increased debt levels, our acquisition strategies, competition in the 
automotive aftermarket business, our dependence upon key and other personnel, future growth assurance, our sensitivity to regional 
economic and weather conditions, legal proceedings and related matters arising from CSK, the effect of sales of shares of our common 
stock eligible for future sale, unanticipated fluctuations in our quarterly results, the volatility of the market price of our common stock, 
our  relationships  with  key  vendors  and  availability  of  key  products,  complications  in  our  DCs,  deteriorating  economic  conditions, 
downgrade in credit rating and environmental legislation and regulations. 

Our Business 

Our goal is to continue to achieve growth in sales and profitability by capitalizing on our competitive advantages and executing our 
growth strategy.  We remain confident in our ability to continue to gain market share in our existing markets and grow our business in 
new markets by focusing on our dual market strategy and core O’Reilly values of customer service and expense control.  Our intent is 
to be the dominant auto parts provider in all the markets we serve by providing superior customer service and significant value to both 
professional service providers and DIY customers. 

Competitive Advantages 

Proven Ability to Execute a Dual Market Strategy - We have an established track record of effectively serving, at a high level, both 
DIY  customers  and  professional  service  providers.    We  believe  our  ability  to  execute  a  dual  market  strategy  is  a  competitive 
advantage.    The  execution  of  this  strategy  enables  us  to  better  compete  by  targeting  a  larger  base  of  consumers  of  automotive 
aftermarket parts, by capitalizing on our existing retail and distribution infrastructure, by operating profitably in both large  markets 
and less densely populated geographic areas that typically attract fewer competitors, as well as by enhancing service levels offered to 
DIY  customers  through  the  offering  of  a  broad  inventory  and  the  extensive  product  knowledge  required  by  professional  service 
providers. 

We have been committed to our dual market strategy for over 30 years.  In 2010, we derived approximately 62% of our sales from our 
DIY customers and approximately 38% of our sales from our professional service provider customers.  We have historically derived 
approximately  50%  of  our  sales  from  both  our  DIY  and  professional  service  provider  customers,  and  as  we  continue  to  grow  our 
commercial  business  in  the  acquired  CSK  stores,  we  would  expect  our  DIY  and  professional  service  provider  sales  mix  to 
approximate historical averages.  As a result of our historical success of executing our dual market strategy and our over 450 full-time 
sales staff dedicated solely to calling upon and servicing the professional service provider, we believe we will continue to increase our 
sales to professional service providers and will continue to have a competitive advantage over our retail competitors who derive a high 
concentration of their sales from the DIY market.  We have a tremendous opportunity to build on the strong retail base at the acquired 
CSK stores by growing the commercial business through the implementation of our dual market strategy and capitalizing on our other 
competitive advantages. 

On July 11, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of CSK Auto Corporation (“CSK”), which was one of the largest specialty 
retailers of auto parts and accessories in the Western United States and one of the largest such retailers in the United States, based on 
store count at the date of acquisition.  To fund the transaction, we entered into a Credit Agreement (“ABL Credit Agreement”) on the 

4 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward Looking Information 

We  claim  the  protection  of  the  safe-harbor  for  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995.  You can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “should,” 
“plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “will” or similar words.  In addition, statements contained within this annual report that are not 
historical  facts  are  forward-looking  statements,  such  as  statements  discussing  among  other  things,  expected  growth,  store 
development,  CSK  Auto  Corporation  (“CSK”)  Department  of  Justice  (“DOJ”)  investigation  resolution,  integration  and  expansion 
strategy,  business  strategies,  future  revenues  and  future  performance.    These  forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  estimates, 
projections,  beliefs  and  assumptions  and  are  not  guarantees  of  future  events  and  results.    Such  statements  are  subject  to  risks, 
uncertainties and assumptions, including, but not limited to, competition, product demand, the market for auto parts, the economy in 
general, inflation, consumer debt levels, governmental approvals, our ability to hire and retain qualified employees, risks associated 
with the integration of acquired businesses including the acquisition and integration of CSK, weather, terrorist activities, war and the 
threat of war.  Actual results may materially differ from anticipated results described or implied in these forward-looking statements.  
Please refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, for additional 

factors that could materially affect our financial performance. 

Item 1.   

Business 

Introduction 

PART I 

O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. and its subsidiaries, collectively “we”, “O’Reilly” or the “Company”, is one of the largest specialty retailers 
of  automotive  aftermarket  parts,  tools,  supplies,  equipment  and  accessories  in  the  United  States,  selling  our  products  to  both  do-it-
yourself (“DIY”) customers and professional service providers.  O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. was incorporated in 1957 as a corporation 
and  was  founded  by  Charles  F.  O'Reilly  and  his  son,  Charles  H.  ''Chub''  O'Reilly,  Sr.  and  initially  operated  from  a  single  store  in 
Springfield, Missouri.  The Company’s common stock has traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ORLY” 

since April 22, 1993. 

On December 29, 2010, we completed a corporate reorganization creating a holding company structure (the “Reorganization”).  The 
Reorganization was implemented through an agreement and plan of merger under Section 351.448 of The General Corporation Law of 
the State of Missouri, which did not require a vote of the shareholders.  As a result of the Reorganization, the previous parent company 
and  registrant,  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.,  was  renamed  O’Reilly  Automotive  Stores,  Inc.  (“Old  O’Reilly”)  and  is  now  a  wholly 
owned subsidiary of the new parent company and registrant, which was renamed O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.  In the Reorganization, 
each issued and outstanding share of common stock of Old O’Reilly was converted into a share of common stock of the Company, 
with  the  same  designations,  rights,  qualifications,  powers,  preferences,  qualifications,  limitations  and  restrictions,  and  without  any 
action being required on the part of holders of shares of Old O’Reilly common stock or any exchange of stock certificates.  Shares of 
the Company’s common stock were substituted for the shares of common stock of Old O’Reilly listed on The NASDAQ Global Select 

Market and continue to trade under the same “ORLY” symbol but with a new CUSIP Number (67103H 107). 

At  December  31,  2010,  we  operated  3,570  stores  in  38  states.    Our  stores  carry  an  extensive  product  line,  including  the  products 

bulleted below: 

new and remanufactured automotive hard parts, such as alternators, starters, fuel pumps, water pumps, brake system components, 

batteries, belts, hoses, chassis parts and engine parts; 

•  maintenance items, such as oil, antifreeze, fluids, filters, wiper blades, lighting, engine additives and appearance products; and 

accessories, such as floor mats, seat covers and truck accessories. 

Many of our stores offer enhanced services and programs to our customers, including those bulleted below: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

used oil and battery recycling 

battery diagnostic testing 

electrical and module testing 

loaner tool program 

drum and rotor resurfacing 

custom hydraulic hoses 

professional paint shop mixing and related materials 

•  machine shops 

On July 11, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of CSK Auto Corporation (“CSK”), which was one of the largest specialty 
retailers of auto parts and accessories in the Western United States and one of the largest such retailers in the United States, based on 
store count at the date of acquisition.  To fund the transaction, we entered into a Credit Agreement (“ABL Credit Agreement”) on the 

acquisition  date  for  a  $1.2  billion  asset-based  revolving  credit  facility  (the  “Credit  Facility”)  arranged  by  Bank  of  America,  N.A. 
(“BA”),  which  we  used  to  refinance  debt,  fund  the  cash  portion  of  the  acquisition,  pay  for  other  transaction-related  expenses  and 
provide liquidity for the combined company going forward.  The results of CSK’s operations have been included in our consolidated 
financial statements since the acquisition date. 

At the date of the acquisition, CSK had 1,342 stores in 22 states, operating under four brand names:  Checker Auto Parts, Schuck’s 
Auto  Supply,  Kragen  Auto  Parts  and  Murray’s  Discount  Auto  Parts.    This  acquisition  added  stores  in  twelve  new  states:    Alaska, 
Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Michigan, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah and Washington, and a number of new 
markets in states where O’Reilly had a presence prior to the acquisition.  The integration of CSK has focused on the implementation 
of  our  dual  market  strategy,  the  ability  to  effectively  serve  both  DIY  customers  and  professional  service  providers,  which  required 
conversion of store and distribution information systems, enhancements to the distribution infrastructure, inventory offerings and the 
infusion of the O’Reilly culture into the acquired CSK stores.  Conversion of all CSK stores to the O’Reilly systems began in October 
of 2008 and concluded in November of 2010. Store décor and graphic package changeovers will be completed in all CSK stores by the 
end  of  the  second  quarter  of  2011.    In  order  to  implement  our  proven  dual  market  strategy  throughout  the  CSK  store  network,  we 
added  distribution  centers  (“DC”)  in  Seattle,  Washington,  in  November  of  2009;  Moreno  Valley,  California,  in  January  of  2010; 
Denver, Colorado, in March of 2010; and Salt Lake City, Utah, in May of 2010.  We also relocated an existing CSK DC in Dixon, 
California, to a larger DC in Stockton, California, and converted two existing CSK DCs, one in Detroit, Michigan, and one in Phoenix, 
Arizona, to the O’Reilly systems.  As of December 31, 2010, we had converted all CSK stores to O’Reilly systems, merged 41 CSK 
stores with existing O’Reilly locations, closed 17 CSK stores and opened five new stores in CSK historical markets.   

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 15 for a description of certain risks relevant to our business.  These risk factors include, among 
others, risks related to our growth strategy, the integration of CSK, increased debt levels, our acquisition strategies, competition in the 
automotive aftermarket business, our dependence upon key and other personnel, future growth assurance, our sensitivity to regional 
economic and weather conditions, legal proceedings and related matters arising from CSK, the effect of sales of shares of our common 
stock eligible for future sale, unanticipated fluctuations in our quarterly results, the volatility of the market price of our common stock, 
our  relationships  with  key  vendors  and  availability  of  key  products,  complications  in  our  DCs,  deteriorating  economic  conditions, 
downgrade in credit rating and environmental legislation and regulations. 

Our Business 

Our goal is to continue to achieve growth in sales and profitability by capitalizing on our competitive advantages and executing our 
growth strategy.  We remain confident in our ability to continue to gain market share in our existing markets and grow our business in 
new markets by focusing on our dual market strategy and core O’Reilly values of customer service and expense control.  Our intent is 
to be the dominant auto parts provider in all the markets we serve by providing superior customer service and significant value to both 
professional service providers and DIY customers. 

Competitive Advantages 

Proven Ability to Execute a Dual Market Strategy - We have an established track record of effectively serving, at a high level, both 
DIY  customers  and  professional  service  providers.    We  believe  our  ability  to  execute  a  dual  market  strategy  is  a  competitive 
advantage.    The  execution  of  this  strategy  enables  us  to  better  compete  by  targeting  a  larger  base  of  consumers  of  automotive 
aftermarket parts, by capitalizing on our existing retail and distribution infrastructure, by operating profitably in both large  markets 
and less densely populated geographic areas that typically attract fewer competitors, as well as by enhancing service levels offered to 
DIY  customers  through  the  offering  of  a  broad  inventory  and  the  extensive  product  knowledge  required  by  professional  service 
providers. 

We have been committed to our dual market strategy for over 30 years.  In 2010, we derived approximately 62% of our sales from our 
DIY customers and approximately 38% of our sales from our professional service provider customers.  We have historically derived 
approximately  50%  of  our  sales  from  both  our  DIY  and  professional  service  provider  customers,  and  as  we  continue  to  grow  our 
commercial  business  in  the  acquired  CSK  stores,  we  would  expect  our  DIY  and  professional  service  provider  sales  mix  to 
approximate historical averages.  As a result of our historical success of executing our dual market strategy and our over 450 full-time 
sales staff dedicated solely to calling upon and servicing the professional service provider, we believe we will continue to increase our 
sales to professional service providers and will continue to have a competitive advantage over our retail competitors who derive a high 
concentration of their sales from the DIY market.  We have a tremendous opportunity to build on the strong retail base at the acquired 
CSK stores by growing the commercial business through the implementation of our dual market strategy and capitalizing on our other 
competitive advantages. 

4 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

Superior Customer Service - We seek to attract new DIY and professional service provider customers and to retain existing customers 
by offering superior customer service, the key elements of which are bulleted below: 

• 

• 
• 
• 

superior in-store service through highly-motivated, technically-proficient store personnel (“Professional Parts People”) using an 
advanced point-of-sale system; 
an extensive selection and availability of products; 
attractive stores in convenient locations; and 
competitive pricing, supported by a good, better, best product assortment designed to meet all of our customers’ quality and value 
preferences. 

Technically  Proficient  Professional  Parts  People  -  Our  highly  proficient  Professional  Parts  People  provide  us  with  a  significant 
competitive  advantage,  particularly  over  less  specialized  retail  operators.    We  require  our  Professional  Parts  People  to  undergo 
extensive and ongoing training and to be technically knowledgeable, particularly with respect to hard parts, in order to better serve the 
technically-oriented professional service providers with whom they interact on a daily basis.  Such technical proficiency also enhances 
the customer service we provide to our DIY customers who value the expert assistance provided by our Professional Parts People.  

Strategic Distribution Systems - We believe our commitment to a robust, regional DC  network provides for superior replenishment 
and  access  to  hard-to-find  parts  and  enables  us  to  optimize  product  availability  and  inventory  levels  throughout  our  store  network.  
Our inventory management and distribution systems electronically link each of our stores to one or more DCs, providing for efficient 
inventory  control  and  management.    Our  distribution  system  provides  each  of  our  stores  with  same-day  or  overnight  access  to  an 
average  of  118,000  stock  keeping  units  (“SKUs”),  many  of  which  are  hard  to  find  items  not  typically  stocked  by  other  auto  parts 
retailers.  We believe this timely access to a broad range of products is a key competitive advantage in satisfying customer demand 
and generating repeat business.   

We currently operate 23 DCs, four of which opened in 2010.  As these DCs opened, the surrounding CSK stores were converted to the 
O’Reilly systems and began receiving same-day or overnight access to O’Reilly’s broad range of hard part product offerings.  

Experienced Management Team - Our management team has demonstrated the consistent ability to successfully execute our business 
plan, including the identification and integration of strategic acquisitions.  We have experienced eighteen consecutive years of record 
revenues  and  earnings  and  positive  comparable  store  sales  results  since  becoming  a  public  company  in  April  of  1993.    We  have  a 
strong  senior  management  team  comprised  of  146  professionals  who  average  18  years  of  service.    In  addition,  our  260  corporate 
managers average 15 years of service and our 349 district managers average 13 years of service. 

Growth Strategy  

Aggressively Open New Stores - We intend to continue to open new stores to achieve greater penetration in existing markets and to 
expand into new, contiguous markets.  We plan to open approximately 170 net new stores in 2011, and the sites for these new stores 
have been identified.  To date, we have not experienced significant difficulties in locating suitable sites for construction of new stores 
or identifying suitable acquisition targets for conversion to O'Reilly stores.  We typically open new stores either by (i) constructing a 
new facility or renovating an existing one on property we purchase or lease and stocking the new store with fixtures and inventory, (ii) 
acquiring  an  independently  owned  auto  parts  store,  typically  by  the  purchase  of  substantially  all  of  the  inventory  and  other  assets 
(other  than  realty)  of  such  store,  or  (iii)  purchasing  multi-store  chains.    New  store  sites  are  strategically  located  in  clusters  within 
geographic areas that complement our distribution  network in order to achieve economies of scale  in  management, advertising and 
distribution.  Other key factors we consider in the site selection process include population density and growth patterns, demographic 
lifestyle  segmentation,  age  and  per  capita  income,  vehicle  traffic  counts,  number  and  type  of  existing  automotive  repair  facilities, 
competing auto parts stores within a pre-determined radius, and the operational strength of such competitors.   

We target both small and large  markets  for expansion of  our store network.  While  we have faced, and expect to continue  to face, 
aggressive competition in the more densely populated markets, we believe we have competed effectively, and are well positioned to 
continue to compete effectively, in such markets and achieve our goal of continued sales/profit growth within these markets.  We also 
believe  that  with  our  dual  market  strategy,  we  are  better  able  to  operate  stores  in  less  densely  populated  areas,  which  would  not 
otherwise support a national chain store selling primarily to the retail automotive aftermarket.  Consequently, we continue to pursue 
opening new stores in less densely populated market areas as part of our growth strategy. 

Profitable same store sales  growth is also an  important part of our growth strategy.  To achieve improved sales and profitability at 
existing O'Reilly stores, we continually strive to improve the service provided to our customers.  We believe that while competitive 
pricing is an essential component of successful growth in the automotive aftermarket business, it is customer satisfaction, whether of 
the  DIY  consumer  or  professional  service  provider,  resulting  from  superior  customer  service  that  generates  increased  sales  and 
profitability. 

Selectively  Pursue  Strategic  Acquisitions  -  Although  the  automotive  aftermarket  industry  is  still  highly  fragmented,  we  believe  the 
ability  of  national  retail  chains,  such  as  ourselves,  to  operate  more  efficiently  than  smaller  independent  operators  or  mass 
merchandisers  will  result  in  continued  industry  consolidation.    Thus,  our  intention  is  to  continue  to  selectively  pursue  acquisition 
targets that will strengthen our position as a leading automotive aftermarket parts supplier. 

Continually Enhance Store Design and Location - Our current prototype store design features enhancements such as optimized square 
footage,  higher  ceilings,  more  convenient  interior  store  layouts,  improved  in-store  signage,  brighter  lighting,  increased  parking 
availability and dedicated counters to serve professional service providers, each designed to increase sales and operating efficiencies 
and enhance customer service.  We continually update the location and condition of our store network through systematic renovation 
and relocation of our existing stores to enhance store performance.  We believe that our ability to consistently achieve growth in same 
store sales is due in part to our commitment to maintaining an attractive store network, which is strategically located to best serve our 
customers.  

Grow Professional Relationships with Professional Service Providers in the Western United States - In order to implement our proven 
dual market strategy throughout the acquired CSK store network and grow our share of the professional service provider market in 
those  areas,  we  have  added  four  additional  DCs  to  the  Western  markets  since  the  CSK  acquisition.    Our  strategically  located  DCs 
provide converted CSK stores with same-day or overnight delivery access to an average of 118,000 SKUs and will give these stores an 
important  tool  to  provide  industry-leading  customer  service  to  the  professional  service  provider,  as  well  as  the  DIY  customer.    In 
addition,  our  Professional  Parts  People  receive  ongoing  training  on  our  product  lines,  customer  service  and  O’Reilly  policies  and 
procedures aimed at building and improving relationships with professional service providers. 

Management Structure 

Each of our stores is staffed with a store manager and one or more assistant managers, in addition to parts specialists, retail and/or 
installer service specialists and other positions required to meet the specific needs of each store.  Each of our 349 district managers has 
general supervisory responsibility for an average of 10 stores, which provides our stores with the appropriate amount of operational 
support.  

District  managers  complete  a  comprehensive  training  program  to  ensure  each  has  a  thorough  understanding  of  customer  service, 
leadership,  inventory  management  and  store  profitability,  as  well  as  all  other  sales  and  operational  aspects  of  our  business  model.  
Store managers are also required to complete a structured training program that is specific to their position, including attending a 40-
hour manager development program at the corporate headquarters in Springfield, Missouri.  District managers and store managers also 
receive continuous training through on-line assignments, field workshops and regional meetings. 

We  provide  financial  incentives  to  our  district  managers  and  all  store  team  members  through  incentive  compensation  programs.   
Under our incentive compensation programs, base salary is augmented by incentive compensation based upon their individual and/or 
store’s sales and profitability.  In addition, each of our district and store managers participates in the Company’s stock option program.  
We believe that our incentive compensation programs significantly increase the motivation and overall performance of our district and 
store team members and enhance our ability to attract and retain qualified management and other personnel. 

Most  of  our  current  senior  management,  district  managers  and  store  managers  were  promoted  to  their  positions  from  within  the 
Company.  Our senior management team averages 18 years of service, corporate management team averages 15 years of service and 
our district management team has an average length of service of 13 years. 

Team Members 

As  of  January  31,  2011,  we  employed  47,142  total  team  members  (31,070  full-time  team  members  and  16,072  part-time  team 
members), of whom 39,556 were employed at our stores, 6,053 were employed at our DCs and 1,533 were employed at our corporate 
and regional offices.  A union represents 51 stores (435 team members) in the Greater Bay Area in California, and has for many years.  
In  addition,  approximately  66  team  members  who  drive  over-the-road  trucks  in  two  of  our  DCs  have  voted  in  favor  of  becoming 
represented by labor unions; however, no collective bargaining agreements have been negotiated.  Except for these team members, our 
team members are not represented by labor unions.  Our tradition of 54 years has been to treat all of our team members with honesty 
and respect and to commit significant resources to instill in them our “Live Green” Culture, which emphasizes the importance of every 
team member’s contribution to the success of O’Reilly.  This focus on professionalism and fairness has created an industry-leading 
team and we consider our relations with our team members to be excellent. 

Inflation and Seasonality 

We  have  been  successful,  in  many  cases,  in  reducing  the  effects  of  merchandise  cost  increases  principally  by  taking  advantage  of 
vendor incentive programs, economies of scale resulting from increased volume of purchases and selective forward buying.  To the 
extent our acquisition cost increases due to base commodity price increases industry-wide, we have typically been able to pass along 

6 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
advanced point-of-sale system; 

an extensive selection and availability of products; 

attractive stores in convenient locations; and 

• 

• 

• 

• 

preferences. 

Superior Customer Service - We seek to attract new DIY and professional service provider customers and to retain existing customers 

by offering superior customer service, the key elements of which are bulleted below: 

superior in-store service through highly-motivated, technically-proficient store personnel (“Professional Parts People”) using an 

Selectively  Pursue  Strategic  Acquisitions  -  Although  the  automotive  aftermarket  industry  is  still  highly  fragmented,  we  believe  the 
ability  of  national  retail  chains,  such  as  ourselves,  to  operate  more  efficiently  than  smaller  independent  operators  or  mass 
merchandisers  will  result  in  continued  industry  consolidation.    Thus,  our  intention  is  to  continue  to  selectively  pursue  acquisition 
targets that will strengthen our position as a leading automotive aftermarket parts supplier. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

competitive pricing, supported by a good, better, best product assortment designed to meet all of our customers’ quality and value 

Technically  Proficient  Professional  Parts  People  -  Our  highly  proficient  Professional  Parts  People  provide  us  with  a  significant 
competitive  advantage,  particularly  over  less  specialized  retail  operators.    We  require  our  Professional  Parts  People  to  undergo 
extensive and ongoing training and to be technically knowledgeable, particularly with respect to hard parts, in order to better serve the 
technically-oriented professional service providers with whom they interact on a daily basis.  Such technical proficiency also enhances 

the customer service we provide to our DIY customers who value the expert assistance provided by our Professional Parts People.  

Strategic Distribution Systems - We believe our commitment to a robust, regional DC  network provides for superior replenishment 
and  access  to  hard-to-find  parts  and  enables  us  to  optimize  product  availability  and  inventory  levels  throughout  our  store  network.  
Our inventory management and distribution systems electronically link each of our stores to one or more DCs, providing for efficient 
inventory  control  and  management.    Our  distribution  system  provides  each  of  our  stores  with  same-day  or  overnight  access  to  an 
average  of  118,000  stock  keeping  units  (“SKUs”),  many  of  which  are  hard  to  find  items  not  typically  stocked  by  other  auto  parts 
retailers.  We believe this timely access to a broad range of products is a key competitive advantage in satisfying customer demand 

and generating repeat business.   

We currently operate 23 DCs, four of which opened in 2010.  As these DCs opened, the surrounding CSK stores were converted to the 

O’Reilly systems and began receiving same-day or overnight access to O’Reilly’s broad range of hard part product offerings.  

Experienced Management Team - Our management team has demonstrated the consistent ability to successfully execute our business 
plan, including the identification and integration of strategic acquisitions.  We have experienced eighteen consecutive years of record 
revenues  and  earnings  and  positive  comparable  store  sales  results  since  becoming  a  public  company  in  April  of  1993.    We  have  a 
strong  senior  management  team  comprised  of  146  professionals  who  average  18  years  of  service.    In  addition,  our  260  corporate 

managers average 15 years of service and our 349 district managers average 13 years of service. 

Growth Strategy  

Aggressively Open New Stores - We intend to continue to open new stores to achieve greater penetration in existing markets and to 
expand into new, contiguous markets.  We plan to open approximately 170 net new stores in 2011, and the sites for these new stores 
have been identified.  To date, we have not experienced significant difficulties in locating suitable sites for construction of new stores 
or identifying suitable acquisition targets for conversion to O'Reilly stores.  We typically open new stores either by (i) constructing a 
new facility or renovating an existing one on property we purchase or lease and stocking the new store with fixtures and inventory, (ii) 
acquiring  an  independently  owned  auto  parts  store,  typically  by  the  purchase  of  substantially  all  of  the  inventory  and  other  assets 
(other  than  realty)  of  such  store,  or  (iii)  purchasing  multi-store  chains.    New  store  sites  are  strategically  located  in  clusters  within 
geographic areas that complement our distribution  network in order to achieve economies of scale  in  management, advertising and 
distribution.  Other key factors we consider in the site selection process include population density and growth patterns, demographic 
lifestyle  segmentation,  age  and  per  capita  income,  vehicle  traffic  counts,  number  and  type  of  existing  automotive  repair  facilities, 

competing auto parts stores within a pre-determined radius, and the operational strength of such competitors.   

We target both small and large  markets  for expansion of  our store network.  While  we have faced, and expect to continue  to face, 
aggressive competition in the more densely populated markets, we believe we have competed effectively, and are well positioned to 
continue to compete effectively, in such markets and achieve our goal of continued sales/profit growth within these markets.  We also 
believe  that  with  our  dual  market  strategy,  we  are  better  able  to  operate  stores  in  less  densely  populated  areas,  which  would  not 
otherwise support a national chain store selling primarily to the retail automotive aftermarket.  Consequently, we continue to pursue 

opening new stores in less densely populated market areas as part of our growth strategy. 

Profitable same store sales  growth is also an  important part of our growth strategy.  To achieve improved sales and profitability at 
existing O'Reilly stores, we continually strive to improve the service provided to our customers.  We believe that while competitive 
pricing is an essential component of successful growth in the automotive aftermarket business, it is customer satisfaction, whether of 
the  DIY  consumer  or  professional  service  provider,  resulting  from  superior  customer  service  that  generates  increased  sales  and 

profitability. 

Continually Enhance Store Design and Location - Our current prototype store design features enhancements such as optimized square 
footage,  higher  ceilings,  more  convenient  interior  store  layouts,  improved  in-store  signage,  brighter  lighting,  increased  parking 
availability and dedicated counters to serve professional service providers, each designed to increase sales and operating efficiencies 
and enhance customer service.  We continually update the location and condition of our store network through systematic renovation 
and relocation of our existing stores to enhance store performance.  We believe that our ability to consistently achieve growth in same 
store sales is due in part to our commitment to maintaining an attractive store network, which is strategically located to best serve our 
customers.  

Grow Professional Relationships with Professional Service Providers in the Western United States - In order to implement our proven 
dual market strategy throughout the acquired CSK store network and grow our share of the professional service provider market in 
those  areas,  we  have  added  four  additional  DCs  to  the  Western  markets  since  the  CSK  acquisition.    Our  strategically  located  DCs 
provide converted CSK stores with same-day or overnight delivery access to an average of 118,000 SKUs and will give these stores an 
important  tool  to  provide  industry-leading  customer  service  to  the  professional  service  provider,  as  well  as  the  DIY  customer.    In 
addition,  our  Professional  Parts  People  receive  ongoing  training  on  our  product  lines,  customer  service  and  O’Reilly  policies  and 
procedures aimed at building and improving relationships with professional service providers. 

Management Structure 

Each of our stores is staffed with a store manager and one or more assistant managers, in addition to parts specialists, retail and/or 
installer service specialists and other positions required to meet the specific needs of each store.  Each of our 349 district managers has 
general supervisory responsibility for an average of 10 stores, which provides our stores with the appropriate amount of operational 
support.  

District  managers  complete  a  comprehensive  training  program  to  ensure  each  has  a  thorough  understanding  of  customer  service, 
leadership,  inventory  management  and  store  profitability,  as  well  as  all  other  sales  and  operational  aspects  of  our  business  model.  
Store managers are also required to complete a structured training program that is specific to their position, including attending a 40-
hour manager development program at the corporate headquarters in Springfield, Missouri.  District managers and store managers also 
receive continuous training through on-line assignments, field workshops and regional meetings. 

We  provide  financial  incentives  to  our  district  managers  and  all  store  team  members  through  incentive  compensation  programs.   
Under our incentive compensation programs, base salary is augmented by incentive compensation based upon their individual and/or 
store’s sales and profitability.  In addition, each of our district and store managers participates in the Company’s stock option program.  
We believe that our incentive compensation programs significantly increase the motivation and overall performance of our district and 
store team members and enhance our ability to attract and retain qualified management and other personnel. 

Most  of  our  current  senior  management,  district  managers  and  store  managers  were  promoted  to  their  positions  from  within  the 
Company.  Our senior management team averages 18 years of service, corporate management team averages 15 years of service and 
our district management team has an average length of service of 13 years. 

Team Members 

As  of  January  31,  2011,  we  employed  47,142  total  team  members  (31,070  full-time  team  members  and  16,072  part-time  team 
members), of whom 39,556 were employed at our stores, 6,053 were employed at our DCs and 1,533 were employed at our corporate 
and regional offices.  A union represents 51 stores (435 team members) in the Greater Bay Area in California, and has for many years.  
In  addition,  approximately  66  team  members  who  drive  over-the-road  trucks  in  two  of  our  DCs  have  voted  in  favor  of  becoming 
represented by labor unions; however, no collective bargaining agreements have been negotiated.  Except for these team members, our 
team members are not represented by labor unions.  Our tradition of 54 years has been to treat all of our team members with honesty 
and respect and to commit significant resources to instill in them our “Live Green” Culture, which emphasizes the importance of every 
team member’s contribution to the success of O’Reilly.  This focus on professionalism and fairness has created an industry-leading 
team and we consider our relations with our team members to be excellent. 

Inflation and Seasonality 

We  have  been  successful,  in  many  cases,  in  reducing  the  effects  of  merchandise  cost  increases  principally  by  taking  advantage  of 
vendor incentive programs, economies of scale resulting from increased volume of purchases and selective forward buying.  To the 
extent our acquisition cost increases due to base commodity price increases industry-wide, we have typically been able to pass along 

6 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
these increased costs through higher retail prices for the affected products.  As a result, we do not believe our operations have been 
materially, adversely affected by inflation. 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

To some extent, our business is seasonal primarily as a result of the impact of weather conditions on customer buying patterns.  Store 
sales and profits have historically been higher in the second and third quarters (April through September) than in the first and fourth 
quarters (October through March) of the year. 

Regulations 

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws and governmental regulations relating to our business, including those related to 
the  handling,  storage  and  disposal  of  hazardous  substances,  the  recycling  of  batteries  and  used  lubricants,  and  the  ownership  and 
operation of real property.   

As part of our operations, we handle hazardous materials in the ordinary course of business and our customers may bring hazardous 
materials onto our property in connection with, for example, our oil and battery recycling programs. We currently provide a recycling 
program  for  batteries  and  the  collection  of  used  lubricants  at  certain  stores  of  ours  as  a  service  to  our  customers  pursuant  to 
agreements with third-party vendors. The batteries and used lubricants are collected by our associates, deposited into vendor-supplied 
containers  and  pallets,  and  then  disposed  of  by  the  third-party  vendors.  In  general,  our  agreements  with  such  vendors  contain 
provisions  that  are  designed  to  limit  our  potential  liability  under  applicable  environmental  regulations  for  any  damage  or 
contamination, which may be caused by the batteries and lubricants to off-site properties (including as a result of waste disposal) and 
to our properties, when caused by the vendor. 

Compliance with any such laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our operations to date.  We cannot give any 
assurance, however, that we will not incur significant expenses in the future in order to comply with any such law or regulation. 

Available Information 

Our Internet address is www.oreillyauto.com.  Interested readers can access, free of charge, the Company’s annual reports on Form 
10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant 
to  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  through  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission 
website at www.sec.gov and searching with our ticker symbol “ORLY”.  Such reports are generally available the day they are filed.  
Upon request, the Company will furnish interested readers a paper copy of such reports free of charge by contacting Thomas McFall, 
Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer, at 233 South Patterson, Springfield, Missouri, 65802. 

8 

Store Operations 

Store Network  

Store Locations - As a result of our dual market strategy, we are able to profitably operate in both large, densely populated markets 
and small, less densely populated areas that  would  not otherwise support a national chain selling primarily to the retail automotive 
aftermarket.  The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of our stores: 

December 31, 2009 

December 31, 2010 

2010 Net New 

Stores 

Store 

Count 

% of 

Total 

Store 

Count 

15.2% 

13.9% 

Store 

Count 

24 

(4) 

Cumulative 

% of Total 

Store 

Count 

% of 

Total 

Store 

Count 

15.3% 

13.3% 

North Carolina 

20 

13.4% 

State 

Texas 

California 

Missouri 

Georgia 

Washington 

Tennessee 

Arizona 

Illinois 

Oklahoma 

Alabama 

Minnesota 

Arkansas 

Colorado 

Louisiana 

Indiana 

Ohio 

Michigan 

Mississippi 

Wisconsin 

Iowa 

Kansas 

South Carolina 

Kentucky 

Utah  

Nevada 

Florida 

Oregon 

New Mexico 

Idaho 

Nebraska 

Montana 

Wyoming 

Virginia 

North Dakota 

Alaska 

Hawaii 

South Dakota 

Total 

521 

477 

177 

143 

139 

129 

129 

125 

109 

105 

100 

96 

77 

87 

80 

74 

63 

67 

71 

55 

65 

65 

50 

54 

54 

45 

32 

42 

38 

30 

29 

23 

16 

9 

12 

11 

11 

11 

5.2% 

4.2% 

4.1% 

3.8% 

3.8% 

3.7% 

3.2% 

3.1% 

2.9% 

2.8% 

2.3% 

2.5% 

2.3% 

2.2% 

1.8% 

2.0% 

2.1% 

1.6% 

1.9% 

1.9% 

1.5% 

1.6% 

1.6% 

1.3% 

0.9% 

1.2% 

1.1% 

0.9% 

0.8% 

0.7% 

0.5% 

0.1% 

0.4% 

0.3% 

0.3% 

0.3% 

Store 

Count 

545 

473 

180 

152 

139 

135 

129 

128 

110 

108 

104 

97 

97 

87 

84 

83 

79 

76 

71 

67 

66 

66 

58 

57 

54 

45 

42 

42 

37 

31 

29 

23 

16 

14 

13 

11 

11 

11 

5.0% 

4.3% 

3.9% 

3.8% 

3.6% 

3.6% 

3.1% 

3.0% 

2.9% 

2.7% 

2.7% 

2.4% 

2.4% 

2.3% 

2.2% 

2.1% 

2.0% 

1.9% 

1.8% 

1.8% 

1.6% 

1.6% 

1.5% 

1.3% 

1.2% 

1.2% 

1.0% 

0.9% 

0.8% 

0.6% 

0.5% 

0.4% 

0.4% 

0.3% 

0.3% 

0.3% 

15.3% 

28.6% 

33.6% 

37.9% 

41.8% 

45.6% 

49.2% 

52.8% 

55.9% 

58.9% 

61.8% 

64.5% 

67.2% 

69.6% 

72.0% 

74.3% 

76.5% 

78.6% 

80.6% 

82.5% 

84.3% 

86.1% 

87.7% 

89.3% 

90.8% 

92.1% 

93.3% 

94.5% 

95.5% 

96.4% 

97.2% 

97.8% 

98.3% 

98.7% 

99.1% 

99.4% 

99.7% 

100.0% 

% of 

Total 

Store 

Count 

16.1% 

(2.7%) 

2.0% 

6.0% 

4.0% 

-- 

-- 

2.0% 

0.7% 

2.0% 

2.7% 

0.7% 

-- 

2.7% 

6.0% 

10.7% 

6.0% 

-- 

8.1% 

0.7% 

0.7% 

5.4% 

2.0% 

6.7% 

(0.7%) 

0.7% 

3.4% 

0.7% 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

3 

9 

-- 

6 

-- 

3 

1 

3 

4 

1 

-- 

4 

9 

16 

9 

-- 

12 

1 

1 

8 

3 

-- 

-- 

10 

-- 

(1) 

1 

-- 

-- 

-- 

5 

1 

-- 

-- 

-- 

9 

3,421 

100% 

149 

100% 

3,570 

100% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

these increased costs through higher retail prices for the affected products.  As a result, we do not believe our operations have been 

Store Operations 

materially, adversely affected by inflation. 

Store Network  

To some extent, our business is seasonal primarily as a result of the impact of weather conditions on customer buying patterns.  Store 
sales and profits have historically been higher in the second and third quarters (April through September) than in the first and fourth 

quarters (October through March) of the year. 

Regulations 

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws and governmental regulations relating to our business, including those related to 
the  handling,  storage  and  disposal  of  hazardous  substances,  the  recycling  of  batteries  and  used  lubricants,  and  the  ownership  and 

operation of real property.   

As part of our operations, we handle hazardous materials in the ordinary course of business and our customers may bring hazardous 
materials onto our property in connection with, for example, our oil and battery recycling programs. We currently provide a recycling 
program  for  batteries  and  the  collection  of  used  lubricants  at  certain  stores  of  ours  as  a  service  to  our  customers  pursuant  to 
agreements with third-party vendors. The batteries and used lubricants are collected by our associates, deposited into vendor-supplied 
containers  and  pallets,  and  then  disposed  of  by  the  third-party  vendors.  In  general,  our  agreements  with  such  vendors  contain 
provisions  that  are  designed  to  limit  our  potential  liability  under  applicable  environmental  regulations  for  any  damage  or 
contamination, which may be caused by the batteries and lubricants to off-site properties (including as a result of waste disposal) and 

to our properties, when caused by the vendor. 

Compliance with any such laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our operations to date.  We cannot give any 

assurance, however, that we will not incur significant expenses in the future in order to comply with any such law or regulation. 

Available Information 

Our Internet address is www.oreillyauto.com.  Interested readers can access, free of charge, the Company’s annual reports on Form 
10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant 
to  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  through  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission 
website at www.sec.gov and searching with our ticker symbol “ORLY”.  Such reports are generally available the day they are filed.  
Upon request, the Company will furnish interested readers a paper copy of such reports free of charge by contacting Thomas McFall, 

Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer, at 233 South Patterson, Springfield, Missouri, 65802. 

8 

Store Locations - As a result of our dual market strategy, we are able to profitably operate in both large, densely populated markets 
and small, less densely populated areas that  would  not otherwise support a national chain selling primarily to the retail automotive 
aftermarket.  The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of our stores: 

December 31, 2009 

2010 Net New 
Stores 

December 31, 2010 

% of 
Total 
Store 
Count 
15.2% 
13.9% 
5.2% 
4.2% 
4.1% 
3.8% 
3.8% 
3.7% 
3.2% 
3.1% 
2.9% 
2.8% 
2.3% 
2.5% 
2.3% 
2.2% 
1.8% 
2.0% 
2.1% 
1.6% 
1.9% 
1.9% 
1.5% 
1.6% 
1.6% 
1.3% 
0.9% 
1.2% 
1.1% 
0.9% 
0.8% 
0.7% 
0.5% 
0.1% 
0.4% 
0.3% 
0.3% 
0.3% 
100% 

Store 
Count 

521 
477 
177 
143 
139 
129 
129 
125 
109 
105 
100 
96 
77 
87 
80 
74 
63 
67 
71 
55 
65 
65 
50 
54 
54 
45 
32 
42 
38 
30 
29 
23 
16 
9 
12 
11 
11 
11 
3,421 

State 

Texas 
California 
Missouri 
Georgia 
Washington 
Tennessee 
Arizona 
Illinois 
Oklahoma 
Alabama 
Minnesota 
Arkansas 
North Carolina 
Colorado 
Louisiana 
Indiana 
Ohio 
Michigan 
Mississippi 
Wisconsin 
Iowa 
Kansas 
South Carolina 
Kentucky 
Utah  
Nevada 
Florida 
Oregon 
New Mexico 
Idaho 
Nebraska 
Montana 
Wyoming 
Virginia 
North Dakota 
Alaska 
Hawaii 
South Dakota 
Total 

% of 
Total 
Store 
Count 
15.3% 
13.3% 
5.0% 
4.3% 
3.9% 
3.8% 
3.6% 
3.6% 
3.1% 
3.0% 
2.9% 
2.7% 
2.7% 
2.4% 
2.4% 
2.3% 
2.2% 
2.1% 
2.0% 
1.9% 
1.8% 
1.8% 
1.6% 
1.6% 
1.5% 
1.3% 
1.2% 
1.2% 
1.0% 
0.9% 
0.8% 
0.6% 
0.5% 
0.4% 
0.4% 
0.3% 
0.3% 
0.3% 
100% 

Store 
Count 
545 
473 
180 
152 
139 
135 
129 
128 
110 
108 
104 
97 
97 
87 
84 
83 
79 
76 
71 
67 
66 
66 
58 
57 
54 
45 
42 
42 
37 
31 
29 
23 
16 
14 
13 
11 
11 
11 
3,570 

Cumulative 
% of Total 
Store 
Count 

15.3% 
28.6% 
33.6% 
37.9% 
41.8% 
45.6% 
49.2% 
52.8% 
55.9% 
58.9% 
61.8% 
64.5% 
67.2% 
69.6% 
72.0% 
74.3% 
76.5% 
78.6% 
80.6% 
82.5% 
84.3% 
86.1% 
87.7% 
89.3% 
90.8% 
92.1% 
93.3% 
94.5% 
95.5% 
96.4% 
97.2% 
97.8% 
98.3% 
98.7% 
99.1% 
99.4% 
99.7% 
100.0% 

% of 
Total 
Store 
Count 
16.1% 
(2.7%) 
2.0% 
6.0% 
-- 
4.0% 
-- 
2.0% 
0.7% 
2.0% 
2.7% 
0.7% 
13.4% 
-- 
2.7% 
6.0% 
10.7% 
6.0% 
-- 
8.1% 
0.7% 
0.7% 
5.4% 
2.0% 
-- 
-- 
6.7% 
-- 
(0.7%) 
0.7% 
-- 
-- 
-- 
3.4% 
0.7% 
-- 
-- 
-- 
100% 

Store 
Count 
24 
(4) 
3 
9 
-- 
6 
-- 
3 
1 
3 
4 
1 
20 
-- 
4 
9 
16 
9 
-- 
12 
1 
1 
8 
3 
-- 
-- 
10 
-- 
(1) 
1 
-- 
-- 
-- 
5 
1 
-- 
-- 
-- 
149 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

Our stores, on average, carry approximately 22,000 SKUs and average approximately 7,100 total square feet in size.  At December 31, 
2010, we had a total of approximately 25.3 million square feet in our 3,570 stores.  Our stores are served primarily by the nearest DC, 
which averages 118,000 SKUs, but also have same-day access to the broad selection of inventory available at one of our 184 Master 
Inventory  Stores,  which  on  average  carry  approximately  39,000  SKUs  and  average  approximately  10,000  square  feet  in  size.    In 
addition to serving DIY and professional service provider customers in their markets, Master Inventory Stores also provide our other 
stores within the surrounding area access to a greater selection of SKUs on a same-day basis. 

We believe that our stores are ''destination stores'' generating their own traffic rather than relying on traffic created by the presence of 
other stores in the immediate vicinity.  Consequently, most of our stores are freestanding buildings and prominent end caps situated on 
or near major traffic thoroughfares, and offer ample parking, easy customer access and are generally located in close proximity to our 
professional service provider customers. 

Store Layout - We utilize a computer-assisted ''plan-o-grammed'' store layout system to provide a uniform and consistent merchandise 
presentation; however, each store’s  hard-parts inventory assortment is customized to  meet the specific  needs of a particular  market 
area.  Front room merchandise is arranged to provide easy customer access, maximum selling space and to prominently display high-
turnover products and accessories to customers.  To ensure the best customer experience possible, we have selectively implemented 
bilingual in-store signage based on the demographics in each store’s geographic area.  Aisle displays and end caps are used to feature 
high-demand or seasonal merchandise, new items and advertised specials. 

Store  Automation  -  To  enhance  store-level  operations,  customer  service  and  reliability,  we  use  Linux  servers  and  IBM  I-Series 
computer systems in our stores.  These systems are linked with the I-Series computers located in each of our DCs.  Our point-of-sale 
terminals provide immediate access to our electronic catalog to graphically display parts and pricing information by make, model and 
year of vehicle and  use bar code scanning technology to price our merchandise.  This system speeds transaction times, reduces the 
customer’s  checkout  time,  ensures  accuracy  and  provides  enhanced  customer  service.    Moreover,  our  store  automation  systems 
capture detailed sales information which assists in store management, strategic planning, inventory control and distribution efficiency. 

New  Store Site Selection - In selecting sites  for new stores,  we seek to strategically locate store sites in clusters  within geographic 
areas in order to achieve economies of scale in management, advertising and distribution.  Other key factors we consider in the site 
selection process are bulleted below: 

population density; 
demographics including age, ethnicity and per capita income; 

• 
• 
•  market economic strength, retail draw and growth patterns; 
• 
• 
• 

number of registered vehicles; 
the number, type and sales potential of existing automotive repair facilities; 
the number of auto parts stores and other competitors within a predetermined radius and the operational strength of such 
competitors; and 
physical location, size, economics and presentation of the site. 

• 

When entering new, more densely populated markets, we generally seek to initially open several stores within a short span of time in 
order to maximize the effect of initial promotional programs and achieve economies of scale.  After opening this initial cluster of new 
stores,  we  seek  to  begin  penetrating  the  less  densely  populated  surrounding  areas.    This  strategy  enables  us  to  achieve  additional 
distribution and advertising efficiencies in each market. 

Products and Purchasing  

Our  stores  offer  DIY  and  professional  service  provider  customers  a  wide  selection  of  brand  name  and  private  label  products  for 
domestic  and  imported  automobiles,  vans  and  trucks.    We  do  not  sell  tires  or  perform  automotive  repairs  or  installations.    Our 
merchandise  generally  consists  of  nationally  recognized,  well-advertised,  premium  name  brand  products  such  as  AC  Delco,  Armor 
All, Bosch, BWD, Cardone, Castrol, Gates Rubber, Monroe, Moog, Pennzoil, Prestone, Quaker State, STP, Turtle Wax, Valvoline, 
Wagner, and Wix.  In addition to name brand products, our stores carry a wide variety of high-quality private label products under our 
BestTest®,  BrakeBest®,  Master  Pro®,  Micro-Gard®,  Murray  and  Omnispark®,  O’Reilly  Auto  Parts®,  Power  Torque®,  Super 
Start®, and Ultima® proprietary name brands.  Our private label products are produced by nationally recognized manufacturers and 
meet or exceed original equipment manufacturer specifications and provide a great combination of quality and value – a characteristic 
important to our DIY customers.  We have added O’Reilly branded chemicals and commodities as  well as proprietary private label 
products to all acquired CSK stores.  These stores have also undergone hard-part resets, which significantly increased their hard-part 
SKU offering, giving our customers in all stores a good, better, and best product offering.   

We  purchase  automotive  products  in  substantial  quantities  from  over  500  vendors,  the  five  largest  of  which  accounted  for 
approximately 22% of our total purchases in 2010.  Our largest vendor in 2010 accounted for approximately seven percent of our total 
purchases and the next four largest vendors each accounted for approximately three to five percent of such purchases.  We have no 
10 

long-term  contractual  purchase  commitments  with  any  of  our  vendors,  nor  have  we  experienced  difficulty  in  obtaining  satisfactory 
alternative  supply  sources  for  automotive  parts.    We  believe  that  alternative  supply  sources  exist  at  substantially  similar  costs,  for 
substantially  all  of  the  automotive  products  that  we  sell.    It  is  our  policy  to  take  advantage  of  payment  and  seasonal  purchasing 
discounts offered by our vendors and to utilize extended dating terms available from vendors.  During 2010, we entered into various 
programs and arrangements with certain vendors that provided for extended dating and payment terms for inventory purchases.  As a 
whole, we consider our relationships with our vendors to be very good. 

Pricing  

We  believe  that  a  competitive  pricing  policy  is  essential  to  successfully  operate  in  the  automotive  aftermarket  business.    Product 
pricing  is  generally  established  to  compete  with  the  pricing  policies  of  competitors  in  the  market  area  served  by  each  store.    Most 
automotive  products  that  we  sell  are  priced  based  upon  a  combination  of  competitor  price  comparisons  and  internal  gross  margin 
targets and are generally sold at a discount to the manufacturer’s suggested retail price with additional savings offered through volume 
discounts and special promotional pricing.  Consistent with our low price guarantee, each of our stores will match any verifiable price 
on any in-stock product of the same or comparable quality offered by our competitors in the same market area. 

We  have  repositioned  the  product  offering  and  pricing  in  all  CSK  stores  to  an  every-day  low  price  strategy  to  ensure  we  are 
competitive in every market.  We believe competitive pricing is needed to grow our market share and maintain a customer’s repeat 
business, and  we believe strongly  that this strategy is  more sustainable, requires less promotional  spending and  will  produce better 
results than CSK’s historical promotional-based, high-low pricing strategy.     

Professional Parts People  

We believe our highly trained team of Professional Parts People is essential in providing superior customer service to both DIY and 
professional  service  provider  customers.    Because  a  significant  portion  of  our  business  is  from  professional  service  providers,  our 
Professional Parts People are required to be technically proficient in automotive products.  In addition, we have found that the typical 
DIY customer often seeks assistance  from a Professional Parts Person, particularly  when purchasing hard parts.  The  ability of our 
Professional Parts People to provide such assistance to the DIY customer creates a favorable impression and is a significant factor in 
generating repeat DIY business. 

We screen prospective team members to identify highly motivated individuals who either have experience with automotive parts or 
repairs, or automotive aptitude.  New store team members go through a comprehensive orientation about the culture of our company 
as well as the requirements for their specific job position.  Additionally, during their first year of employment, our parts specialists go 
through extensive automotive systems and product knowledge training to ensure they are able to provide the highest level of service to 
our customers.  Once all of the required training has been satisfied, our parts specialists become eligible to take the O’Reilly Certified 
Parts  Professional  test.    Passing  the  O’Reilly  test  helps  prepare  them  to  become  certified  by  the  National  Institute  for  Automotive 
Service Excellence (ASE). 

All of our stores  have the ability to  service professional service provider customers.   For this reason, select team  members in each 
store complete extensive sales call training with their regional field sales manager.  Afterward, these team members spend one day per 
week  calling  on  existing  and  potential  professional  service  provider  customers.    Additionally,  each  team  member  engaged  in  such 
sales activities participates in quarterly advanced training programs for sales and business development. 

Customer Service  

We  seek  to  provide  our  customers  with  an  efficient  and  pleasant  in-store  experience  by  maintaining  attractive  stores  in  convenient 
locations  with  a  wide  selection  of  automotive  products.    We  believe  that  the  satisfaction  of  DIY  and  professional  service  provider 
customers  is  substantially  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  provide,  in  a  timely  fashion,  the  specific  automotive  products  requested.  
Accordingly,  each  O'Reilly  store  carries  a  broad  selection  of  automotive  products  designed  to  cover  a  wide  range  of  vehicle 
applications.    We  continuously  refine  the  inventory  levels  and  assortments  carried  in  our  stores,  based  in  large  part  on  the  sales 
movement tracked by our inventory control system, market vehicle registration data, failure rates and management's assessment of the 
changes and trends in the marketplace. 

Marketing  

Marketing  to  the  DIY  Customer  –  We  use  an  integrated  marketing  program,  which  includes  television,  radio,  direct  mail  and 
newspaper distribution, in-store and online promotions, and sports and event sponsorships, to aggressively attract DIY customers.  The 
marketing strategy we employ is highly effective and has led to an increase in awareness of the O’Reilly brand across our geographic 
footprint.    We  utilize  a  combination  of  brand  and  product/price  messaging  to  drive  retail  traffic  and  purchases,  which  frequently 
coincide with key sales events.  During 2010, we continued to co-brand all forms of advertising in the markets containing acquired 
CSK stores.  This manner of advertising and marketing is essential to not only build awareness of the O’Reilly brand in those markets, 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our stores, on average, carry approximately 22,000 SKUs and average approximately 7,100 total square feet in size.  At December 31, 
2010, we had a total of approximately 25.3 million square feet in our 3,570 stores.  Our stores are served primarily by the nearest DC, 
which averages 118,000 SKUs, but also have same-day access to the broad selection of inventory available at one of our 184 Master 
Inventory  Stores,  which  on  average  carry  approximately  39,000  SKUs  and  average  approximately  10,000  square  feet  in  size.    In 
addition to serving DIY and professional service provider customers in their markets, Master Inventory Stores also provide our other 

stores within the surrounding area access to a greater selection of SKUs on a same-day basis. 

We believe that our stores are ''destination stores'' generating their own traffic rather than relying on traffic created by the presence of 
other stores in the immediate vicinity.  Consequently, most of our stores are freestanding buildings and prominent end caps situated on 
or near major traffic thoroughfares, and offer ample parking, easy customer access and are generally located in close proximity to our 

professional service provider customers. 

Store Layout - We utilize a computer-assisted ''plan-o-grammed'' store layout system to provide a uniform and consistent merchandise 
presentation; however, each store’s  hard-parts inventory assortment is customized to  meet the specific  needs of a particular  market 
area.  Front room merchandise is arranged to provide easy customer access, maximum selling space and to prominently display high-
turnover products and accessories to customers.  To ensure the best customer experience possible, we have selectively implemented 
bilingual in-store signage based on the demographics in each store’s geographic area.  Aisle displays and end caps are used to feature 

high-demand or seasonal merchandise, new items and advertised specials. 

Store  Automation  -  To  enhance  store-level  operations,  customer  service  and  reliability,  we  use  Linux  servers  and  IBM  I-Series 
computer systems in our stores.  These systems are linked with the I-Series computers located in each of our DCs.  Our point-of-sale 
terminals provide immediate access to our electronic catalog to graphically display parts and pricing information by make, model and 
year of vehicle and  use bar code scanning technology to price our merchandise.  This system speeds transaction times, reduces the 
customer’s  checkout  time,  ensures  accuracy  and  provides  enhanced  customer  service.    Moreover,  our  store  automation  systems 
capture detailed sales information which assists in store management, strategic planning, inventory control and distribution efficiency. 

New  Store Site Selection - In selecting sites  for new stores,  we seek to strategically locate store sites in clusters  within geographic 
areas in order to achieve economies of scale in management, advertising and distribution.  Other key factors we consider in the site 

selection process are bulleted below: 

population density; 

demographics including age, ethnicity and per capita income; 

•  market economic strength, retail draw and growth patterns; 

number of registered vehicles; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the number, type and sales potential of existing automotive repair facilities; 

the number of auto parts stores and other competitors within a predetermined radius and the operational strength of such 

competitors; and 

physical location, size, economics and presentation of the site. 

When entering new, more densely populated markets, we generally seek to initially open several stores within a short span of time in 
order to maximize the effect of initial promotional programs and achieve economies of scale.  After opening this initial cluster of new 
stores,  we  seek  to  begin  penetrating  the  less  densely  populated  surrounding  areas.    This  strategy  enables  us  to  achieve  additional 

distribution and advertising efficiencies in each market. 

Products and Purchasing  

Our  stores  offer  DIY  and  professional  service  provider  customers  a  wide  selection  of  brand  name  and  private  label  products  for 
domestic  and  imported  automobiles,  vans  and  trucks.    We  do  not  sell  tires  or  perform  automotive  repairs  or  installations.    Our 
merchandise  generally  consists  of  nationally  recognized,  well-advertised,  premium  name  brand  products  such  as  AC  Delco,  Armor 
All, Bosch, BWD, Cardone, Castrol, Gates Rubber, Monroe, Moog, Pennzoil, Prestone, Quaker State, STP, Turtle Wax, Valvoline, 
Wagner, and Wix.  In addition to name brand products, our stores carry a wide variety of high-quality private label products under our 
BestTest®,  BrakeBest®,  Master  Pro®,  Micro-Gard®,  Murray  and  Omnispark®,  O’Reilly  Auto  Parts®,  Power  Torque®,  Super 
Start®, and Ultima® proprietary name brands.  Our private label products are produced by nationally recognized manufacturers and 
meet or exceed original equipment manufacturer specifications and provide a great combination of quality and value – a characteristic 
important to our DIY customers.  We have added O’Reilly branded chemicals and commodities as  well as proprietary private label 
products to all acquired CSK stores.  These stores have also undergone hard-part resets, which significantly increased their hard-part 

SKU offering, giving our customers in all stores a good, better, and best product offering.   

We  purchase  automotive  products  in  substantial  quantities  from  over  500  vendors,  the  five  largest  of  which  accounted  for 
approximately 22% of our total purchases in 2010.  Our largest vendor in 2010 accounted for approximately seven percent of our total 
purchases and the next four largest vendors each accounted for approximately three to five percent of such purchases.  We have no 

long-term  contractual  purchase  commitments  with  any  of  our  vendors,  nor  have  we  experienced  difficulty  in  obtaining  satisfactory 
alternative  supply  sources  for  automotive  parts.    We  believe  that  alternative  supply  sources  exist  at  substantially  similar  costs,  for 
substantially  all  of  the  automotive  products  that  we  sell.    It  is  our  policy  to  take  advantage  of  payment  and  seasonal  purchasing 
discounts offered by our vendors and to utilize extended dating terms available from vendors.  During 2010, we entered into various 
programs and arrangements with certain vendors that provided for extended dating and payment terms for inventory purchases.  As a 
whole, we consider our relationships with our vendors to be very good. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

Pricing  

We  believe  that  a  competitive  pricing  policy  is  essential  to  successfully  operate  in  the  automotive  aftermarket  business.    Product 
pricing  is  generally  established  to  compete  with  the  pricing  policies  of  competitors  in  the  market  area  served  by  each  store.    Most 
automotive  products  that  we  sell  are  priced  based  upon  a  combination  of  competitor  price  comparisons  and  internal  gross  margin 
targets and are generally sold at a discount to the manufacturer’s suggested retail price with additional savings offered through volume 
discounts and special promotional pricing.  Consistent with our low price guarantee, each of our stores will match any verifiable price 
on any in-stock product of the same or comparable quality offered by our competitors in the same market area. 

We  have  repositioned  the  product  offering  and  pricing  in  all  CSK  stores  to  an  every-day  low  price  strategy  to  ensure  we  are 
competitive in every market.  We believe competitive pricing is needed to grow our market share and maintain a customer’s repeat 
business, and  we believe strongly  that this strategy is  more sustainable, requires less promotional  spending and  will  produce better 
results than CSK’s historical promotional-based, high-low pricing strategy.     

Professional Parts People  

We believe our highly trained team of Professional Parts People is essential in providing superior customer service to both DIY and 
professional  service  provider  customers.    Because  a  significant  portion  of  our  business  is  from  professional  service  providers,  our 
Professional Parts People are required to be technically proficient in automotive products.  In addition, we have found that the typical 
DIY customer often seeks assistance  from a Professional Parts Person, particularly  when purchasing hard parts.  The  ability of our 
Professional Parts People to provide such assistance to the DIY customer creates a favorable impression and is a significant factor in 
generating repeat DIY business. 

We screen prospective team members to identify highly motivated individuals who either have experience with automotive parts or 
repairs, or automotive aptitude.  New store team members go through a comprehensive orientation about the culture of our company 
as well as the requirements for their specific job position.  Additionally, during their first year of employment, our parts specialists go 
through extensive automotive systems and product knowledge training to ensure they are able to provide the highest level of service to 
our customers.  Once all of the required training has been satisfied, our parts specialists become eligible to take the O’Reilly Certified 
Parts  Professional  test.    Passing  the  O’Reilly  test  helps  prepare  them  to  become  certified  by  the  National  Institute  for  Automotive 
Service Excellence (ASE). 

All of our stores  have the ability to  service professional service provider customers.   For this reason, select team  members in each 
store complete extensive sales call training with their regional field sales manager.  Afterward, these team members spend one day per 
week  calling  on  existing  and  potential  professional  service  provider  customers.    Additionally,  each  team  member  engaged  in  such 
sales activities participates in quarterly advanced training programs for sales and business development. 

Customer Service  

We  seek  to  provide  our  customers  with  an  efficient  and  pleasant  in-store  experience  by  maintaining  attractive  stores  in  convenient 
locations  with  a  wide  selection  of  automotive  products.    We  believe  that  the  satisfaction  of  DIY  and  professional  service  provider 
customers  is  substantially  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  provide,  in  a  timely  fashion,  the  specific  automotive  products  requested.  
Accordingly,  each  O'Reilly  store  carries  a  broad  selection  of  automotive  products  designed  to  cover  a  wide  range  of  vehicle 
applications.    We  continuously  refine  the  inventory  levels  and  assortments  carried  in  our  stores,  based  in  large  part  on  the  sales 
movement tracked by our inventory control system, market vehicle registration data, failure rates and management's assessment of the 
changes and trends in the marketplace. 

Marketing  

Marketing  to  the  DIY  Customer  –  We  use  an  integrated  marketing  program,  which  includes  television,  radio,  direct  mail  and 
newspaper distribution, in-store and online promotions, and sports and event sponsorships, to aggressively attract DIY customers.  The 
marketing strategy we employ is highly effective and has led to an increase in awareness of the O’Reilly brand across our geographic 
footprint.    We  utilize  a  combination  of  brand  and  product/price  messaging  to  drive  retail  traffic  and  purchases,  which  frequently 
coincide with key sales events.  During 2010, we continued to co-brand all forms of advertising in the markets containing acquired 
CSK stores.  This manner of advertising and marketing is essential to not only build awareness of the O’Reilly brand in those markets, 

10 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

but to also allow for a smoother transition throughout the rebranding process.  Store signage in substantially all acquired CSK stores is 
expected to be changed to the O’Reilly Brand by the end of the first quarter of 2011, and we expect to end the co-branding of all forms 
of advertising during 2011. 

Competition  

To stimulate sales among race enthusiasts, who we believe individually spend more on automotive products than the general public, 
during  2010  we  sponsored  multiple  nationally-televised  races  and  over  1,500  grassroots,  local,  and  regional  motorsports  events 
throughout 38 states.  We maintained our partnership with the National Association for Stock Car Racing (“NASCAR”) as the Official 
Auto  Parts  Store  of  NASCAR  and  were  the  title  sponsor  of  five  National  Hot  Rod  Association  (“NHRA”)  races  from  Pomona, 
California to Charlotte, North Carolina. 

During  the  fall  and  winter  months,  we  strategically  sponsor  National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association  (“NCAA”)  football  and 
basketball and the National Football League (“NFL”).  Our relationships with over 70 NCAA teams and tournaments have resulted in 
prominently-displayed O’Reilly logos on TV-visible scoring table signs throughout the season.  In addition, O’Reilly Auto Parts radio 
advertising can be heard during more than 350 NFL games due to our sponsorship of nearly 20 teams. 

Through an expanded use of Spanish language radio, print, and outdoor, as well as sponsorships of over 45 local and regional festivals 
and  events,  we  demonstrated  our  commitment  to  increasing  marketing  efforts  that  are  targeted  toward  the  Hispanic  auto  parts 
consumer. 

In 2010, we continued our dedicated problem/solution communication strategy, which encourages vehicle owners to perform regular 
maintenance  as  a  way  to  save  money  and  protect  their  automotive  investment  over  the  long  term.    This  highly  relevant  message 
resonates with consumers and establishes O’Reilly as their source for the parts they need and excellent customer service. 

Marketing to the Professional Service Provider - We have over 450 full-time O’Reilly sales representatives strategically located across 
our  market  areas.    Each  sales  representative  is  dedicated  solely  to  calling  upon,  selling  to  and  servicing  our  professional  service 
provider customers.  Targeted marketing materials such as flyers, quick reference guides and catalogs are produced and distributed on 
a regular basis to professional service providers, paint and body shops and fleet customers.  Our industry leading First Call program 
enables  our  sales  representatives,  district  managers,  and  store  managers  to  provide  excellent  customer  service  to  each  of  our 
professional service provider accounts by providing the products and services bulleted below: 

broad selection of merchandise at competitive prices; 
dedicated Installer Service Specialists in our stores; 

• 
• 
•  multiple deliveries from our stores per day; 
• 
• 
• 
•  First Call Online, a dedicated Internet based catalog and ordering system designed to connect professional service providers 

same-day or overnight access to an average of 118,000 SKUs through five-night-a-week store inventory replenishments; 
a separate service counter and phone line in our stores dedicated exclusively to service professional service providers; 
trade credit for qualified accounts; 

• 
• 
• 

directly to our inventory system; 
training and seminars covering topics of interest, such as technical updates, safety and general business management; 
access to a comprehensive inventory of products and equipment needed to operate and maintain their shop; and 
the Certified Auto Repair Center Program, a program that provides professional service providers with business tools they 
can utilize to profitably grow and market their shops. 

Marketing to the Independently Owned Parts Store - Along with the daily operation and management of the DCs and the distribution 
of  automotive  products  to  our  stores,  Ozark  Automotive  Distributors,  Inc.,  our  wholly  owned  subsidiary  (“Ozark”),  also  sells 
automotive products directly to independently owned parts stores (“jobber stores”) throughout our trade areas.  These jobber stores are 
generally located in areas not directly serviced by an O'Reilly store.  Ozark administers a dedicated and distinct marketing program 
specifically targeted to jobber stores. 

Approximately  185  jobber  stores  currently  purchase  automotive  products  from  Ozark  and  participate  in  our  Parts  City  Auto  Parts 
program, our proprietary jobber service program.  As a participant in these programs, a jobber store, which meets certain financial and 
operational standards, is permitted to indicate its Parts City Auto Parts membership through the display of the respective logo that is 
owned  by  Ozark.    In  return  for  a  commitment  to  purchase  automotive  products  from  Ozark,  we  provide  computer  software  for 
business management, competitive pricing, advertising, marketing and sales assistance to Parts City Auto Parts affiliate stores. 

We compete in both the DIY and professional service provider portions of the automotive aftermarket.  We compete primarily with 
the stores bulleted below: 

• 

national retail and wholesale automotive parts chains (such as AutoZone, Inc., Advance Auto Parts, NAPA, CARQUEST and the 

Pep Boys - Manny, Moe and Jack, Inc.); 

regional retail and wholesale automotive parts chains; 

• 
• 
•  wholesalers or jobber stores (some of which are associated with national automotive parts distributors or associations such as 

independently owned parts stores; 

NAPA, CARQUEST, Bumper to Bumper and Auto Value); 

automobile dealers; and 

• 
•  mass merchandisers that carry automotive replacement parts, maintenance items and accessories (such as Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.). 

We  compete  on  the  basis  of  customer  service,  which  includes  merchandise  selection  and  availability,  price,  helpfulness  of  store 
personnel, store layout and convenient and accessible store locations.  

Distribution System Support  

We currently operate 23 DCs comprised of approximately 8.5 million operating square feet (see the “Properties” table in Item 2 of this 
Form 10-K for a detailed listing of DC operating square footages).  Our DCs are equipped with highly automated material handling 
equipment, which efficiently expedite the movement of our products from the shelves to the loading areas for shipment to each of our 
stores on a nightly basis.  The DCs utilize technology to electronically receive orders from computers located in each of our stores.  In 
addition to the bar code system employed in our stores, each of our stores is connected through secured data transmission technology 
to our DCs and corporate headquarters. 

We  believe  that  our  distribution  system  provides  industry-leading  parts  availability  and  store  in-stock  positions  while  lowering  our 
inventory carrying costs and controlling inventory.  Moreover, we believe that our ongoing, significant capital investments made to 
expand the network of DCs allows us to efficiently service new stores that are planned to open in contiguous market areas as well as 
servicing our existing store network.  Our DC expansion strategy complements our new store opening strategy by supporting newly 
established clusters of stores located in the regions surrounding each DC.  We currently have a total growth capacity of approximately 
650 stores in our distribution network.        

As part of our continuing efforts to enhance our distribution network in 2011 we plan to: 

evaluate routing software to further enhance logistics efficiencies; 

continue to implement a voice picking technology in additional DCs; 

begin to implement labor management software to improve DC productivity and overall operating efficiency; 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
•  make  proven,  ROI  based  capital  enhancements  to  material  handling  equipment  in  DCs  including  conveyor  systems,  picking 

improve proof of delivery systems to further increase the accuracy of product movement to our stores; 

continue to define and implement best practice procedures in all DCs; and 

develop further automated paperless picking processes; 

modules and lift equipment. 

Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The following paragraphs discuss information about executive officers of the Company who are not also directors: 

Gregory  L.  Henslee,  age  50,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Co-President,  has  been  an  O’Reilly  team  member  for  26  years.    Mr. 
Henslee’s  O’Reilly  career  started  as  a  parts  specialist,  and  during  his  first  five  years  he  served  in  several  positions  in  retail  store 
operations,  including  district  manager.    From  there  he  advanced  to  Computer  Operations  Manager,  and  over  the  next  15  years,  he 
served  as  Director  of  Computer  Operations/Loss  Prevention,  Vice  President  of  Store  Operations  and  as  Senior  Vice  President.    In 
1999,  he  became  President  of  Merchandise,  Distribution,  Information  Systems  and  Loss  Prevention,  and  has  been  in  his  current 
positions of Chief Executive Officer and Co-President since 2005. 

Ted F. Wise, age 60, Chief Operating Officer and Co-President, has been an O’Reilly team member for 40 years.  Mr. Wise’s primary 
areas of responsibility are Sales, Operations and Real Estate.  He began his O’Reilly career in sales in 1970, was promoted to store 
manager in 1973 and became our first district manager in 1977.  He continued his progression with O’Reilly as Operations Manager, 
Vice  President,  Senior  Vice  President  of  Operations  and  Sales,  and  Executive  Vice  President.    He  has  been  President  of  Sales, 
Operations and Real Estate since 1999, and in his current positions of Chief Operating Officer and Co-President since 2005. 

12 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

but to also allow for a smoother transition throughout the rebranding process.  Store signage in substantially all acquired CSK stores is 
expected to be changed to the O’Reilly Brand by the end of the first quarter of 2011, and we expect to end the co-branding of all forms 

Competition  

of advertising during 2011. 

To stimulate sales among race enthusiasts, who we believe individually spend more on automotive products than the general public, 
during  2010  we  sponsored  multiple  nationally-televised  races  and  over  1,500  grassroots,  local,  and  regional  motorsports  events 
throughout 38 states.  We maintained our partnership with the National Association for Stock Car Racing (“NASCAR”) as the Official 
Auto  Parts  Store  of  NASCAR  and  were  the  title  sponsor  of  five  National  Hot  Rod  Association  (“NHRA”)  races  from  Pomona, 

California to Charlotte, North Carolina. 

During  the  fall  and  winter  months,  we  strategically  sponsor  National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association  (“NCAA”)  football  and 
basketball and the National Football League (“NFL”).  Our relationships with over 70 NCAA teams and tournaments have resulted in 
prominently-displayed O’Reilly logos on TV-visible scoring table signs throughout the season.  In addition, O’Reilly Auto Parts radio 

advertising can be heard during more than 350 NFL games due to our sponsorship of nearly 20 teams. 

Through an expanded use of Spanish language radio, print, and outdoor, as well as sponsorships of over 45 local and regional festivals 
and  events,  we  demonstrated  our  commitment  to  increasing  marketing  efforts  that  are  targeted  toward  the  Hispanic  auto  parts 

consumer. 

In 2010, we continued our dedicated problem/solution communication strategy, which encourages vehicle owners to perform regular 
maintenance  as  a  way  to  save  money  and  protect  their  automotive  investment  over  the  long  term.    This  highly  relevant  message 

resonates with consumers and establishes O’Reilly as their source for the parts they need and excellent customer service. 

Marketing to the Professional Service Provider - We have over 450 full-time O’Reilly sales representatives strategically located across 
our  market  areas.    Each  sales  representative  is  dedicated  solely  to  calling  upon,  selling  to  and  servicing  our  professional  service 
provider customers.  Targeted marketing materials such as flyers, quick reference guides and catalogs are produced and distributed on 
a regular basis to professional service providers, paint and body shops and fleet customers.  Our industry leading First Call program 
enables  our  sales  representatives,  district  managers,  and  store  managers  to  provide  excellent  customer  service  to  each  of  our 

professional service provider accounts by providing the products and services bulleted below: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

broad selection of merchandise at competitive prices; 

dedicated Installer Service Specialists in our stores; 

•  multiple deliveries from our stores per day; 

same-day or overnight access to an average of 118,000 SKUs through five-night-a-week store inventory replenishments; 

a separate service counter and phone line in our stores dedicated exclusively to service professional service providers; 

•  First Call Online, a dedicated Internet based catalog and ordering system designed to connect professional service providers 

trade credit for qualified accounts; 

directly to our inventory system; 

training and seminars covering topics of interest, such as technical updates, safety and general business management; 

access to a comprehensive inventory of products and equipment needed to operate and maintain their shop; and 

the Certified Auto Repair Center Program, a program that provides professional service providers with business tools they 

can utilize to profitably grow and market their shops. 

Marketing to the Independently Owned Parts Store - Along with the daily operation and management of the DCs and the distribution 
of  automotive  products  to  our  stores,  Ozark  Automotive  Distributors,  Inc.,  our  wholly  owned  subsidiary  (“Ozark”),  also  sells 
automotive products directly to independently owned parts stores (“jobber stores”) throughout our trade areas.  These jobber stores are 
generally located in areas not directly serviced by an O'Reilly store.  Ozark administers a dedicated and distinct marketing program 

specifically targeted to jobber stores. 

Approximately  185  jobber  stores  currently  purchase  automotive  products  from  Ozark  and  participate  in  our  Parts  City  Auto  Parts 
program, our proprietary jobber service program.  As a participant in these programs, a jobber store, which meets certain financial and 
operational standards, is permitted to indicate its Parts City Auto Parts membership through the display of the respective logo that is 
owned  by  Ozark.    In  return  for  a  commitment  to  purchase  automotive  products  from  Ozark,  we  provide  computer  software  for 

business management, competitive pricing, advertising, marketing and sales assistance to Parts City Auto Parts affiliate stores. 

We compete in both the DIY and professional service provider portions of the automotive aftermarket.  We compete primarily with 
the stores bulleted below: 

• 

national retail and wholesale automotive parts chains (such as AutoZone, Inc., Advance Auto Parts, NAPA, CARQUEST and the 
Pep Boys - Manny, Moe and Jack, Inc.); 
regional retail and wholesale automotive parts chains; 
independently owned parts stores; 

• 
• 
•  wholesalers or jobber stores (some of which are associated with national automotive parts distributors or associations such as 

NAPA, CARQUEST, Bumper to Bumper and Auto Value); 
automobile dealers; and 

• 
•  mass merchandisers that carry automotive replacement parts, maintenance items and accessories (such as Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.). 

We  compete  on  the  basis  of  customer  service,  which  includes  merchandise  selection  and  availability,  price,  helpfulness  of  store 
personnel, store layout and convenient and accessible store locations.  

Distribution System Support  

We currently operate 23 DCs comprised of approximately 8.5 million operating square feet (see the “Properties” table in Item 2 of this 
Form 10-K for a detailed listing of DC operating square footages).  Our DCs are equipped with highly automated material handling 
equipment, which efficiently expedite the movement of our products from the shelves to the loading areas for shipment to each of our 
stores on a nightly basis.  The DCs utilize technology to electronically receive orders from computers located in each of our stores.  In 
addition to the bar code system employed in our stores, each of our stores is connected through secured data transmission technology 
to our DCs and corporate headquarters. 

We  believe  that  our  distribution  system  provides  industry-leading  parts  availability  and  store  in-stock  positions  while  lowering  our 
inventory carrying costs and controlling inventory.  Moreover, we believe that our ongoing, significant capital investments made to 
expand the network of DCs allows us to efficiently service new stores that are planned to open in contiguous market areas as well as 
servicing our existing store network.  Our DC expansion strategy complements our new store opening strategy by supporting newly 
established clusters of stores located in the regions surrounding each DC.  We currently have a total growth capacity of approximately 
650 stores in our distribution network.        

As part of our continuing efforts to enhance our distribution network in 2011 we plan to: 

continue to implement a voice picking technology in additional DCs; 
evaluate routing software to further enhance logistics efficiencies; 
begin to implement labor management software to improve DC productivity and overall operating efficiency; 
develop further automated paperless picking processes; 
improve proof of delivery systems to further increase the accuracy of product movement to our stores; 
continue to define and implement best practice procedures in all DCs; and 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
•  make  proven,  ROI  based  capital  enhancements  to  material  handling  equipment  in  DCs  including  conveyor  systems,  picking 

modules and lift equipment. 

Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The following paragraphs discuss information about executive officers of the Company who are not also directors: 

Gregory  L.  Henslee,  age  50,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Co-President,  has  been  an  O’Reilly  team  member  for  26  years.    Mr. 
Henslee’s  O’Reilly  career  started  as  a  parts  specialist,  and  during  his  first  five  years  he  served  in  several  positions  in  retail  store 
operations,  including  district  manager.    From  there  he  advanced  to  Computer  Operations  Manager,  and  over  the  next  15  years,  he 
served  as  Director  of  Computer  Operations/Loss  Prevention,  Vice  President  of  Store  Operations  and  as  Senior  Vice  President.    In 
1999,  he  became  President  of  Merchandise,  Distribution,  Information  Systems  and  Loss  Prevention,  and  has  been  in  his  current 
positions of Chief Executive Officer and Co-President since 2005. 

Ted F. Wise, age 60, Chief Operating Officer and Co-President, has been an O’Reilly team member for 40 years.  Mr. Wise’s primary 
areas of responsibility are Sales, Operations and Real Estate.  He began his O’Reilly career in sales in 1970, was promoted to store 
manager in 1973 and became our first district manager in 1977.  He continued his progression with O’Reilly as Operations Manager, 
Vice  President,  Senior  Vice  President  of  Operations  and  Sales,  and  Executive  Vice  President.    He  has  been  President  of  Sales, 
Operations and Real Estate since 1999, and in his current positions of Chief Operating Officer and Co-President since 2005. 

12 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

Thomas  G.  McFall,  age  40,  Executive  Vice  President  of  Finance  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  has  been  an  O’Reilly  team  member 
since  2006  and  has  held  his  position  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  during  this  time.    Mr.  McFall’s  primary  areas  of  responsibility  are 
Finance,  Accounting,  Risk  Management  and  Human  Resources.    Prior  to  joining  O’Reilly,  Mr.  McFall  held  the  position  of  Chief 
Financial Officer – Midwest Operation for CSK, following CSK’s acquisition of Murray’s Discount Auto Stores (“Murray’s”).  Mr. 
McFall  served  Murray’s  for  eight  years  as  Controller,  Vice  President  of  Finance,  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  with  direct 
responsibility for finance and accounting, distribution and logistics operations.  Prior to joining Murray’s, Mr. McFall was an Audit 
Manager with Ernst & Young, LLP in Detroit, Michigan. 

Gregory D. Johnson, age 45, Senior Vice President of Distribution Operations, has been an O’Reilly team member for 28 years.  Mr. 
Johnson’s  primary  area  of  responsibility  is  Distribution  and  Logistics.    He  began  his  O’Reilly  career  as  a  part-time  stocker  in  the 
Nashville  DC  in  1982  and  advanced  with  O’Reilly  as  Retail  Systems  Manager,  WMS  Systems  Development  Manager,  Director of 
Distribution and Vice President of Distribution.  He has been in his current position as Senior Vice President since September 2007. 

Randy  Johnson,  age  55,  Senior  Vice  President  of  Inventory  Management,  has  been  an  O’Reilly  team  member  for  37  years.    Mr. 
Johnson’s primary area of responsibility is Inventory Management, Purchasing, Logistics, and Store Design.  He began his career in a 
DC in 1973, working in the stocking, shipping and will call counter departments, and was promoted to customer service manager in 
1976.  He continued to progress with the development of the inventory control department as Inventory Control Manager and Vice 
President  of  Store  Inventory  Management.  He  has  been  in  his  current  position  as  Senior  Vice  President  of  Inventory  Management 
since October 2010. 

Jeff M. Shaw, age 48, Senior Vice President of Sales and Operations, has been an O'Reilly team member for 22 years.  Mr. Shaw's 
primary areas of responsibility are Store Operations and Sales.  His O'Reilly career started as a parts specialist, and has progressed 
through the roles of store manager, district manager, regional manager and Vice President of the Southern division.  He advanced to 
Vice President of Sales and Operations in 2003 and to his current position as Senior Vice President of Sales and Operations in 2004. 

Michael  D.  Swearengin,  age  50,  Senior  Vice  President  of  Merchandise,  has  been  an  O'Reilly  team  member  for  17  years.    Mr. 
Swearengin's primary areas of responsibility are Merchandise, Pricing and Advertising.  His O'Reilly career started as an employee in 
a store later acquired by O’Reilly, he then became Product Manager, a position he held for four years.  From there he advanced to 
Senior  Product  Manager,  Director  of  Merchandise  and  Vice  President  of  Merchandise  with  responsibility  for  product  mix  and 
replenishment.  He has been in his current position as Senior Vice President since 2004. 

Service Marks and Trademarks 

We  have  registered,  acquired  and/or  been  assigned  the  following  service  marks  and  trademarks:    BESTEST®,  BETTER  PARTS. 
BETTER PRICES.®, BRAKEBEST®, CERTIFIED AUTO REPAIR®, CUSTOMIZE YOUR RIDE®, FIRST CALL®, FROM OUR 
STORE  TO  YOUR  DOOR®,  HI-LO®,  IMPORT  DIRECT®,  IPOLITE®,  MASTER  PRO®,  MASTER  PRO  REFINISHING®, 
MICRO-GARD®,  MILES  AHEAD®,  MURRAY®,  O®,  OMNISPARK®,  O’REILLY®,  O’REILLY  AUTO  COLOR 
PROFESSIONAL  PAINT  PEOPLE®,  O’REILLY  AUTO  PARTS®,  O’REILLY  AUTO  PARTS  PROFESSIONAL  PARTS 
PEOPLE®, O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE®, O’REILLY RACING®, PARTNERSHIP NETWORK®, PARTS CITY®, PARTS CITY 
AUTO  COLOR  PROFESSIONAL  PAINT  PEOPLE®,  PARTS  CITY  AUTO  PARTS®,  PARTS  CITY  TOOL  BOX®,  PARTS 
PAYOFF®, POWER TORQUE®, REAL WORLD TRAINING®, SUPER START®, TOOLBOX®, ULTIMA®, CSK PROSHOP®, 
FLAG®, KRAGEN AUTO PARTS®, MURRAY’S AUTO PARTS®, PRIORITY PARTS®, PROXONE®, SCHUCK’S®, WE’RE 
THE  PLACE  WITH  ALL  THE  PARTS®,  MURRAY’S  VIP  PROGRAM®,  PAY  N  $AVE®.    Some  of  the  service  marks  and 
trademarks listed above may also have a design associated therewith.  Each of the service marks and trademarks are in duration for as 
long as we continue to use and seek renewal of such marks – the duration of each of these service marks and trademarks is typically 
between five and ten years per renewal.  We believe that our business is not otherwise dependent upon any patent, trademark, service 
mark or copyright. 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors 

Our  future  performance  is  subject  to  a  variety  of  risks  and  uncertainties.    Although  the  risks  described  below  are  the  risks  that  we 
believe are material, there may also be risks of which we are currently unaware, or that we currently regard as immaterial based upon 
the information available to us that later may prove to be material.  Interested parties should be aware that the occurrence of the events 
described in these risk  factors, elsewhere in this Form 10-K and in our other filings  with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial  condition.    Actual  results,  therefore,  may 
materially differ from anticipated results described in these forward-looking statements. 

Deteriorating economic conditions may adversely impact demand for our products, reduce access to credit and cause our 
customers and others with which we do business to suffer financial hardship, all of which could adversely impact our business, 
results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. 

In recent years, worldwide economic conditions have deteriorated significantly in many countries and regions, including the United 
States,  and  such  conditions  may  worsen  in  the  foreseeable  future.    Although  demand  for  many  of  our  products  is  primarily  non-
discretionary in nature and tend to be purchased by consumers out of necessity, rather than on an impulse basis, our sales are impacted 
by constraints on the economic health of our customers.  The economic health of our customers is affected by many factors, including, 
among others, general business conditions, interest rates, inflation, consumer debt levels, the availability of consumer credit, currency 
exchange rates, taxation, fuel prices, unemployment trends and other matters that influence consumer confidence and spending.  Many 
of  these  factors  are  outside  of  our  control.    Our  customers’  purchases,  including  purchases  of  our  products,  could  decline  during 
periods  when  income  is  lower,  when  prices  increase  in  response  to  rising  costs,  or  in  periods  of  actual  or  perceived  unfavorable 
economic conditions.  If any of these events occur, or if unfavorable economic conditions challenge the consumer environment, our 
business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.  

In  addition,  economic  conditions,  including  decreased  access  to  credit,  may  result  in  financial  difficulties  leading  to  restructurings, 
bankruptcies, liquidations and other unfavorable events for our customers, suppliers, logistics and other service providers and financial 
institutions which are counterparties to our credit facilities and interest rate swap transactions.  Also, the ability of these third parties to 
overcome  these  difficulties  may  increase.    If  third  parties,  on  whom  we  rely  for  merchandise,  are  unable  to  overcome  difficulties 
resulting from the deterioration in economic conditions and provide us with the merchandise we need, or if counterparties to our credit 
facilities do not perform their obligations, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely 
affected.  

We cannot assure that the recently integrated CSK stores will perform at the same desired level of profitability as historic O’Reilly 
stores.  

We expect acquired CSK stores to approximate the profitability levels of our core O’Reilly stores, and believe this to be a significant 
factor  in  achieving  our  financial  goals.    The  failure  of  these  stores  to  attain  these  profitability  levels  could  seriously  impact  our 
forecasted  results  of  operations.    Our  ability  to  operate  these  stores  at  our  expected  level  will  depend,  in  part,  on  the  successful 
preservation of the existing DIY customers already established in these markets, growing the commercial customer base, the adoption 
of the O’Reilly culture, along with maintaining employee morale and the retention of key personnel.   

We may not be able to obtain these profitability levels in our acquired CSK stores as soon as we expect, or at all.  If we fail to address 
the challenges of our new markets effectively, our growth strategy and future profitability could be negatively affected, and we may 
fail to achieve the intended benefits of the merger. 

Our increased debt levels could adversely affect our cash flow and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations. 

We have in place, an unsecured credit facility and unsecured senior notes, which could have important consequences to our financial 
health.  For example, our level of indebtedness could, among other things: 

•  make it more difficult to satisfy our financial obligations, including those relating to the notes and our credit facility; 

increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions; 

limit  our  flexibility  in  planning  for,  or  reacting  to,  changes  and  opportunities  in  our  industry,  which  may  place  us  at  a 

competitive disadvantage; 

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows to service the principal and interest on the debt, reducing the 

funds available for other business purposes, such as working capital, capital expenditures or other cash requirements; 

limit our ability to incur additional debt on acceptable terms, if at all; and 

expose us to fluctuations in interest rates. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

In  addition,  the  terms  of  the  financing  obligations  include  restrictions,  such  as  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  conditions  on 
borrowing  and  subsidiary  guarantees.    A  failure  to  comply  with  these  restrictions  could  result  in  a  default  under  the  financing 
obligations or could require us to obtain waivers from our lenders for failure to comply with these restrictions.  The occurrence of a 

14 

15 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Thomas  G.  McFall,  age  40,  Executive  Vice  President  of  Finance  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  has  been  an  O’Reilly  team  member 
since  2006  and  has  held  his  position  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  during  this  time.    Mr.  McFall’s  primary  areas  of  responsibility  are 
Finance,  Accounting,  Risk  Management  and  Human  Resources.    Prior  to  joining  O’Reilly,  Mr.  McFall  held  the  position  of  Chief 
Financial Officer – Midwest Operation for CSK, following CSK’s acquisition of Murray’s Discount Auto Stores (“Murray’s”).  Mr. 
McFall  served  Murray’s  for  eight  years  as  Controller,  Vice  President  of  Finance,  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  with  direct 
responsibility for finance and accounting, distribution and logistics operations.  Prior to joining Murray’s, Mr. McFall was an Audit 

Manager with Ernst & Young, LLP in Detroit, Michigan. 

Gregory D. Johnson, age 45, Senior Vice President of Distribution Operations, has been an O’Reilly team member for 28 years.  Mr. 
Johnson’s  primary  area  of  responsibility  is  Distribution  and  Logistics.    He  began  his  O’Reilly  career  as  a  part-time  stocker  in  the 
Nashville  DC  in  1982  and  advanced  with  O’Reilly  as  Retail  Systems  Manager,  WMS  Systems  Development  Manager,  Director of 

Distribution and Vice President of Distribution.  He has been in his current position as Senior Vice President since September 2007. 

Randy  Johnson,  age  55,  Senior  Vice  President  of  Inventory  Management,  has  been  an  O’Reilly  team  member  for  37  years.    Mr. 
Johnson’s primary area of responsibility is Inventory Management, Purchasing, Logistics, and Store Design.  He began his career in a 
DC in 1973, working in the stocking, shipping and will call counter departments, and was promoted to customer service manager in 
1976.  He continued to progress with the development of the inventory control department as Inventory Control Manager and Vice 
President  of  Store  Inventory  Management.  He  has  been  in  his  current  position  as  Senior  Vice  President  of  Inventory  Management 

since October 2010. 

Jeff M. Shaw, age 48, Senior Vice President of Sales and Operations, has been an O'Reilly team member for 22 years.  Mr. Shaw's 
primary areas of responsibility are Store Operations and Sales.  His O'Reilly career started as a parts specialist, and has progressed 
through the roles of store manager, district manager, regional manager and Vice President of the Southern division.  He advanced to 

Vice President of Sales and Operations in 2003 and to his current position as Senior Vice President of Sales and Operations in 2004. 

Michael  D.  Swearengin,  age  50,  Senior  Vice  President  of  Merchandise,  has  been  an  O'Reilly  team  member  for  17  years.    Mr. 
Swearengin's primary areas of responsibility are Merchandise, Pricing and Advertising.  His O'Reilly career started as an employee in 
a store later acquired by O’Reilly, he then became Product Manager, a position he held for four years.  From there he advanced to 
Senior  Product  Manager,  Director  of  Merchandise  and  Vice  President  of  Merchandise  with  responsibility  for  product  mix  and 

replenishment.  He has been in his current position as Senior Vice President since 2004. 

Service Marks and Trademarks 

We  have  registered,  acquired  and/or  been  assigned  the  following  service  marks  and  trademarks:    BESTEST®,  BETTER  PARTS. 
BETTER PRICES.®, BRAKEBEST®, CERTIFIED AUTO REPAIR®, CUSTOMIZE YOUR RIDE®, FIRST CALL®, FROM OUR 
STORE  TO  YOUR  DOOR®,  HI-LO®,  IMPORT  DIRECT®,  IPOLITE®,  MASTER  PRO®,  MASTER  PRO  REFINISHING®, 
MICRO-GARD®,  MILES  AHEAD®,  MURRAY®,  O®,  OMNISPARK®,  O’REILLY®,  O’REILLY  AUTO  COLOR 
PROFESSIONAL  PAINT  PEOPLE®,  O’REILLY  AUTO  PARTS®,  O’REILLY  AUTO  PARTS  PROFESSIONAL  PARTS 
PEOPLE®, O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE®, O’REILLY RACING®, PARTNERSHIP NETWORK®, PARTS CITY®, PARTS CITY 
AUTO  COLOR  PROFESSIONAL  PAINT  PEOPLE®,  PARTS  CITY  AUTO  PARTS®,  PARTS  CITY  TOOL  BOX®,  PARTS 
PAYOFF®, POWER TORQUE®, REAL WORLD TRAINING®, SUPER START®, TOOLBOX®, ULTIMA®, CSK PROSHOP®, 
FLAG®, KRAGEN AUTO PARTS®, MURRAY’S AUTO PARTS®, PRIORITY PARTS®, PROXONE®, SCHUCK’S®, WE’RE 
THE  PLACE  WITH  ALL  THE  PARTS®,  MURRAY’S  VIP  PROGRAM®,  PAY  N  $AVE®.    Some  of  the  service  marks  and 
trademarks listed above may also have a design associated therewith.  Each of the service marks and trademarks are in duration for as 
long as we continue to use and seek renewal of such marks – the duration of each of these service marks and trademarks is typically 
between five and ten years per renewal.  We believe that our business is not otherwise dependent upon any patent, trademark, service 

mark or copyright. 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors 

Our  future  performance  is  subject  to  a  variety  of  risks  and  uncertainties.    Although  the  risks  described  below  are  the  risks  that  we 
believe are material, there may also be risks of which we are currently unaware, or that we currently regard as immaterial based upon 
the information available to us that later may prove to be material.  Interested parties should be aware that the occurrence of the events 
described in these risk  factors, elsewhere in this Form 10-K and in our other filings  with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial  condition.    Actual  results,  therefore,  may 
materially differ from anticipated results described in these forward-looking statements. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

Deteriorating economic conditions may adversely impact demand for our products, reduce access to credit and cause our 
customers and others with which we do business to suffer financial hardship, all of which could adversely impact our business, 
results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. 

In recent years, worldwide economic conditions have deteriorated significantly in many countries and regions, including the United 
States,  and  such  conditions  may  worsen  in  the  foreseeable  future.    Although  demand  for  many  of  our  products  is  primarily  non-
discretionary in nature and tend to be purchased by consumers out of necessity, rather than on an impulse basis, our sales are impacted 
by constraints on the economic health of our customers.  The economic health of our customers is affected by many factors, including, 
among others, general business conditions, interest rates, inflation, consumer debt levels, the availability of consumer credit, currency 
exchange rates, taxation, fuel prices, unemployment trends and other matters that influence consumer confidence and spending.  Many 
of  these  factors  are  outside  of  our  control.    Our  customers’  purchases,  including  purchases  of  our  products,  could  decline  during 
periods  when  income  is  lower,  when  prices  increase  in  response  to  rising  costs,  or  in  periods  of  actual  or  perceived  unfavorable 
economic conditions.  If any of these events occur, or if unfavorable economic conditions challenge the consumer environment, our 
business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.  

In  addition,  economic  conditions,  including  decreased  access  to  credit,  may  result  in  financial  difficulties  leading  to  restructurings, 
bankruptcies, liquidations and other unfavorable events for our customers, suppliers, logistics and other service providers and financial 
institutions which are counterparties to our credit facilities and interest rate swap transactions.  Also, the ability of these third parties to 
overcome  these  difficulties  may  increase.    If  third  parties,  on  whom  we  rely  for  merchandise,  are  unable  to  overcome  difficulties 
resulting from the deterioration in economic conditions and provide us with the merchandise we need, or if counterparties to our credit 
facilities do not perform their obligations, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely 
affected.  

We cannot assure that the recently integrated CSK stores will perform at the same desired level of profitability as historic O’Reilly 
stores.  

We expect acquired CSK stores to approximate the profitability levels of our core O’Reilly stores, and believe this to be a significant 
factor  in  achieving  our  financial  goals.    The  failure  of  these  stores  to  attain  these  profitability  levels  could  seriously  impact  our 
forecasted  results  of  operations.    Our  ability  to  operate  these  stores  at  our  expected  level  will  depend,  in  part,  on  the  successful 
preservation of the existing DIY customers already established in these markets, growing the commercial customer base, the adoption 
of the O’Reilly culture, along with maintaining employee morale and the retention of key personnel.   

We may not be able to obtain these profitability levels in our acquired CSK stores as soon as we expect, or at all.  If we fail to address 
the challenges of our new markets effectively, our growth strategy and future profitability could be negatively affected, and we may 
fail to achieve the intended benefits of the merger. 

Our increased debt levels could adversely affect our cash flow and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations. 

We have in place, an unsecured credit facility and unsecured senior notes, which could have important consequences to our financial 
health.  For example, our level of indebtedness could, among other things: 

•  make it more difficult to satisfy our financial obligations, including those relating to the notes and our credit facility; 
• 
• 

increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions; 
limit  our  flexibility  in  planning  for,  or  reacting  to,  changes  and  opportunities  in  our  industry,  which  may  place  us  at  a 
competitive disadvantage; 
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows to service the principal and interest on the debt, reducing the 
funds available for other business purposes, such as working capital, capital expenditures or other cash requirements; 
limit our ability to incur additional debt on acceptable terms, if at all; and 
expose us to fluctuations in interest rates. 

• 

• 
• 

14 

15 

In  addition,  the  terms  of  the  financing  obligations  include  restrictions,  such  as  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  conditions  on 
borrowing  and  subsidiary  guarantees.    A  failure  to  comply  with  these  restrictions  could  result  in  a  default  under  the  financing 
obligations or could require us to obtain waivers from our lenders for failure to comply with these restrictions.  The occurrence of a 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
default  that  remains  uncured  or  the  inability  to  secure  a  necessary  consent  or  waiver  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, financial condition or results of operations. 

insurance claims resulting from regional weather conditions and our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely 
affected. 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

A  downgrade  in  our  credit  rating  would  impact  our  cost  of  capital  and  could  impact  the  market  value  of  our  unsecured  senior 
notes. 

Legal proceedings and related matters arising from CSK could adversely affect us. 

Credit  ratings  are  an  important  part  of  our  cost  of  capital.    We  currently  have  a  BBB-  credit  rating,  with  a  stable  outlook,  from 
Standard & Poor’s and a Baa3 credit rating, with a stable outlook, from Moody’s Investors Service.  The evaluations are based upon, 
among other factors, our financial strength.  Our current credit ratings provide us with the ability to borrow funds at a specific rate.  A 
downgrade in our current credit rating  from both agencies  would adversely affect our cost of capital by causing  us to pay a higher 
interest rate on borrowed funds under our credit facility.  A downgrade could also adversely affect the market price and/or liquidity of 
our notes, preventing a holder from selling the notes at a favorable price, as well as adversely affect our ability to issue new notes in 
the future. 

Risks associated with future acquisitions may not lead to expected growth and could result in increased costs and inefficiencies. 

As discussed in Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” and Note 14 “Legal Matters” to the consolidated financial statements, several of CSK’s 
former officers and employees were charged by the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) and named in civil actions by the Securities and 
Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  O’Reilly and the DOJ have agreed in principle, subject to final documentation, to  resolve CSK’s 
pre-acquisition issues with the DOJ.  The pre-acquisition SEC investigation of CSK, which commenced in 2006, was settled in May of 
2009 by administrative order without fines, disgorgement or other financial remedies.  Under Delaware law, the charter documents of 
the  CSK  entities  and  certain  indemnification  agreements,  CSK  has  certain  obligations  to  indemnify  these  persons  and,  as  a  result, 
O’Reilly is currently incurring legal fees on the behalf of these persons in relation to certain matters.  There can be no assurance that 
the expenses incurred in connection with the resolution of these matters will be covered by CSK’s directors’ and officers’ insurance 
policies.  If we incur significant uninsured expenses in connection with the resolution of the matters described above, this could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. 

We expect to continue to make acquisitions as an element of our growth strategy.  Acquisitions involve certain risks that could cause 
our actual growth and profitability to differ from our expectations, examples of such risks include the following: 

Sales of shares of our common stock eligible for future sale could adversely affect our share price. 

•  we may not be able to continue to identify suitable acquisition targets or to acquire additional companies at favorable prices 

or on other favorable terms; 
our management’s attention may be distracted; 

• 
•  we may fail to retain key personnel from acquired businesses; 
•  we may assume unanticipated legal liabilities and other problems; 
•  we may not be able to successfully integrate the operations (accounting and billing functions, for example) of businesses we 

acquire to realize economic, operational and other benefits; and 

•  we may fail or be unable to discover liabilities of businesses that we acquire for which we, as a successor owner or operator, 

may be liable. 

The automotive aftermarket business is highly competitive, and we may have to risk our capital to remain competitive. 

Both  the  DIY  and  professional  service  provider  portions  of  our  business  are  highly  competitive,  particularly  in  the  more  densely 
populated areas that we serve.  Some of our competitors are larger than we are and have greater financial resources.  In addition, some 
of our competitors are smaller than us, but have a greater presence than we do in a particular market.  We may have to expend more 
resources and risk additional capital to remain competitive.  For a list of our principal competitors, see the “Competition” section of 
Item 1 of this annual report on Form 10-K. 

In order to be successful, we will need to retain and motivate key employees. 

Our success has been largely dependent on the efforts of certain key personnel.  In order to be successful, we will need to retain and 
motivate executives and other key employees.  Experienced management and technical personnel are in high demand and competition 
for their talents is intense.  We must also continue to motivate employees and keep them focused on our strategies and goals.  Our 
business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by the unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our 
key employees.  We cannot be sure that  we  will be able to continue to attract qualified personnel,  which could cause us to be less 
efficient, and as a result, may adversely impact our sales and profitability.  For a discussion of our management, see the “Business” 
section of Item 1 of this annual report on Form 10-K. 

We cannot assure future growth will be achieved. 

We  believe  that  our  ability  to  open  additional,  profitable  stores  at  a  high  growth  rate  will  be  a  significant  factor  in  achieving  our 
growth objectives for the future.  Our ability to accomplish our growth objectives is dependent, in part, on matters beyond our control, 
such as weather conditions, zoning and other issues related to new store site development, the availability of qualified management 
personnel  and  general  business  and  economic  conditions.    We  cannot  be  sure  that  our  growth  plans  for  2011  and  beyond  will  be 
achieved.  Failure to achieve our growth objectives may negatively impact the trading price of our common stock.  For a discussion of 
our growth strategies, see the “Growth Strategy” section of Item 1 of this annual report on Form 10-K. 

We are sensitive to regional economic and weather conditions that could reduce our costs and sales. 

Approximately  29%  of  our  stores  are  located  in  Texas  and  California.    Therefore,  our  business  is  sensitive  to  the  economic  and 
weather  conditions  of  those  regions.    Unusually  inclement  weather,  such  as  significant  rain,  snow,  sleet,  freezing  rain,  flooding, 
seismic  activity  and  hurricanes,  has  historically  discouraged  our  customers  from  visiting  our  stores  during  the  affected  period  and 
reduced  our  sales,  particularly  to  DIY  customers.    In  addition,  our  stores  located  in  coastal  regions  may  be  subject  to  increased 
16 

All of the shares of common stock currently held by our affiliates may be sold in reliance upon the exemptive provisions of Rule 144 
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, subject to certain volume and other conditions imposed by such rule.  We cannot predict 
the effect, if any, which future sales of shares of common stock or the availability of such shares for sale will have on the market price 
of the common stock prevailing from time to time.  We believe sales of substantial amounts of common stock, or the perception that 
such sales might occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the common stock. 

Risks related to the Company and unanticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results, could affect the Company’s stock 
price. 

We  believe  that  quarter-to-quarter  comparisons  of  our  financial  results  are  not  necessarily  meaningful  indicators  of  the  future 
operating results of the Company and should not be relied on as an indication of future performance.  If our quarterly operating results 
fail to meet the expectations of analysts, the trading price of our common stock could be negatively affected.  We cannot be certain 
that our business strategy and our plans to integrate the operations of CSK will be successful or that they will successfully meet the 
expectations of these analysts.  If we fail to adequately address any of these risks or difficulties, our business would likely suffer. 

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and could expose us to securities class action litigation. 

The stock market and the price of our common stock may be subject to wide fluctuations based upon general economic and market 
conditions.  The  market price for our common stock  may  also be affected by our ability to  meet analysts’ expectations.  Failure to 
meet such expectations, even slightly, could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. 

In addition, stock market volatility has had a significant effect on the market prices of securities issued by many companies for reasons 
unrelated to the operating performance of these companies.  Downturns in the stock market may cause the price of our common stock 
to decline.  In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation 
has often been instituted against such companies.  If similar litigation were instituted against us, it could result in substantial costs and 
a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, which could have an adverse effect on our business. 

A change in the relationship with any of our key vendors or the unavailability of our key products at competitive prices could affect 
our financial health.  

Our business depends on developing and maintaining close relationships with our vendors and on our vendors' ability or willingness to 
sell quality products to us at favorable prices and terms.  Many factors outside of our control may harm these relationships and the 
ability or willingness of these vendors to sell us products on favorable terms.  For example, financial or operational difficulties that 
our vendors may face could increase the cost of the products we purchase from them or our ability to source product from them.  In 
addition, the  trend towards consolidation among automotive parts  suppliers as  well as the off-shoring of  manufacturing capacity to 
foreign countries may disrupt or end our relationship with some vendors, and could lead to less competition and result in higher prices.  
We could also be negatively impacted by suppliers who might experience  work stoppages, labor strikes or other interruptions to or 
difficulties in the manufacture or supply of the products we purchase from them. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
default  that  remains  uncured  or  the  inability  to  secure  a  necessary  consent  or  waiver  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 

business, financial condition or results of operations. 

insurance claims resulting from regional weather conditions and our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely 
affected. 

A  downgrade  in  our  credit  rating  would  impact  our  cost  of  capital  and  could  impact  the  market  value  of  our  unsecured  senior 

Legal proceedings and related matters arising from CSK could adversely affect us. 

notes. 

the future. 

Credit  ratings  are  an  important  part  of  our  cost  of  capital.    We  currently  have  a  BBB-  credit  rating,  with  a  stable  outlook,  from 
Standard & Poor’s and a Baa3 credit rating, with a stable outlook, from Moody’s Investors Service.  The evaluations are based upon, 
among other factors, our financial strength.  Our current credit ratings provide us with the ability to borrow funds at a specific rate.  A 
downgrade in our current credit rating  from both agencies  would adversely affect our cost of capital by causing  us to pay a higher 
interest rate on borrowed funds under our credit facility.  A downgrade could also adversely affect the market price and/or liquidity of 
our notes, preventing a holder from selling the notes at a favorable price, as well as adversely affect our ability to issue new notes in 

Risks associated with future acquisitions may not lead to expected growth and could result in increased costs and inefficiencies. 

As discussed in Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” and Note 14 “Legal Matters” to the consolidated financial statements, several of CSK’s 
former officers and employees were charged by the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) and named in civil actions by the Securities and 
Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  O’Reilly and the DOJ have agreed in principle, subject to final documentation, to  resolve CSK’s 
pre-acquisition issues with the DOJ.  The pre-acquisition SEC investigation of CSK, which commenced in 2006, was settled in May of 
2009 by administrative order without fines, disgorgement or other financial remedies.  Under Delaware law, the charter documents of 
the  CSK  entities  and  certain  indemnification  agreements,  CSK  has  certain  obligations  to  indemnify  these  persons  and,  as  a  result, 
O’Reilly is currently incurring legal fees on the behalf of these persons in relation to certain matters.  There can be no assurance that 
the expenses incurred in connection with the resolution of these matters will be covered by CSK’s directors’ and officers’ insurance 
policies.  If we incur significant uninsured expenses in connection with the resolution of the matters described above, this could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

We expect to continue to make acquisitions as an element of our growth strategy.  Acquisitions involve certain risks that could cause 

Sales of shares of our common stock eligible for future sale could adversely affect our share price. 

our actual growth and profitability to differ from our expectations, examples of such risks include the following: 

•  we may not be able to continue to identify suitable acquisition targets or to acquire additional companies at favorable prices 

or on other favorable terms; 

• 

our management’s attention may be distracted; 

•  we may fail to retain key personnel from acquired businesses; 

•  we may assume unanticipated legal liabilities and other problems; 

•  we may not be able to successfully integrate the operations (accounting and billing functions, for example) of businesses we 

acquire to realize economic, operational and other benefits; and 

•  we may fail or be unable to discover liabilities of businesses that we acquire for which we, as a successor owner or operator, 

may be liable. 

The automotive aftermarket business is highly competitive, and we may have to risk our capital to remain competitive. 

Both  the  DIY  and  professional  service  provider  portions  of  our  business  are  highly  competitive,  particularly  in  the  more  densely 
populated areas that we serve.  Some of our competitors are larger than we are and have greater financial resources.  In addition, some 
of our competitors are smaller than us, but have a greater presence than we do in a particular market.  We may have to expend more 
resources and risk additional capital to remain competitive.  For a list of our principal competitors, see the “Competition” section of 

Item 1 of this annual report on Form 10-K. 

In order to be successful, we will need to retain and motivate key employees. 

Our success has been largely dependent on the efforts of certain key personnel.  In order to be successful, we will need to retain and 
motivate executives and other key employees.  Experienced management and technical personnel are in high demand and competition 
for their talents is intense.  We must also continue to motivate employees and keep them focused on our strategies and goals.  Our 
business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by the unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our 
key employees.  We cannot be sure that  we  will be able to continue to attract qualified personnel,  which could cause us to be less 
efficient, and as a result, may adversely impact our sales and profitability.  For a discussion of our management, see the “Business” 

section of Item 1 of this annual report on Form 10-K. 

We cannot assure future growth will be achieved. 

We  believe  that  our  ability  to  open  additional,  profitable  stores  at  a  high  growth  rate  will  be  a  significant  factor  in  achieving  our 
growth objectives for the future.  Our ability to accomplish our growth objectives is dependent, in part, on matters beyond our control, 
such as weather conditions, zoning and other issues related to new store site development, the availability of qualified management 
personnel  and  general  business  and  economic  conditions.    We  cannot  be  sure  that  our  growth  plans  for  2011  and  beyond  will  be 
achieved.  Failure to achieve our growth objectives may negatively impact the trading price of our common stock.  For a discussion of 

our growth strategies, see the “Growth Strategy” section of Item 1 of this annual report on Form 10-K. 

We are sensitive to regional economic and weather conditions that could reduce our costs and sales. 

Approximately  29%  of  our  stores  are  located  in  Texas  and  California.    Therefore,  our  business  is  sensitive  to  the  economic  and 
weather  conditions  of  those  regions.    Unusually  inclement  weather,  such  as  significant  rain,  snow,  sleet,  freezing  rain,  flooding, 
seismic  activity  and  hurricanes,  has  historically  discouraged  our  customers  from  visiting  our  stores  during  the  affected  period  and 
reduced  our  sales,  particularly  to  DIY  customers.    In  addition,  our  stores  located  in  coastal  regions  may  be  subject  to  increased 

All of the shares of common stock currently held by our affiliates may be sold in reliance upon the exemptive provisions of Rule 144 
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, subject to certain volume and other conditions imposed by such rule.  We cannot predict 
the effect, if any, which future sales of shares of common stock or the availability of such shares for sale will have on the market price 
of the common stock prevailing from time to time.  We believe sales of substantial amounts of common stock, or the perception that 
such sales might occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the common stock. 

Risks related to the Company and unanticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results, could affect the Company’s stock 
price. 

We  believe  that  quarter-to-quarter  comparisons  of  our  financial  results  are  not  necessarily  meaningful  indicators  of  the  future 
operating results of the Company and should not be relied on as an indication of future performance.  If our quarterly operating results 
fail to meet the expectations of analysts, the trading price of our common stock could be negatively affected.  We cannot be certain 
that our business strategy and our plans to integrate the operations of CSK will be successful or that they will successfully meet the 
expectations of these analysts.  If we fail to adequately address any of these risks or difficulties, our business would likely suffer. 

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and could expose us to securities class action litigation. 

The stock market and the price of our common stock may be subject to wide fluctuations based upon general economic and market 
conditions.  The  market price for our common stock  may  also be affected by our ability to  meet analysts’ expectations.  Failure to 
meet such expectations, even slightly, could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. 

In addition, stock market volatility has had a significant effect on the market prices of securities issued by many companies for reasons 
unrelated to the operating performance of these companies.  Downturns in the stock market may cause the price of our common stock 
to decline.  In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation 
has often been instituted against such companies.  If similar litigation were instituted against us, it could result in substantial costs and 
a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, which could have an adverse effect on our business. 

A change in the relationship with any of our key vendors or the unavailability of our key products at competitive prices could affect 
our financial health.  

Our business depends on developing and maintaining close relationships with our vendors and on our vendors' ability or willingness to 
sell quality products to us at favorable prices and terms.  Many factors outside of our control may harm these relationships and the 
ability or willingness of these vendors to sell us products on favorable terms.  For example, financial or operational difficulties that 
our vendors may face could increase the cost of the products we purchase from them or our ability to source product from them.  In 
addition, the  trend towards consolidation among automotive parts  suppliers as  well as the off-shoring of  manufacturing capacity to 
foreign countries may disrupt or end our relationship with some vendors, and could lead to less competition and result in higher prices.  
We could also be negatively impacted by suppliers who might experience  work stoppages, labor strikes or other interruptions to or 
difficulties in the manufacture or supply of the products we purchase from them. 

16 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Complications in our distribution centers and other factors affecting the distribution of merchandise may affect our business. 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

We  operate  23  distribution  centers  (“DC”)  nationwide  to  support  our  business.    If  complications  arise  with  any  facility  or  if  any 
facility is severely damaged or destroyed, our other DCs may not be able to fully support the resulting additional distribution demands.  
This may adversely affect our ability to deliver inventory on a nightly basis and therefore affect our ability to timely provide products 
to  our  customers  resulting  in  lost  sales.    Such  a  disruption  in  revenue  could  potentially  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  results  of 
operations and financial condition.   

Environmental legislation and regulations could affect our operations, such as by increasing fuel prices, and therefore increase 
our operating costs. 

Initiatives  to  limit  greenhouse  gas  emissions  and  bills  related  to  climate  change  have  been  introduced  in  the  U.S.  Congress,  which 
could adversely impact all industries.  While it is uncertain whether these will become law, additional climate change related mandates 
could  potentially  be  forthcoming,  and  these  mandates,  if  enacted,  could  adversely  impact  our  costs,  including,  among  other  things, 
increasing fuel prices.   

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

Not applicable. 

Item 2.   

Properties  

The following table provides certain information regarding our administrative offices and distribution centers (“DC”) as of December 
31, 2010: 

Principal Use(s) 

Footage 

Interest 

Operating Square 

Des Moines, IA 

  Distribution Center  

Dixon, CA 

  Distribution Center (relocated to Stockton, California, in 2010) 

  Corporate Offices, Training and Technical Center 

Total operating square footage 

10,133,347 

(a)  Occupied under the terms of  a lease expiring October 31, 2024,  with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal for ten  five-year 

(b)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring February 28, 2015, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal for three five-year 

(c)  Occupied under the terms of two separate leases the first lease expiring September 30, 2011, with an unaffiliated party, subject to 

renewal for two three-year terms at our option and the second lease expiring January 31, 2031, with an unaffiliated party, subject 

to renewal for one five-year term at our option. 

(d)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring April 30, 2011, with an unaffiliated party, not subject to renewal.  The operations of 

this acquired distribution center in Dixon, California, were relocated to a larger distribution center in Stockton, California, during 

(e)  Occupied  under  the  terms  of  a  lease  expiring  March  31,  2012,  with  an  unaffiliated  party,  subject  to  renewal  for  four  five-year 

(f)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring December 31, 2012, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal for ten five-year 

terms at our option. 

terms at our option. 

2010. 

terms at our option. 

terms at our option. 

18 

19 

Location 

Atlanta, GA 

Belleville, MI 

Billings, MT 

Dallas, TX 

Denver, CO 

  Distribution Center  

  Distribution Center 

  Distribution Center  

  Distribution Center  

  Distribution Center  

Greensboro, NC 

  Distribution Center 

Houston, TX 

  Distribution Center  

Indianapolis, IN 

  Distribution Center 

Kansas City, MO 

  Distribution Center  

Knoxville, TN 

  Distribution Center  

Little Rock, AR 

  Distribution Center  

Lubbock, TX 

Mobile, AL 

  Distribution Center 

  Distribution Center  

Moreno Valley, CA 

  Distribution Center  

Nashville, TN 

  Distribution Center 

Oklahoma City, OK 

  Distribution Center  

Phoenix, AZ 

  Distribution Center 

Salt Lake City, UT 

  Distribution Center  

Seattle, WA 

  Distribution Center 

Springfield, MO 

  Distribution Center 

Stockton, CA 

St. Paul, MN 

Auburn, WA 

Commerce, CA 

McAllen, TX 

Springfield, MO 

Springfield, MO 

Springfield, MO 

Phoenix, AZ 

Springfield, MO 

Springfield, MO 

Springfield, MO 

  Distribution Center 

  Distribution Center 

  Bulk Facility 

  Bulk Facility 

  Bulk Facility 

  Bulk Facility 

  Return Facility 

  Corporate Offices 

  Corporate Offices 

  Corporate Offices 

  Return/Deconsolidation Facility 

492,350    Leased (a) 

333,262     Leased (b)  

108,300    Leased (c) 

442,000     Owned 

321,242    Owned 

253,886    Owned 

366,900     Leased (d) 

441,600    Owned 

532,615    Owned 

657,603     Owned 

299,018    Owned 

150,766     Owned 

122,969    Leased (e) 

276,896     Owned  

301,068     Leased (f) 

547,478    Owned 

315,977    Leased (g) 

320,667     Owned (h) 

383,570    Leased (i) 

294,932    Owned 

533,790    Owned 

328,721    Owned 

720,836    Leased (j) 

324,668    Owned 

81,761     Leased (k) 

75,000    Leased (l) 

24,560     Leased (m) 

35,200    Owned 

140,970    Leased (n) 

302,357     Owned 

174,664     Leased (o) 

435,600    Owned 

34,617    Leased (p) 

22,000     Owned 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
Complications in our distribution centers and other factors affecting the distribution of merchandise may affect our business. 

We  operate  23  distribution  centers  (“DC”)  nationwide  to  support  our  business.    If  complications  arise  with  any  facility  or  if  any 
facility is severely damaged or destroyed, our other DCs may not be able to fully support the resulting additional distribution demands.  
This may adversely affect our ability to deliver inventory on a nightly basis and therefore affect our ability to timely provide products 
to  our  customers  resulting  in  lost  sales.    Such  a  disruption  in  revenue  could  potentially  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  results  of 

Environmental legislation and regulations could affect our operations, such as by increasing fuel prices, and therefore increase 

Initiatives  to  limit  greenhouse  gas  emissions  and  bills  related  to  climate  change  have  been  introduced  in  the  U.S.  Congress,  which 
could adversely impact all industries.  While it is uncertain whether these will become law, additional climate change related mandates 
could  potentially  be  forthcoming,  and  these  mandates,  if  enacted,  could  adversely  impact  our  costs,  including,  among  other  things, 

operations and financial condition.   

our operating costs. 

increasing fuel prices.   

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

Not applicable. 

18 

Item 2.   

Properties  

The following table provides certain information regarding our administrative offices and distribution centers (“DC”) as of December 
31, 2010: 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

Location 

Atlanta, GA 
Belleville, MI 
Billings, MT 
Dallas, TX 
Denver, CO 
Des Moines, IA 
Dixon, CA 
Greensboro, NC 
Houston, TX 
Indianapolis, IN 
Kansas City, MO 
Knoxville, TN 
Little Rock, AR 
Lubbock, TX 
Mobile, AL 
Moreno Valley, CA 
Nashville, TN 
Oklahoma City, OK 
Phoenix, AZ 
Salt Lake City, UT 
Seattle, WA 
Springfield, MO 
Stockton, CA 
St. Paul, MN 
Auburn, WA 
Commerce, CA 
McAllen, TX 
Springfield, MO 
Springfield, MO 
Springfield, MO 
Phoenix, AZ 
Springfield, MO 
Springfield, MO 
Springfield, MO 

Principal Use(s) 

  Distribution Center  
  Distribution Center 
  Distribution Center  
  Distribution Center  
  Distribution Center  
  Distribution Center  
  Distribution Center (relocated to Stockton, California, in 2010) 
  Distribution Center 
  Distribution Center  
  Distribution Center 
  Distribution Center  
  Distribution Center  
  Distribution Center  
  Distribution Center 
  Distribution Center  
  Distribution Center  
  Distribution Center 
  Distribution Center  
  Distribution Center 
  Distribution Center  
  Distribution Center 
  Distribution Center 
  Distribution Center 
  Distribution Center 
  Bulk Facility 
  Bulk Facility 
  Bulk Facility 
  Bulk Facility 
  Return/Deconsolidation Facility 
  Return Facility 
  Corporate Offices 
  Corporate Offices 
  Corporate Offices 
  Corporate Offices, Training and Technical Center 

Operating Square 
Footage 

Interest 
492,350    Leased (a) 
333,262     Leased (b)  
108,300    Leased (c) 
442,000     Owned 
321,242    Owned 
253,886    Owned 
366,900     Leased (d) 
441,600    Owned 
532,615    Owned 
657,603     Owned 
299,018    Owned 
150,766     Owned 
122,969    Leased (e) 
276,896     Owned  
301,068     Leased (f) 
547,478    Owned 
315,977    Leased (g) 
320,667     Owned (h) 
383,570    Leased (i) 
294,932    Owned 
533,790    Owned 
328,721    Owned 
720,836    Leased (j) 
324,668    Owned 
81,761     Leased (k) 
75,000    Leased (l) 
24,560     Leased (m) 
35,200    Owned 
140,970    Leased (n) 
302,357     Owned 
174,664     Leased (o) 
435,600    Owned 
34,617    Leased (p) 
22,000     Owned 

Total operating square footage 

10,133,347 

(a)  Occupied under the terms of  a lease expiring October 31, 2024,  with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal for ten  five-year 

terms at our option. 

(b)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring February 28, 2015, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal for three five-year 

terms at our option. 

(c)  Occupied under the terms of two separate leases the first lease expiring September 30, 2011, with an unaffiliated party, subject to 
renewal for two three-year terms at our option and the second lease expiring January 31, 2031, with an unaffiliated party, subject 
to renewal for one five-year term at our option. 

(d)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring April 30, 2011, with an unaffiliated party, not subject to renewal.  The operations of 
this acquired distribution center in Dixon, California, were relocated to a larger distribution center in Stockton, California, during 
2010. 

(e)  Occupied  under  the  terms  of  a  lease  expiring  March  31,  2012,  with  an  unaffiliated  party,  subject  to  renewal  for  four  five-year 

terms at our option. 

(f)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring December 31, 2012, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal for ten five-year 

terms at our option. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
Notwithstanding  the  agreement  in  principle  with  the  DOJ,  several  of  CSK’s  former  directors  or  officers  and  current  or  former 
employees have been or may be interviewed or deposed as part of criminal, administrative and civil investigations and lawsuits.  As 
described  above,  certain  former  employees  of  CSK  are  the  subject  of  civil  and  criminal  litigation  commenced  by  the  government.  
Under Delaware law, the charter documents of the CSK entities and certain indemnification agreements, CSK has certain obligations 
to indemnify these persons and, as a result, O’Reilly is currently incurring legal fees on behalf of these persons in relation to pending 
matters.  Some of these indemnification obligations and other related costs may not be covered by CSK’s insurance policies.  

As a result of the CSK acquisition, O’Reilly expects to continue to incur ongoing legal fees related to the indemnity obligations related 
to the litigation that has commenced by the DOJ and SEC of CSK’s former employees.  O’Reilly has a remaining reserve, with respect 
to such indemnification obligations, of $18.8 million as of December 31, 2010, which was primarily recorded as an assumed liability 
in the Company’s allocation of the purchase price of CSK. 

The foregoing governmental investigations and indemnification matters are subject to many uncertainties, and, given their complexity 
and  scope,  their  final  outcome  cannot  be  predicted  at  this  time.    It  is  possible  that  in  a  particular  quarter  or  annual  period  the 
Company’s results of operations and cash flows could be materially affected by an ultimate unfavorable resolution of such matters, 
depending, in part, upon the results of operations or cash flows for such period.  However, at this time, management believes that the 
ultimate outcome of all of such regulatory proceedings and other matters that are pending, after consideration of applicable reserves 
and potentially available insurance coverage benefits not contemplated in recorded reserves, should not have a material adverse effect 
on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Item 4. 

Reserved 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

(g)  Occupied under the terms of two separate leases both expiring December 31, 2018, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal 

for two five-year terms at our option.  

(h)  Primary facility owned, additional space leased and occupied under the terms of lease expiring July 31, 2014, with an unaffiliated 

party, subject to renewal for one five-year term at our option. 

(i)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring June 22, 2015, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal for three five-year terms 

at our option. 

(j)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring June 30, 2025, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal six five-year terms at 

our option.  

(k)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring June 30, 2018, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal for two five-year terms 

at our option. 

(l)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring August 31, 2013, with an unaffiliated party, not subject to renewal. 
(m) Occupied  under  the  terms  of  a  lease  expiring  April  30,  2017,  with  an  unaffiliated  party,  subject  to  renewal  for  three  five-year 

terms at our option. 

(n)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring May 31, 2012, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal for four five-year terms 

at our option. 

(o)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring October 31, 2012, with an unaffiliated party, not subject to renewal. 
(p)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring August 31, 2024, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal for four five-year 

terms at our option. 

Of  the  3,570  stores  that  we  operated  at  December  31,  2010,  1,172  stores  were  owned,  2,328  stores  were  leased  from  unaffiliated 
parties  and  70  stores  were  leased  from  one  of  four  entities  owned  by  O'Reilly  family  members.    Leases  with  unaffiliated  parties 
generally provide for payment of a fixed base rent, payment of certain tax, insurance and maintenance expenses and an original term 
of, at a minimum, 10 years, subject to one or more renewals at our option.  We have entered into separate master lease agreements 
with each of the affiliated entities for the occupancy of the stores covered thereby.  Such master lease agreements with two of the three 
O’Reilly family entities have been modified to extend the term of the lease agreement for specific stores.  The master lease agreements 
or modifications thereto expire on dates ranging from March 31, 2011, to December 31, 2029.  We believe that the lease agreements 
with the affiliated entities are on terms comparable to those obtainable from third parties. 

We  believe  that  our  present  facilities  are  in  good  condition,  are  adequately  insured  and  adequate  for  the  conduct  of  our  current 
operations.  The store servicing capability of our 23 existing DCs is approximately 4,250 stores, providing a growth capacity for over 
680 stores.  We believe this growth capacity will provide us with the DC infrastructure needed for near term expansion without the 
need for additional DC facilities.   

Item 3.   

Legal Proceedings  

O’Reilly Litigation: 
O’Reilly  is  currently  involved  in  litigation  incidental  to  the  ordinary  conduct  of  the  Company’s  business.    Although  the  Company 
cannot ascertain the amount of liability that it may incur from any of these matters, it does not currently believe that, in the aggregate, 
these matters, taking into account applicable insurance and reserves, will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarter or annual period.  In addition, O’Reilly is involved in resolving the 
governmental  investigations that  were being conducted against CSK and CSK’s  former officers prior to its acquisition by O’Reilly 
Automotive, Inc. as described below.  

CSK Pre-Acquisition Matters – Governmental Investigations and Actions:  
As previously reported, the pre-acquisition Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) investigation of CSK, which commenced in 
2006, was settled in May of 2009 by administrative order without fines, disgorgement or other financial remedies.  The Department of 
Justice (“DOJ”)’s criminal investigation into these same matters as previously disclosed is near a conclusion and is described more 
fully  below.    In  addition,  the  previously  reported  SEC  complaint  against  three  (3)  former  employees  of  CSK  for  alleged  conduct 
related to CSK’s historical accounting practices remains ongoing.  The action filed by the SEC on July 22, 2009, against Maynard L. 
Jenkins, the former Chief Executive Officer of CSK seeking reimbursement from Mr. Jenkins of certain bonuses and stock sale profits 
pursuant  to  Section 304  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  as  previously  reported,  also  continues.    The  previously  reported  DOJ 
criminal prosecution of Don Watson, the former Chief Financial Officer of CSK, remains ongoing with trial set to commence on or 
about June 7, 2011.  

With  respect  to  the  ongoing  DOJ  investigation  into  CSK’s  pre-acquisition  accounting  practices  as  referenced  above,  as  previously 
disclosed, O’Reilly and the DOJ  agreed in principle, subject to final documentation, to resolve the DOJ investigation of CSK’s legacy 
pre-acquisition accounting practices.  The Company and the DOJ continue work to complete the final documentation necessary for the 
execution of the Non-Prosecution Agreement previously referenced and payment of the one-time monetary penalty of $20.9 million, 
also previously reported.  The Company’s total reserve related to the DOJ investigation of CSK was $21.4 million as of December 31, 
2010, which relates to the amount of the monetary penalty and associated legal costs. 

20 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notwithstanding  the  agreement  in  principle  with  the  DOJ,  several  of  CSK’s  former  directors  or  officers  and  current  or  former 
employees have been or may be interviewed or deposed as part of criminal, administrative and civil investigations and lawsuits.  As 
described  above,  certain  former  employees  of  CSK  are  the  subject  of  civil  and  criminal  litigation  commenced  by  the  government.  
Under Delaware law, the charter documents of the CSK entities and certain indemnification agreements, CSK has certain obligations 
to indemnify these persons and, as a result, O’Reilly is currently incurring legal fees on behalf of these persons in relation to pending 
matters.  Some of these indemnification obligations and other related costs may not be covered by CSK’s insurance policies.  

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

As a result of the CSK acquisition, O’Reilly expects to continue to incur ongoing legal fees related to the indemnity obligations related 
to the litigation that has commenced by the DOJ and SEC of CSK’s former employees.  O’Reilly has a remaining reserve, with respect 
to such indemnification obligations, of $18.8 million as of December 31, 2010, which was primarily recorded as an assumed liability 
in the Company’s allocation of the purchase price of CSK. 

The foregoing governmental investigations and indemnification matters are subject to many uncertainties, and, given their complexity 
and  scope,  their  final  outcome  cannot  be  predicted  at  this  time.    It  is  possible  that  in  a  particular  quarter  or  annual  period  the 
Company’s results of operations and cash flows could be materially affected by an ultimate unfavorable resolution of such matters, 
depending, in part, upon the results of operations or cash flows for such period.  However, at this time, management believes that the 
ultimate outcome of all of such regulatory proceedings and other matters that are pending, after consideration of applicable reserves 
and potentially available insurance coverage benefits not contemplated in recorded reserves, should not have a material adverse effect 
on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Item 4. 

Reserved 

(g)  Occupied under the terms of two separate leases both expiring December 31, 2018, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal 

for two five-year terms at our option.  

(h)  Primary facility owned, additional space leased and occupied under the terms of lease expiring July 31, 2014, with an unaffiliated 

party, subject to renewal for one five-year term at our option. 

(i)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring June 22, 2015, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal for three five-year terms 

(j)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring June 30, 2025, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal six five-year terms at 

(k)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring June 30, 2018, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal for two five-year terms 

(l)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring August 31, 2013, with an unaffiliated party, not subject to renewal. 

(m) Occupied  under  the  terms  of  a  lease  expiring  April  30,  2017,  with  an  unaffiliated  party,  subject  to  renewal  for  three  five-year 

(n)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring May 31, 2012, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal for four five-year terms 

(o)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring October 31, 2012, with an unaffiliated party, not subject to renewal. 

(p)  Occupied under the terms of a lease expiring August 31, 2024, with an unaffiliated party, subject to renewal for four five-year 

at our option. 

our option.  

at our option. 

terms at our option. 

at our option. 

terms at our option. 

Of  the  3,570  stores  that  we  operated  at  December  31,  2010,  1,172  stores  were  owned,  2,328  stores  were  leased  from  unaffiliated 
parties  and  70  stores  were  leased  from  one  of  four  entities  owned  by  O'Reilly  family  members.    Leases  with  unaffiliated  parties 
generally provide for payment of a fixed base rent, payment of certain tax, insurance and maintenance expenses and an original term 
of, at a minimum, 10 years, subject to one or more renewals at our option.  We have entered into separate master lease agreements 
with each of the affiliated entities for the occupancy of the stores covered thereby.  Such master lease agreements with two of the three 
O’Reilly family entities have been modified to extend the term of the lease agreement for specific stores.  The master lease agreements 
or modifications thereto expire on dates ranging from March 31, 2011, to December 31, 2029.  We believe that the lease agreements 

with the affiliated entities are on terms comparable to those obtainable from third parties. 

We  believe  that  our  present  facilities  are  in  good  condition,  are  adequately  insured  and  adequate  for  the  conduct  of  our  current 
operations.  The store servicing capability of our 23 existing DCs is approximately 4,250 stores, providing a growth capacity for over 
680 stores.  We believe this growth capacity will provide us with the DC infrastructure needed for near term expansion without the 

need for additional DC facilities.   

Item 3.   

Legal Proceedings  

O’Reilly Litigation: 

O’Reilly  is  currently  involved  in  litigation  incidental  to  the  ordinary  conduct  of  the  Company’s  business.    Although  the  Company 
cannot ascertain the amount of liability that it may incur from any of these matters, it does not currently believe that, in the aggregate, 
these matters, taking into account applicable insurance and reserves, will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarter or annual period.  In addition, O’Reilly is involved in resolving the 
governmental  investigations that  were being conducted against CSK and CSK’s  former officers prior to its acquisition by O’Reilly 

Automotive, Inc. as described below.  

CSK Pre-Acquisition Matters – Governmental Investigations and Actions:  

As previously reported, the pre-acquisition Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) investigation of CSK, which commenced in 
2006, was settled in May of 2009 by administrative order without fines, disgorgement or other financial remedies.  The Department of 
Justice (“DOJ”)’s criminal investigation into these same matters as previously disclosed is near a conclusion and is described more 
fully  below.    In  addition,  the  previously  reported  SEC  complaint  against  three  (3)  former  employees  of  CSK  for  alleged  conduct 
related to CSK’s historical accounting practices remains ongoing.  The action filed by the SEC on July 22, 2009, against Maynard L. 
Jenkins, the former Chief Executive Officer of CSK seeking reimbursement from Mr. Jenkins of certain bonuses and stock sale profits 
pursuant  to  Section 304  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  as  previously  reported,  also  continues.    The  previously  reported  DOJ 
criminal prosecution of Don Watson, the former Chief Financial Officer of CSK, remains ongoing with trial set to commence on or 

about June 7, 2011.  

With  respect  to  the  ongoing  DOJ  investigation  into  CSK’s  pre-acquisition  accounting  practices  as  referenced  above,  as  previously 
disclosed, O’Reilly and the DOJ  agreed in principle, subject to final documentation, to resolve the DOJ investigation of CSK’s legacy 
pre-acquisition accounting practices.  The Company and the DOJ continue work to complete the final documentation necessary for the 
execution of the Non-Prosecution Agreement previously referenced and payment of the one-time monetary penalty of $20.9 million, 
also previously reported.  The Company’s total reserve related to the DOJ investigation of CSK was $21.4 million as of December 31, 

2010, which relates to the amount of the monetary penalty and associated legal costs. 

20 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

Item 5. 

Market  For  Registrant's  Common  Equity,  Related  Shareholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity 
Securities 

The Company’s stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “ORLY”.  As of February 21, 
2011, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. had approximately 86,000 shareholders based on the number of holders of record and an estimate of 
individual participants represented by security position listings.  The Company’s common stock began trading on April 22, 1993; no 
cash dividends have been declared since that time, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. 

The prices in the following table represent the high and low sales price for O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. common stock as reported by 
Nasdaq.  During fiscal 2010, the Company made no purchases or repurchases of its common stock. 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 
For the Year 

2010 

2009 

High 
$  43.00 
51.40 
54.07 
63.04 
63.04 

Low 
$  37.73 
41.61 
46.07 
52.84 
37.73 

High 
$  35.63 
38.85 
42.22 
40.26 
42.22 

Low 
$  27.00 
35.08 
36.14 
33.68 
27.00 

The  graph  below  shows  the  cumulative  total  stockholder  return  assuming  the  investment  of  $100,  on  December  31,  2005,  and  the 
reinvestment  of  dividends  thereafter,  in  the  Company’s  common  stock  versus  the  Nasdaq  Retail  Trade  Stocks  Total  Return  Index, 
Nasdaq United States Stock Market Total Returns Index and the Standard and Poor’s S&P 500 Index (“S&P 500”).   

Company/Index  
O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. 
Nasdaq Retail Trade Stocks 
Nasdaq US 
Standard and Poor's S&P 500 

$ 

2005 

100  $ 
100 
100 
100 

 For the Years Ended December 31,  
2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

100  $ 
109 
110 
116 

101  $ 
99 
119 
122 

96  $ 
69 
57 
77 

119  $ 

96 
82 
97 

2010 
189 
121 
98 
112 

The  table  below  compares  the  Company’s  selected  financial  data  over  a  ten-year  period.    In  2001,  2005  and  2008,  the  Company 
acquired  Mid-State  Automotive  Distributors,  Midwest  Auto  Parts  Distributors  and  CSK  Auto  Corporation,  respectively.    The  2001 
Mid-State acquisition added 82 stores, the 2005 Midwest acquisition added 72 stores and the 2008 CSK acquisition added 1,342 stores 
to  the  O’Reilly  store  count.    Financial  results  for  these  acquired  companies  have  been  included  in  the  Company’s  consolidated 
financial statements from the dates of the acquisitions forward.   

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

2003 

2002 

2001 

Years ended December 31, 
(In thousands, except per 
share data) 

INCOME STATEMENT 
DATA: 

Sales 

$ 

5,397,525 

$ 

4,847,062  $ 

3,576,553 

$ 

2,522,319 

$ 

2,283,222 

$ 

2,045,318 

$ 

1,721,241 

$ 

1,511,816 

$ 

1,312,490 

$  1,092,112 

20,900 

712,776 

     11,639 

(35,042) 

(23,403) 

- 

- 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Cost of goods sold, including 
warehouse and distribution 
expenses 
      Gross profit 
Selling, general and 
administrative expenses 
Legacy CSK DOJ 
investigation settlement 
      Operating income 
Gain on settlement of note 
receivable 
Other income (expense), net 
Total other income (expense) 
Income before income taxes 
and cumulative effect of 
accounting change 
Provision for income taxes 

Income before cumulative 
effect of accounting change 
Cumulative effect of 
accounting change, net of tax 
(a) 
      Net income 

BASIC EARNINGS PER 
COMMON SHARE: 
Income before cumulative 
effect of accounting change 
Cumulative effect of 
accounting change (a) 

Earnings per share – basic 

Weighted-average common 
shares outstanding – basic 

EARNINGS PER 
COMMON SHARE-
ASSUMING DILUTION: 
Income before cumulative 
effect of accounting change 
Cumulative effect of 
accounting change (a) 
Earnings per share – 
assuming dilution 

Weighted-average common 
shares outstanding – 
assuming dilution  

PRO FORMA INCOME 
STATEMENT DATA: (b) 

Sales 
Cost of goods sold, including 
warehouse and distribution 
expenses 

      Gross profit 
Selling, general and 
administrative expenses 
      Operating income 

Other income (expense), net 

Income before income taxes 
Provision for income taxes 
      Net income 

Net income per share 

Net income per share – 
assuming dilution 

2,776,533 

2,620,992 

2,520,534 

 2,326,528 

1,948,627 

1,627,926 

1,401,859 

1,120,460 

1,276,511 

1,006,711 

1,152,815 

892,503 

873,481 

638,335 

759,090 

553,400 

624,294 

467,818 

1,887,316 

1,788,909 

1,292,309 

815,309 

724,396 

639,979 

473,060 

415,099 

353,987 

 537,619 

335,617 

305,151 

282,315 

252,524 

190,458 

165,275 

138,301 

113,831 

 (40,721) 

 (40,721) 

 (33,085) 

 (33,085) 

2,337 

2,337 

 (50) 

 (50) 

(1,455) 

(1,455) 

 (5,233) 

 (5,233) 

 (7,319) 

 (7,319) 

 (7,104) 

 (7,104) 

689,373 

270,000 

496,898 

 189,400 

302,532  

116,300 

307,488  

113,500 

 282,265  

104,180 

 251,069  

86,803 

160,042  

59,955 

130,982  

48,990 

106,727  

40,375 

419,373 

 307,498 

186,232  

193,988  

 178,085  

164,266  

117,674  

100,087  

 81,992  

 66,352  

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

0.64 

- 

0.64 

3.02 

$ 

2.26   $ 

1.50 

$ 

1.69 

$ 

1.57 

$ 

1.47 

$ 

1.07 

$ 

0.93 

$ 

0.77 

$ 

3.02 

$ 

 2.26  $ 

1.50 

$ 

1.69 

$ 

1.57 

$ 

1.47 

$ 

$ 

0.93 

$ 

0.77 

$ 

138,654 

 136,230 

124,526  

114,667  

113,253  

111,613  

110,020  

107,816  

106,228  

104,242  

978,076 

743,165 

552,707 

- 

- 

 (2,721) 

 (2,721) 

187,737  

70,063 

21,892  

0.20 

1.27 

- 

- 

- 

- 

$ 

 419,373 

$ 

 307,498  $ 

186,232 

$ 

193,988 

$ 

178,085 

$ 

164,266 

$ 

139,566 

$ 

100,087 

$ 

81,992 

$ 

66,352 

2.95 

$ 

2.23 

$ 

1.48 

$ 

1.67 

$ 

1.55 

$ 

1.45 

$ 

1.05 

$ 

0.92 

$ 

0.76 

$ 

0.63 

 - 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

0.20 

- 

- 

- 

2.95 

$ 

 2.23 

$ 

1.48 

$ 

1.67 

$ 

1.55 

$ 

1.45 

$ 

1.25 

$ 

0.92 

$ 

0.76 

$ 

0.63 

141,992 

 137,882 

125,413  

116,080  

115,119  

113,385  

111,423  

109,060  

107,384  

105,572  

$ 

1,511,816 

$ 

1,312,490 

$  1,092,112 

872,658 

639,158 

473,060 

166,098 

(5,233) 

160,865 

60,266 

100,599 

0.93 

754,844 

557,646 

415,099 

142,547 

(7,319) 

135,228 

50,595 

84,633 

0.8 

618,217 

473,895 

353,987 

119,908 

(7,104) 

112,804 

42,672 

70,132 

0.67 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.92 

0.79 

0.66 

22 

23 

(a)  The cumulative change in accounting method, effective January 1, 2004, changed the method of applying last-in, first-out accounting policy for certain 

inventory costs.  Under the new method, included in the value of inventory are certain procurement, warehousing and distribution center costs.  The previous 

method was to recognize those costs as incurred, reported as a component of costs of goods sold. 

(b)  The pro forma income statement reflects the retroactive application of the cumulative effect of the accounting change to historical periods. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART II 

Item 5. 

Market  For  Registrant's  Common  Equity,  Related  Shareholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity 

Securities 

The Company’s stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “ORLY”.  As of February 21, 
2011, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. had approximately 86,000 shareholders based on the number of holders of record and an estimate of 
individual participants represented by security position listings.  The Company’s common stock began trading on April 22, 1993; no 

cash dividends have been declared since that time, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. 

The prices in the following table represent the high and low sales price for O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. common stock as reported by 

Nasdaq.  During fiscal 2010, the Company made no purchases or repurchases of its common stock. 

First Quarter 

Second Quarter 

Third Quarter 

Fourth Quarter 

For the Year 

2010 

2009 

High 

Low 

High 

Low 

$  43.00 

$  37.73 

$  35.63 

$  27.00 

51.40 

54.07 

63.04 

63.04 

41.61 

46.07 

52.84 

37.73 

38.85 

42.22 

40.26 

42.22 

35.08 

36.14 

33.68 

27.00 

The  graph  below  shows  the  cumulative  total  stockholder  return  assuming  the  investment  of  $100,  on  December  31,  2005,  and  the 
reinvestment  of  dividends  thereafter,  in  the  Company’s  common  stock  versus  the  Nasdaq  Retail  Trade  Stocks  Total  Return  Index, 

Nasdaq United States Stock Market Total Returns Index and the Standard and Poor’s S&P 500 Index (“S&P 500”).   

Company/Index  

O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. 

Nasdaq Retail Trade Stocks 

Nasdaq US 

Standard and Poor's S&P 500 

 For the Years Ended December 31,  

2005 

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

2010 

$ 

100  $ 

100  $ 

101  $ 

96  $ 

119  $ 

100 

100 

100 

109 

110 

116 

99 

119 

122 

69 

57 

77 

96 

82 

97 

189 

121 

98 

112 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

The  table  below  compares  the  Company’s  selected  financial  data  over  a  ten-year  period.    In  2001,  2005  and  2008,  the  Company 
acquired  Mid-State  Automotive  Distributors,  Midwest  Auto  Parts  Distributors  and  CSK  Auto  Corporation,  respectively.    The  2001 
Mid-State acquisition added 82 stores, the 2005 Midwest acquisition added 72 stores and the 2008 CSK acquisition added 1,342 stores 
to  the  O’Reilly  store  count.    Financial  results  for  these  acquired  companies  have  been  included  in  the  Company’s  consolidated 
financial statements from the dates of the acquisitions forward.   

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

2003 

2002 

2001 

Years ended December 31, 
(In thousands, except per 
share data) 

INCOME STATEMENT 
DATA: 

Sales 

$ 

5,397,525 

$ 

4,847,062  $ 

3,576,553 

$ 

2,522,319 

$ 

2,283,222 

$ 

2,045,318 

$ 

1,721,241 

$ 

1,511,816 

$ 

1,312,490 

$  1,092,112 

Cost of goods sold, including 
warehouse and distribution 
expenses 
      Gross profit 
Selling, general and 
administrative expenses 
Legacy CSK DOJ 
investigation settlement 
      Operating income 
Gain on settlement of note 
receivable 
Other income (expense), net 
Total other income (expense) 
Income before income taxes 
and cumulative effect of 
accounting change 
Provision for income taxes 

Income before cumulative 
effect of accounting change 
Cumulative effect of 
accounting change, net of tax 
(a) 
      Net income 

BASIC EARNINGS PER 
COMMON SHARE: 
Income before cumulative 
effect of accounting change 
Cumulative effect of 
accounting change (a) 

Earnings per share – basic 

Weighted-average common 
shares outstanding – basic 

EARNINGS PER 
COMMON SHARE-
ASSUMING DILUTION: 
Income before cumulative 
effect of accounting change 
Cumulative effect of 
accounting change (a) 
Earnings per share – 
assuming dilution 

Weighted-average common 
shares outstanding – 
assuming dilution  

PRO FORMA INCOME 
STATEMENT DATA: (b) 

Sales 
Cost of goods sold, including 
warehouse and distribution 
expenses 

      Gross profit 
Selling, general and 
administrative expenses 
      Operating income 

Other income (expense), net 

Income before income taxes 
Provision for income taxes 
      Net income 

Net income per share 

Net income per share – 
assuming dilution 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,776,533 
2,620,992 

2,520,534 
 2,326,528 

1,948,627 
1,627,926 

1,401,859 
1,120,460 

1,887,316 

1,788,909 

1,292,309 

815,309 

20,900 
712,776 

     11,639 
(35,042) 
(23,403) 

- 
 537,619 

- 
 (40,721) 
 (40,721) 

- 
335,617 

- 
 (33,085) 
 (33,085) 

- 
305,151 

- 
2,337 
2,337 

1,276,511 
1,006,711 

724,396 

- 
282,315 

- 
 (50) 
 (50) 

1,152,815 
892,503 

639,979 

- 
252,524 

- 
(1,455) 
(1,455) 

978,076 
743,165 

552,707 

- 
190,458 

- 
 (2,721) 
 (2,721) 

873,481 
638,335 

759,090 
553,400 

624,294 
467,818 

473,060 

415,099 

353,987 

- 
165,275 

- 
 (5,233) 
 (5,233) 

- 
138,301 

- 
 (7,319) 
 (7,319) 

- 
113,831 

- 
 (7,104) 
 (7,104) 

689,373 
270,000 

496,898 
 189,400 

302,532  
116,300 

307,488  
113,500 

 282,265  
104,180 

 251,069  
86,803 

187,737  
70,063 

160,042  
59,955 

130,982  
48,990 

106,727  
40,375 

419,373 

 307,498 

186,232  

193,988  

 178,085  

164,266  

117,674  

100,087  

 81,992  

 66,352  

- 
 419,373 

$ 

- 
 307,498  $ 

- 
186,232 

$ 

- 
193,988 

$ 

- 
178,085 

$ 

- 
164,266 

$ 

21,892  
139,566 

$ 

- 
100,087 

$ 

- 
81,992 

$ 

- 
66,352 

3.02 

$ 

2.26   $ 

1.50 

$ 

1.69 

$ 

1.57 

$ 

1.47 

$ 

1.07 

$ 

0.93 

$ 

0.77 

$ 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3.02 

$ 

 2.26  $ 

1.50 

$ 

1.69 

$ 

1.57 

$ 

1.47 

$ 

0.20 

1.27 

- 

- 

$ 

0.93 

$ 

0.77 

$ 

0.64 

- 

0.64 

138,654 

 136,230 

124,526  

114,667  

113,253  

111,613  

110,020  

107,816  

106,228  

104,242  

2.95 

$ 

2.23 

$ 

1.48 

$ 

1.67 

$ 

1.55 

$ 

1.45 

$ 

1.05 

$ 

0.92 

$ 

0.76 

$ 

0.63 

 - 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

0.20 

- 

- 

- 

2.95 

$ 

 2.23 

$ 

1.48 

$ 

1.67 

$ 

1.55 

$ 

1.45 

$ 

1.25 

$ 

0.92 

$ 

0.76 

$ 

0.63 

141,992 

 137,882 

125,413  

116,080  

115,119  

113,385  

111,423  

109,060  

107,384  

105,572  

$ 

1,511,816 

$ 

1,312,490 

$  1,092,112 

872,658 

639,158 

473,060 
166,098 

(5,233) 

160,865 
60,266 
100,599 

0.93 

0.92 

$ 

$ 

$ 

754,844 

557,646 

415,099 
142,547 

(7,319) 

135,228 
50,595 
84,633 

0.8 

0.79 

$ 

$ 

$ 

618,217 

473,895 

353,987 
119,908 

(7,104) 

112,804 
42,672 
70,132 

0.67 

0.66 

$ 

$ 

$ 

22 

23 

(a)  The cumulative change in accounting method, effective January 1, 2004, changed the method of applying last-in, first-out accounting policy for certain 

inventory costs.  Under the new method, included in the value of inventory are certain procurement, warehousing and distribution center costs.  The previous 
method was to recognize those costs as incurred, reported as a component of costs of goods sold. 

(b)  The pro forma income statement reflects the retroactive application of the cumulative effect of the accounting change to historical periods. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

Years ended December 31, 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

SELECTED OPERATING DATA: 
Number of stores at year-end (a) 
Total store square footage at year-end 
   (in 000’s)(a)(b) 
 Sales per weighted-average store 
   ( in 000’s)(a)(b) 
Sales per weighted-average square 
    foot  (b) 
Percentage increase in same store  
    sales  (c)(d) 

BALANCE SHEET DATA: 
Working capital 
Total assets 
Current portion of long-term debt and 
   short-term debt 
Long-term debt, less current portion 
Shareholders’ equity 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

2003 

2002 

2001 

Item 7.   

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

3,570 

3,421 

3,285 

1,830 

1,640 

25,315 

24,200 

23,205 

12,439 

11,004 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,527 

216 

8.8% 

$ 

$ 

1,424 

202 

4.6% 

$ 

$ 

1,379 

201 

1.5% 

$ 

$ 

1,430 

212 

3.7% 

$ 

$ 

1,439 

215 

3.3% 

1,470 

9,801 

1,478 

220 

7.5% 

$ 

$ 

1,249 

8,318 

1,443 

217 

6.8% 

$ 

$ 

1,109 

7,348 

1,413 

215 

7.8% 

$ 

$ 

981 

6,408 

1,372 

211 

3.7% 

$ 

$ 

875 

5,882 

1,426 

219 

8.8% 

$  1,072,294 
  5,047,827 

$  1,007,576 
  4,781,471 

821,932 
$ 
  4,193,317 

573,328 
$ 
  2,279,737 

566,892 
$ 
  1,977,496 

424,974 
$ 
  1,718,896 

479,662 
$ 
  1,432,357 

441,617 
$ 
  1,157,033 

483,623 
$ 
  1,009,419 

$ 

429,527 
856,859 

1,431 
357,273 
  3,209,685 

106,708 
684,040 
  2,685,865 

8,131 
724,564 
  2,282,218 

25,320 
75,149 
  1,592,477 

309 
110,170 
  1,364,096 

75,313 
25,461 
  1,145,769 

592 
100,322 
947,817 

925 
120,977 
784,285 

682 
190,470 
650,524 

16,843 
165,618 
556,291 

In Management’s Discussion and Analysis, we provide a historical and prospective narrative of our general financial condition, results 
of operations, liquidity and certain other factors that may affect our future results, including: 

(a)  Store count for 2002 does not include 27 stores acquired from Dick Smith Enterprises and Davie Automotive, Inc. in December 2002. 

(b)  Total square footage includes normal selling, office, stockroom and receiving space.  Sales per weighted-average store and square foot are weighted to consider the 
approximate dates of store openings or expansions. 

The  review  of  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  should  be  made  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated  financial  statements, 
related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this annual report.  

(c)  Same-store sales are calculated based on the change in sales of stores open at least one year.  Percentage increase in same-store sales is calculated based on store sales 
results, which exclude sales of specialty machinery, sales by outside salesmen, sales to team members and sales during the one to two week period certain CSK branded 
stores were closed for conversion. 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

an overview of the key drivers of the automotive aftermarket; 

key events and recent developments within our company; 

our results of operations for the years ended 2010, 2009 and 2008; 

our liquidity and capital resources; 

any off balance sheet arrangements we utilize; 

our guidance for selected financial metrics; 

any contractual obligations to which we are committed; 

our critical accounting estimates; 

the inflation and seasonality of our business; 

our quarterly results for the years ended December 31, 2010, and 2009; and 

new accounting standards that affect our company. 

(d)  Same-store sales for 2008 include sales for stores acquired in the CSK acquisition.  Comparable stores sales for stores operating on O’Reilly systems open at least 
one year increased 2.6% for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Comparable stores sales for stores operating on the legacy CSK system open at least one year decreased 
1.7% for the portion of CSK’s sales in 2008 since the July 11, 2008, acquisition. 

We  claim  the  protection  of  the  safe-harbor  for  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995.  You can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “should,” 
“plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “will” or similar words.  In addition, statements contained within this annual report that are not 
historical  facts  are  forward-looking  statements,  such  as  statements  discussing  among  other  things,  expected  growth,  store 
development,  CSK  Auto  Corporation  (“CSK”)  Department  of  Justice  (“DOJ”)  investigation  resolution,  integration  and  expansion 
strategy,  business  strategies,  future  revenues  and  future  performance.    These  forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  estimates, 
projections,  beliefs  and  assumptions  and  are  not  guarantees  of  future  events  and  results.    Such  statements  are  subject  to  risks, 
uncertainties and assumptions, including, but not limited to, competition, product demand, the market for auto parts, the economy in 
general, inflation, consumer debt levels, governmental approvals, our ability to hire and retain qualified employees, risks associated 
with the integration of acquired businesses including the acquisition and integration of CSK, weather, terrorist activities, war and the 
threat of war.  Actual results may materially differ from anticipated results described or implied in these forward-looking statements.  
Please refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, for additional 
factors that could materially affect our financial performance. 

OVERVIEW 

We are a specialty retailer of automotive aftermarket parts, tools, supplies, equipment and accessories in the United States.  We are 
one  of  the  largest  automotive  aftermarket  specialty  retailers,  selling  our  products  to  both  do-it-yourself  (DIY)  customers  and 
professional  service  providers.    Our  stores  carry  an  extensive  product  line  consisting  of  new  and  remanufactured  automotive  hard 
parts,  maintenance  items  and  accessories  and  a  complete  line  of  auto  body  paint  and  related  materials,  automotive  tools  and 
professional service provider service equipment.  As of December 31, 2010, we operated 3,570 stores in 38 states. 

Operating  within  the  retail  industry,  we,  along  with  other  retail  companies,  are  influenced  by  a  number  of  general  macroeconomic 
factors including, but not limited to, fuel costs, unemployment rates, consumer preferences and spending habits and competition.  The 
difficult  conditions  that  affected  the  overall  macroeconomic  environment  in  recent  years  continue  to  impact  our  Company  and  the 
retail sector in general.  We cannot predict whether, when, or the manner in which, these economic conditions will change.    

We believe that the  number  of U.S.  miles driven,  number of U.S. registered vehicles, average  vehicle age,  new light vehicle  sales, 
unperformed maintenance, unemployment and product quality differentiation are key drivers of current and future demand of products 
sold within the automotive aftermarket. 

Number of miles driven: 
Total miles driven in the U.S., along with changes in the average age of vehicles on the road, heavily influence the demand for the 
repair and maintenance products we sell.  Historically, the long-term trend in the total miles driven in the U.S. has steadily increased.  
According to the Department of Transportation, between 1999 and 2007, the total number of miles driven in the U.S. increased at an 
average annual rate of approximately 1.6%.  In 2008, however, difficult macroeconomic conditions and record high gas prices during 
the first half of the year led to a decrease in the number of miles driven and in 2009, miles driven remained relatively flat.  Through 
November of 2010, miles driven in the U.S. increased by 0.7% with miles driven increasing each month since March.  As the U.S. 

24 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years ended December 31, 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

SELECTED OPERATING DATA: 

Number of stores at year-end (a) 

Total store square footage at year-end 

   (in 000’s)(a)(b) 

 Sales per weighted-average store 

   ( in 000’s)(a)(b) 

Sales per weighted-average square 

    foot  (b) 

    sales  (c)(d) 

Percentage increase in same store  

BALANCE SHEET DATA: 

Working capital 

Total assets 

Current portion of long-term debt and 

   short-term debt 

Long-term debt, less current portion 

Shareholders’ equity 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

2003 

2002 

2001 

Item 7.   

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

3,570 

3,421 

3,285 

1,830 

1,640 

25,315 

24,200 

23,205 

12,439 

11,004 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,527 

216 

8.8% 

$ 

$ 

1,424 

202 

4.6% 

$ 

$ 

1,379 

201 

1.5% 

$ 

$ 

1,430 

212 

3.7% 

$ 

$ 

1,439 

215 

3.3% 

1,470 

9,801 

1,478 

220 

7.5% 

$ 

$ 

1,249 

8,318 

1,443 

217 

6.8% 

$ 

$ 

1,109 

7,348 

1,413 

215 

7.8% 

$ 

$ 

981 

6,408 

1,372 

211 

3.7% 

$ 

$ 

$  1,072,294 

$  1,007,576 

$ 

821,932 

$ 

573,328 

$ 

566,892 

$ 

424,974 

$ 

479,662 

$ 

441,617 

$ 

483,623 

$ 

  5,047,827 

  4,781,471 

  4,193,317 

  2,279,737 

  1,977,496 

  1,718,896 

  1,432,357 

  1,157,033 

  1,009,419 

1,431 

357,273 

106,708 

684,040 

8,131 

724,564 

25,320 

75,149 

309 

110,170 

75,313 

25,461 

  3,209,685 

  2,685,865 

  2,282,218 

  1,592,477 

  1,364,096 

  1,145,769 

592 

100,322 

947,817 

925 

120,977 

784,285 

682 

190,470 

650,524 

875 

5,882 

1,426 

219 

8.8% 

429,527 
856,859 

16,843 
165,618 
556,291 

(a)  Store count for 2002 does not include 27 stores acquired from Dick Smith Enterprises and Davie Automotive, Inc. in December 2002. 

In Management’s Discussion and Analysis, we provide a historical and prospective narrative of our general financial condition, results 
of operations, liquidity and certain other factors that may affect our future results, including: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

an overview of the key drivers of the automotive aftermarket; 
key events and recent developments within our company; 
our results of operations for the years ended 2010, 2009 and 2008; 
our liquidity and capital resources; 
any off balance sheet arrangements we utilize; 
our guidance for selected financial metrics; 
any contractual obligations to which we are committed; 
our critical accounting estimates; 
the inflation and seasonality of our business; 
our quarterly results for the years ended December 31, 2010, and 2009; and 
new accounting standards that affect our company. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

(b)  Total square footage includes normal selling, office, stockroom and receiving space.  Sales per weighted-average store and square foot are weighted to consider the 

approximate dates of store openings or expansions. 

The  review  of  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  should  be  made  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated  financial  statements, 
related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this annual report.  

(c)  Same-store sales are calculated based on the change in sales of stores open at least one year.  Percentage increase in same-store sales is calculated based on store sales 
results, which exclude sales of specialty machinery, sales by outside salesmen, sales to team members and sales during the one to two week period certain CSK branded 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

stores were closed for conversion. 

(d)  Same-store sales for 2008 include sales for stores acquired in the CSK acquisition.  Comparable stores sales for stores operating on O’Reilly systems open at least 
one year increased 2.6% for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Comparable stores sales for stores operating on the legacy CSK system open at least one year decreased 

1.7% for the portion of CSK’s sales in 2008 since the July 11, 2008, acquisition. 

We  claim  the  protection  of  the  safe-harbor  for  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995.  You can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “should,” 
“plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “will” or similar words.  In addition, statements contained within this annual report that are not 
historical  facts  are  forward-looking  statements,  such  as  statements  discussing  among  other  things,  expected  growth,  store 
development,  CSK  Auto  Corporation  (“CSK”)  Department  of  Justice  (“DOJ”)  investigation  resolution,  integration  and  expansion 
strategy,  business  strategies,  future  revenues  and  future  performance.    These  forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  estimates, 
projections,  beliefs  and  assumptions  and  are  not  guarantees  of  future  events  and  results.    Such  statements  are  subject  to  risks, 
uncertainties and assumptions, including, but not limited to, competition, product demand, the market for auto parts, the economy in 
general, inflation, consumer debt levels, governmental approvals, our ability to hire and retain qualified employees, risks associated 
with the integration of acquired businesses including the acquisition and integration of CSK, weather, terrorist activities, war and the 
threat of war.  Actual results may materially differ from anticipated results described or implied in these forward-looking statements.  
Please refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, for additional 
factors that could materially affect our financial performance. 

OVERVIEW 

We are a specialty retailer of automotive aftermarket parts, tools, supplies, equipment and accessories in the United States.  We are 
one  of  the  largest  automotive  aftermarket  specialty  retailers,  selling  our  products  to  both  do-it-yourself  (DIY)  customers  and 
professional  service  providers.    Our  stores  carry  an  extensive  product  line  consisting  of  new  and  remanufactured  automotive  hard 
parts,  maintenance  items  and  accessories  and  a  complete  line  of  auto  body  paint  and  related  materials,  automotive  tools  and 
professional service provider service equipment.  As of December 31, 2010, we operated 3,570 stores in 38 states. 

Operating  within  the  retail  industry,  we,  along  with  other  retail  companies,  are  influenced  by  a  number  of  general  macroeconomic 
factors including, but not limited to, fuel costs, unemployment rates, consumer preferences and spending habits and competition.  The 
difficult  conditions  that  affected  the  overall  macroeconomic  environment  in  recent  years  continue  to  impact  our  Company  and  the 
retail sector in general.  We cannot predict whether, when, or the manner in which, these economic conditions will change.    

We believe that the  number  of U.S.  miles driven,  number of U.S. registered vehicles, average  vehicle age,  new light vehicle  sales, 
unperformed maintenance, unemployment and product quality differentiation are key drivers of current and future demand of products 
sold within the automotive aftermarket. 

Number of miles driven: 
Total miles driven in the U.S., along with changes in the average age of vehicles on the road, heavily influence the demand for the 
repair and maintenance products we sell.  Historically, the long-term trend in the total miles driven in the U.S. has steadily increased.  
According to the Department of Transportation, between 1999 and 2007, the total number of miles driven in the U.S. increased at an 
average annual rate of approximately 1.6%.  In 2008, however, difficult macroeconomic conditions and record high gas prices during 
the first half of the year led to a decrease in the number of miles driven and in 2009, miles driven remained relatively flat.  Through 
November of 2010, miles driven in the U.S. increased by 0.7% with miles driven increasing each month since March.  As the U.S. 

24 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

economy recovers, we believe that annual miles driven will return to historical growth rates and continue to increase the demand for 
our products. 

KEY EVENTS AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS 

Several key events have had or may have a significant effect on our operations and are summarized below: 

Number of U.S. registered vehicles and new light vehicle sales: 
As reported by the Automotive Aftermarket Industry Association (“AAIA”), the total number of vehicles on the road in the U.S. has 
exhibited  steady  growth  over  the  past  decade,  with  the  total  number  of  registered  vehicles  increasing  18%,  from  205  million  light 
vehicles in 2000 to 242 million in 2009.  New light vehicle sales, however, have declined over the past decade.  Between 2000 and 
2007,  new  car  sales  in  the  U.S.  decreased  by  7%,  from  17.4  million  in  2000  to  16.2  million  vehicles  in  2007.    Due  to  the  recent 
difficult macroeconomic environment in the U.S., new light vehicles sales declined by 18% in 2008 to 13.2 million and declined by 
21% in 2009 to 10.4 million vehicles, which is the lowest level in the past decade.  Based on the current economic environment, we 
believe new light vehicle sales will remain below historic levels and consumers will continue to keep their vehicles longer and drive 
them at higher miles, continuing the trend of an aging vehicle population.  

Average vehicle age of registered vehicles: 
As  reported  by  the  AAIA,  the  average  age  of  the  U.S.  vehicle  population  has  increased  over  the  past  decade  from  9.1  years  for 
passenger cars and 8.5 years for light trucks in 1999 to 10.6 and 9.6 years in 2009, respectively.  We believe this increase in average 
age can be attributed to better engineered and built vehicles, which can be reliably driven at higher miles due to better quality power 
trains, and interiors and exteriors, the decrease in new car sales over the past two years and the consumers’ willingness to invest in 
maintaining their higher-mileage, better built vehicles.  As the average age of the vehicle on the road increases, a larger percentage of 
miles are being driven by vehicles which are outside of manufacturer warranty.  These out-of-warranty, older vehicles generate strong 
demand for our products as they go through more routine maintenance cycles, have more frequent mechanical failures which require 
replacement parts and generally require more maintenance than newer vehicles would require.   

Unperformed maintenance: 
According  to  estimates  compiled  by  the  Automotive  Aftermarket  Suppliers  Association,  the  annual  amount  of  unperformed  or 
underperformed maintenance in the U.S. totaled $54 billion for 2009 versus $50 billion for 2008.  This metric represents the degree to 
which routine vehicle maintenance recommended by the manufacturer is not being performed.  Consumer decisions to avoid or defer 
maintenance affect demand for our products, and the total amount of unperformed maintenance represents potential future demand.  
We  believe  that  challenging  macroeconomic  conditions  beginning  in  2008  contributed  to  the  increased  amount  of  unperformed 
maintenance in 2009; however, with the reduced number of new car sales and consumers’ increased focus on maintaining their current 
vehicle with the expectation of keeping the vehicle longer than they would have in a better macroeconomic environment, we believe 
the amount of underperformed maintenance decreased in 2010, resulting in a strong year in the automotive aftermarket.   

Unemployment: 
Challenging  macroeconomic  conditions  have  lead  to  high  levels  of  unemployment.    Monthly  U.S.  unemployment  rates  for  2010 
ranged from 9.4% to 9.9%.  We believe that these unemployment rates and continued uncertainty in the overall economic health have 
a  negative  impact  on  consumer  confidence  and  the  level  of  consumer  discretionary  spending.    We  also  believe  macroeconomic 
uncertainties  and  the  potential  for  future  joblessness  can  motivate  consumers  to  find  ways  to  save  money  and  can  be  an  important 
factor  in  the  consumer’s  decision  to  defer  the  purchase  of  a  new  vehicle.    While  the  deferral  of  vehicle  purchases  has  lead  to  an 
increase in vehicle maintenance, long term trends of high unemployment levels could reduce the number of total annual miles driven 
as well as decrease consumer discretionary spending habits, both of which could negatively impact our business. 

Product quality differentiation: 
We provide our customers with an assortment of products that are differentiated by quality and price for most of the product lines we 
offer.  For many of our product offerings, this quality differentiation reflects “good”, “better”, and “best” alternatives.  Our sales and 
total  gross  margin  dollars  are  highest  for  the  “best”  quality  category  of  products.    Consumers’  willingness  to  select  products  at  a 
higher  point  on  the  value  spectrum  is  a  driver  of  sales  and  profitability  in  our  industry.    We  believe  that  the  average  consumer’s 
tendency  has  been  to  “trade-down”  to  lower  quality  products  during  the  recent  challenging  macroeconomic  conditions.    We  have 
ongoing  initiatives  targeted  to  marketing  higher  quality  products  to  our  customers  and  expect  our  customers  to  be  more  willing  to 
return to purchasing up on the value spectrum in the future as the U.S. economy recovers. 

•  Since July 11, 2008, and as a result of the CSK acquisition, we have incurred and may continue to incur legal fees related to 

ongoing  governmental  investigations  and  indemnity  obligations  for  the  litigation  that  has  commenced  against  CSK  and 

former CSK employees.  O’Reilly and the DOJ have now agreed in principle, subject to final documentation, to resolve the 

DOJ investigation of CSK’s legacy accounting practices.  Based upon the agreement in principle for a final settlement, we 

have recorded a charge of $20.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, in anticipation of the DOJ, CSK and O’Reilly 

executing a Non-Prosecution Agreement. 

•  On July 11, 2008, we agreed to become a guarantor, on a subordinated basis, of the $100 million principal amount of 6 ¾% 

Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”) originally issued by CSK.  The Notes were exchangeable, under certain 

circumstances,  into  cash  and  shares  of  our  common  stock.   The  Notes  bore  interest  at 6.75% per  year  until  December  15, 

2010, and 6.5% until maturity.  During 2010, all holders of the Notes exercised their right to exchange and on December 21, 

2010, the Notes were retired. 

• 

In March of 2010, the President of the United States of America signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care 

Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (the “Acts”).  The provisions of the Acts are 

not expected to have a significant impact to our consolidated financial statements in the short-term.  However, the potential 

long-term  impacts  of  the  Acts  to  our  business  and  consolidated  financial  statements,  while  currently  uncertain,  are  being 

evaluated by management.  We will continue to assess how the Acts apply to us, their effect on our business and how we plan 

to best meet the stated requirements. 

•  On  December  29,  2010,  we  completed  a  corporate  reorganization  creating  a  holding  company  structure  (the 

“Reorganization”).  The Reorganization was implemented through an agreement and plan of merger under Section 351.448 

of The General Corporation Law of the State of Missouri which did not require a vote of the shareholders.  As a result of the 

Reorganization,  the  previous  parent  company  and  registrant  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  (“Old  O’Reilly”)  was  renamed 

O’Reilly  Automotive Stores, Inc. and is now a  wholly owned subsidiary of the new parent company and registrant, which 

was renamed O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 

•  On  January  11,  2011,  we  announced  a  new  Board-approved  share  repurchase  program  (the  “Repurchase  Program”)  that 

authorizes us to repurchase up to $500 million of shares of our common stock over a three-year period.  Stock repurchases 

under  the  Repurchase  Program  may  be  made  from  time  to  time  as  we  deem  appropriate,  solely  through  open  market 

purchases  effected  through  a  broker  dealer  at  prevailing  market  prices,  and  we  may  increase  or  otherwise  modify  the 

Repurchase Program at any time without prior notice. 

•  On January 14, 2011, we issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021 (the 

“2011 4.875% Senior Notes”) in the public market, of which we, and certain of our subsidiaries, are the guarantors and UMB 

Bank, N.A. (“UMB”) is trustee.  The 2011 4.875% Senior Notes bear interest at 4.875% which is payable on January 14 and 

July 14 of each year, beginning on July 14, 2011.  The 2011 4.875% Senior Notes mature on July 14, 2021.  Proceeds from 

the  issuance  of  the  2011  4.875%  Senior  Notes  were  used  to  repay  all  outstanding  borrowings  under  our  previous  credit 

facility, pay fees associated with the issuance and for general corporate purposes.  Concurrent with the closing and issuance 

of  the  2011  4.875%  Senior  Notes,  on  January  14,  2011,  we  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  for  a  $750  million  unsecured 

revolving credit facility (“the Revolver”) arranged by Bank of America, N.A. (“BA”) and Barclays Capital (“Barclays”) and 

simultaneously retired our existing secured revolving credit facility. 

26 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

economy recovers, we believe that annual miles driven will return to historical growth rates and continue to increase the demand for 

KEY EVENTS AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS 

our products. 

Several key events have had or may have a significant effect on our operations and are summarized below: 

Number of U.S. registered vehicles and new light vehicle sales: 

As reported by the Automotive Aftermarket Industry Association (“AAIA”), the total number of vehicles on the road in the U.S. has 
exhibited  steady  growth  over  the  past  decade,  with  the  total  number  of  registered  vehicles  increasing  18%,  from  205  million  light 
vehicles in 2000 to 242 million in 2009.  New light vehicle sales, however, have declined over the past decade.  Between 2000 and 
2007,  new  car  sales  in  the  U.S.  decreased  by  7%,  from  17.4  million  in  2000  to  16.2  million  vehicles  in  2007.    Due  to  the  recent 
difficult macroeconomic environment in the U.S., new light vehicles sales declined by 18% in 2008 to 13.2 million and declined by 
21% in 2009 to 10.4 million vehicles, which is the lowest level in the past decade.  Based on the current economic environment, we 
believe new light vehicle sales will remain below historic levels and consumers will continue to keep their vehicles longer and drive 

them at higher miles, continuing the trend of an aging vehicle population.  

Average vehicle age of registered vehicles: 

As  reported  by  the  AAIA,  the  average  age  of  the  U.S.  vehicle  population  has  increased  over  the  past  decade  from  9.1  years  for 
passenger cars and 8.5 years for light trucks in 1999 to 10.6 and 9.6 years in 2009, respectively.  We believe this increase in average 
age can be attributed to better engineered and built vehicles, which can be reliably driven at higher miles due to better quality power 
trains, and interiors and exteriors, the decrease in new car sales over the past two years and the consumers’ willingness to invest in 
maintaining their higher-mileage, better built vehicles.  As the average age of the vehicle on the road increases, a larger percentage of 
miles are being driven by vehicles which are outside of manufacturer warranty.  These out-of-warranty, older vehicles generate strong 
demand for our products as they go through more routine maintenance cycles, have more frequent mechanical failures which require 

replacement parts and generally require more maintenance than newer vehicles would require.   

Unperformed maintenance: 

According  to  estimates  compiled  by  the  Automotive  Aftermarket  Suppliers  Association,  the  annual  amount  of  unperformed  or 
underperformed maintenance in the U.S. totaled $54 billion for 2009 versus $50 billion for 2008.  This metric represents the degree to 
which routine vehicle maintenance recommended by the manufacturer is not being performed.  Consumer decisions to avoid or defer 
maintenance affect demand for our products, and the total amount of unperformed maintenance represents potential future demand.  
We  believe  that  challenging  macroeconomic  conditions  beginning  in  2008  contributed  to  the  increased  amount  of  unperformed 
maintenance in 2009; however, with the reduced number of new car sales and consumers’ increased focus on maintaining their current 
vehicle with the expectation of keeping the vehicle longer than they would have in a better macroeconomic environment, we believe 

the amount of underperformed maintenance decreased in 2010, resulting in a strong year in the automotive aftermarket.   

Unemployment: 

Challenging  macroeconomic  conditions  have  lead  to  high  levels  of  unemployment.    Monthly  U.S.  unemployment  rates  for  2010 
ranged from 9.4% to 9.9%.  We believe that these unemployment rates and continued uncertainty in the overall economic health have 
a  negative  impact  on  consumer  confidence  and  the  level  of  consumer  discretionary  spending.    We  also  believe  macroeconomic 
uncertainties  and  the  potential  for  future  joblessness  can  motivate  consumers  to  find  ways  to  save  money  and  can  be  an  important 
factor  in  the  consumer’s  decision  to  defer  the  purchase  of  a  new  vehicle.    While  the  deferral  of  vehicle  purchases  has  lead  to  an 
increase in vehicle maintenance, long term trends of high unemployment levels could reduce the number of total annual miles driven 

as well as decrease consumer discretionary spending habits, both of which could negatively impact our business. 

Product quality differentiation: 

We provide our customers with an assortment of products that are differentiated by quality and price for most of the product lines we 
offer.  For many of our product offerings, this quality differentiation reflects “good”, “better”, and “best” alternatives.  Our sales and 
total  gross  margin  dollars  are  highest  for  the  “best”  quality  category  of  products.    Consumers’  willingness  to  select  products  at  a 
higher  point  on  the  value  spectrum  is  a  driver  of  sales  and  profitability  in  our  industry.    We  believe  that  the  average  consumer’s 
tendency  has  been  to  “trade-down”  to  lower  quality  products  during  the  recent  challenging  macroeconomic  conditions.    We  have 
ongoing  initiatives  targeted  to  marketing  higher  quality  products  to  our  customers  and  expect  our  customers  to  be  more  willing  to 

return to purchasing up on the value spectrum in the future as the U.S. economy recovers. 

•  Since July 11, 2008, and as a result of the CSK acquisition, we have incurred and may continue to incur legal fees related to 
ongoing  governmental  investigations  and  indemnity  obligations  for  the  litigation  that  has  commenced  against  CSK  and 
former CSK employees.  O’Reilly and the DOJ have now agreed in principle, subject to final documentation, to resolve the 
DOJ investigation of CSK’s legacy accounting practices.  Based upon the agreement in principle for a final settlement, we 
have recorded a charge of $20.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, in anticipation of the DOJ, CSK and O’Reilly 
executing a Non-Prosecution Agreement. 

•  On July 11, 2008, we agreed to become a guarantor, on a subordinated basis, of the $100 million principal amount of 6 ¾% 
Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”) originally issued by CSK.  The Notes were exchangeable, under certain 
circumstances,  into  cash  and  shares  of  our  common  stock.   The  Notes  bore  interest  at 6.75% per  year  until  December  15, 
2010, and 6.5% until maturity.  During 2010, all holders of the Notes exercised their right to exchange and on December 21, 
2010, the Notes were retired. 

• 

In March of 2010, the President of the United States of America signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care 
Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (the “Acts”).  The provisions of the Acts are 
not expected to have a significant impact to our consolidated financial statements in the short-term.  However, the potential 
long-term  impacts  of  the  Acts  to  our  business  and  consolidated  financial  statements,  while  currently  uncertain,  are  being 
evaluated by management.  We will continue to assess how the Acts apply to us, their effect on our business and how we plan 
to best meet the stated requirements. 

•  On  December  29,  2010,  we  completed  a  corporate  reorganization  creating  a  holding  company  structure  (the 
“Reorganization”).  The Reorganization was implemented through an agreement and plan of merger under Section 351.448 
of The General Corporation Law of the State of Missouri which did not require a vote of the shareholders.  As a result of the 
Reorganization,  the  previous  parent  company  and  registrant  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  (“Old  O’Reilly”)  was  renamed 
O’Reilly  Automotive Stores, Inc. and is now a  wholly owned subsidiary of the new parent company and registrant, which 
was renamed O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 

•  On  January  11,  2011,  we  announced  a  new  Board-approved  share  repurchase  program  (the  “Repurchase  Program”)  that 
authorizes us to repurchase up to $500 million of shares of our common stock over a three-year period.  Stock repurchases 
under  the  Repurchase  Program  may  be  made  from  time  to  time  as  we  deem  appropriate,  solely  through  open  market 
purchases  effected  through  a  broker  dealer  at  prevailing  market  prices,  and  we  may  increase  or  otherwise  modify  the 
Repurchase Program at any time without prior notice. 

•  On January 14, 2011, we issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021 (the 
“2011 4.875% Senior Notes”) in the public market, of which we, and certain of our subsidiaries, are the guarantors and UMB 
Bank, N.A. (“UMB”) is trustee.  The 2011 4.875% Senior Notes bear interest at 4.875% which is payable on January 14 and 
July 14 of each year, beginning on July 14, 2011.  The 2011 4.875% Senior Notes mature on July 14, 2021.  Proceeds from 
the  issuance  of  the  2011  4.875%  Senior  Notes  were  used  to  repay  all  outstanding  borrowings  under  our  previous  credit 
facility, pay fees associated with the issuance and for general corporate purposes.  Concurrent with the closing and issuance 
of  the  2011  4.875%  Senior  Notes,  on  January  14,  2011,  we  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  for  a  $750  million  unsecured 
revolving credit facility (“the Revolver”) arranged by Bank of America, N.A. (“BA”) and Barclays Capital (“Barclays”) and 
simultaneously retired our existing secured revolving credit facility. 

26 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

The following table sets forth certain income statement data as a percentage of sales for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 
2008: 

Sales 
Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses 
Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Legacy CSK DOJ investigation charge 
Operating income 
Debt prepayment costs 
Interim facility commitment fee 
Interest expense 
Interest income 
Gain on settlement of note receivable 
Other income, net 
Income before income taxes 
Provision for income taxes 
Net income 

2010 Compared to 2009 

2010 
100.0  % 

Years ended December 31, 
2009 
100.0  % 

2008 
100.0  % 

51.4 
48.6 
35.0 
0.4 
13.2 
- 
- 
(0.7) 
- 
0.2 
0.1 
12.8 
5.0 
7.8  % 

52.0 
48.0 
36.9 
0.0 
11.1 
- 
- 
(0.9) 
- 
- 
0.1 
10.3 
4.0 
6.3  % 

54.5 
45.5 
36.1 
0.0 
9.4 
(0.2) 
(0.1) 
(0.7) 
0.1 
- 
- 
8.5 
3.3 
5.2  % 

Sales: 
Sales increased $550 million, or 11%, from $4.85 billion in 2009 to $5.4 billion in 2010.  The following table presents the components 
of the increase in sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 (in millions):   

Comparable store sales 
Stores opened throughout 2009, excluding stores open at  
     least one year that are included in comparable stores 
     sales 
Sales of stores opened throughout 2010 
Non-store sales including machinery, sales to independent  
     parts stores and team members 
Sales in 2009 for stores that have closed 
    Total increase in sales 

$ 

$ 

Increase in Sales for the Year 
Ended December 31, 2010, 
compared to the same period 
in 2009 

417 

56 
74 

8 
 (5) 
550 

Comparable  store  sales  are  calculated  based  on  the  change  in  sales  of  stores  open  at  least  one  year  and  exclude  sales  of  specialty 
machinery,  sales  to  independent  parts  stores,  sales  to  team  members  and  sales  during  the  one-  to  two-week  period  certain  CSK 
branded  stores  were  closed  for  conversion.    Comparable  store  sales  increased  8.8%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  versus 
4.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009.   

We  believe  that  the  increased  sales  achieved  by  our  stores  are  the  result  of  superior  inventory  availability,  a  broader  selection  of 
products offered in most stores, a targeted promotional and advertising effort through a variety of media and localized promotional 
events,  continued  improvement  in  the  merchandising  and  store  layouts  of  the  stores,  compensation  programs  for  all  store  team 
members  that  provide  incentives  for  performance  and  our  continued  focus  on  serving  professional  service  providers.    The 
improvement in comparable store sales for the year was driven both by increased transaction counts and higher average ticket values.  
We believe that the increase in transaction counts is a result of the customer’s focus on better maintaining their current vehicles, the 
stabilization of the economy and gas prices during the year and the growth of our commercial business in the acquired CSK markets.  
The improvement in average ticket value is primarily the result of a larger percentage of our total sales derived from higher priced 
hard parts categories. 

Store growth: 
At  December  31,  2010,  we  operated  3,570  stores  compared  to  3,421  stores  at  December  31,  2009.    We  anticipate  new  store  unit 
growth to increase to 170 net new stores in 2011 versus 149 net new stores in 2010.   

Gross profit: 
Gross profit increased $294 million, or 13%, from $2.33 billion (48.0% of sales) in 2009 to $2.62 billion (48.6% of sales) in 2010.  
The increase in gross profit dollars was primarily a result of the increase in sales from new stores and the increase in comparable store 
sales at existing stores.  The increase in gross profit as a percentage of sales was the result of improved product mix, lower product 
acquisition costs and decreased inventory shrinkage at converted CSK stores, partially offset by the impact of increased commercial 
sales as a percent of the total sales mix and reduced leverage on the expanded number of distribution centers.  The improvement in 
product  mix  is  primarily  driven  by  increased  sales  in  the  hard  part  categories,  which  typically  generate  a  higher  gross  margin 
percentage  than  other  categories.    Increasing  hard  part  sales  are  the  result  of  strong  consumer  demand  as  consumers  retain  their 
vehicles longer and our enhanced and more comprehensive inventory levels in the hard part categories in the CSK stores, supported by 
a more extensive and robust distribution network.  Lower product acquisition costs are derived from improved negotiating leverage 
with  our  vendors  as  the  result  of  large  purchase  volume  increases  associated  with  the  acquisition  of  CSK.    The  benefit  of  this 
improvement in gross margin was realized in the first and second quarter of 2010 as compared to the same periods in 2009 when we 
renegotiated these vendor contracts.  Our gross margin results for the third and fourth quarters of 2010 reflect comparable periods of 
improved purchasing leverage.  The decrease in inventory shrinkage at converted CSK stores is the result of the more robust O’Reilly 
point of sale system (“POS”), which was installed in all CSK stores when they converted to the O’Reilly distribution systems.  The 
O’Reilly POS provides our store managers with better tools to track and control inventory resulting in improved inventory shrinkage.  
Commercial sales are growing at a faster rate than DIY sales as a result of the enhanced distribution model in our western markets, 
which supports the implementation of our dual market strategy in these areas.  Commercial sales typically carry a lower gross margin 
percentage than DIY sales, as volume discounts are granted on wholesale transactions to professional customers, and create pressure 
on our gross margin as a percent of sales.  The reduced leverage on distribution center costs is the result of the additional distribution 
centers, which have been opened in conjunction with the CSK integration plan.  New team members in these distribution centers are 
not yet fully proficient with distribution operations, resulting in inefficiencies.  We believe that the long term impact of the improved 
negotiating leverage with our vendors will allow us to generate gross margins at levels comparable to our 2010 full year results going 
forward, however continued growth in our commercial sales, as a percent of the total sales mix, will continue to pressure our gross 
margin results in the future. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses: 
SG&A increased approximately $100 million, or 6%, from $1.79 billion (36.9% of sales) in 2009 to $1.89 billion (35.0% of sales) in 
2010.    The  increase  in  total  SG&A  dollars  is  primarily  the  result  of  additional  employees,  facilities  and  vehicles  to  support  our 
increased  store  count  and  dual  market  strategy  in  the  acquired  CSK  stores,  as  well  as  increased  incentive  compensation  for  team 
members resulting from strong comparable store sales.  The decrease in SG&A as a percentage of sales was primarily attributable to 
increased leverage of fixed costs on very strong comparable store sales levels.   

Operating income: 
Operating income increased $175 million, or 33%, from $538 million (11.1% of sales) in 2009 to $713 million (13.2% of sales) in 
2010.    The  increase  in  operating  income  is  the  result  of  increased  sales  and  gross  profit,  offset  by  the  increased  SG&A  discussed 
above as well as a $21 million charge related to the legacy DOJ investigation of CSK as discussed in Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” and 
Note 14 “Legal Matters” to the consolidated financial statements.  The increase in operating income as a percentage of sales is the 
result of our improvements in gross margin and significant leverage on fixed SG&A costs from strong comparable store sales.  This 
full-year operating income as a percentage of sales represents a record high for the Company, and we would anticipate these operating 
levels to be sustainable. 

Other income and expense: 
Interest expense decreased $6 million, from $45  million (or 0.9% of sales) in 2009 to $39 million (or 0.7%  of sales) in 2010.  The 
decrease in interest expense during 2010 as compared to 2009 is the result of a lower level of average outstanding borrowings under 
our secured asset-backed credit facility (“Credit Facility”).  Included as a component of “Other income” for the year ended December 
31, 2010, is a nonrecurring, non-operating gain of $12 million related to the favorable settlement of a note receivable acquired in the 
acquisition of CSK. 

Income taxes: 
Our provision for income taxes increased $81 million from $189 million (38.1% effective tax rate) in 2009 to $270 million (39.2% 
effective tax rate) in 2010.  The increase in our provision for income taxes is due to the increase in our taxable income.  The increase 
in the effective rate is primarily the result of the charge related to the CSK DOJ investigation of $21 million which is not expected to 
be deductible for tax purposes.   

28 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth certain income statement data as a percentage of sales for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 

Years ended December 31, 

2010 

100.0  % 

2009 

100.0  % 

2008 

100.0  % 

51.4 

48.6 

35.0 

0.4 

13.2 

- 

- 

- 

(0.7) 

0.2 

0.1 

12.8 

5.0 

52.0 

48.0 

36.9 

0.0 

11.1 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(0.9) 

0.1 

10.3 

4.0 

54.5 

45.5 

36.1 

0.0 

9.4 

(0.2) 

(0.1) 

(0.7) 

0.1 

- 

- 

8.5 

3.3 

7.8  % 

6.3  % 

5.2  % 

Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses 

Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Legacy CSK DOJ investigation charge 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

2008: 

Sales 

Operating income 

Debt prepayment costs 

Interim facility commitment fee 

Interest expense 

Interest income 

Gain on settlement of note receivable 

Other income, net 

Income before income taxes 

Provision for income taxes 

Net income 

2010 Compared to 2009 

Sales: 

Sales increased $550 million, or 11%, from $4.85 billion in 2009 to $5.4 billion in 2010.  The following table presents the components 

of the increase in sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 (in millions):   

Comparable store sales 

Stores opened throughout 2009, excluding stores open at  

     least one year that are included in comparable stores 

     sales 

Sales of stores opened throughout 2010 

Non-store sales including machinery, sales to independent  

     parts stores and team members 

Sales in 2009 for stores that have closed 

    Total increase in sales 

$ 

$ 

Increase in Sales for the Year 

Ended December 31, 2010, 

compared to the same period 

in 2009 

417 

56 

74 

8 

 (5) 

550 

Comparable  store  sales  are  calculated  based  on  the  change  in  sales  of  stores  open  at  least  one  year  and  exclude  sales  of  specialty 
machinery,  sales  to  independent  parts  stores,  sales  to  team  members  and  sales  during  the  one-  to  two-week  period  certain  CSK 
branded  stores  were  closed  for  conversion.    Comparable  store  sales  increased  8.8%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  versus 

4.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009.   

We  believe  that  the  increased  sales  achieved  by  our  stores  are  the  result  of  superior  inventory  availability,  a  broader  selection  of 
products offered in most stores, a targeted promotional and advertising effort through a variety of media and localized promotional 
events,  continued  improvement  in  the  merchandising  and  store  layouts  of  the  stores,  compensation  programs  for  all  store  team 
members  that  provide  incentives  for  performance  and  our  continued  focus  on  serving  professional  service  providers.    The 
improvement in comparable store sales for the year was driven both by increased transaction counts and higher average ticket values.  
We believe that the increase in transaction counts is a result of the customer’s focus on better maintaining their current vehicles, the 
stabilization of the economy and gas prices during the year and the growth of our commercial business in the acquired CSK markets.  
The improvement in average ticket value is primarily the result of a larger percentage of our total sales derived from higher priced 

hard parts categories. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

Store growth: 
At  December  31,  2010,  we  operated  3,570  stores  compared  to  3,421  stores  at  December  31,  2009.    We  anticipate  new  store  unit 
growth to increase to 170 net new stores in 2011 versus 149 net new stores in 2010.   

Gross profit: 
Gross profit increased $294 million, or 13%, from $2.33 billion (48.0% of sales) in 2009 to $2.62 billion (48.6% of sales) in 2010.  
The increase in gross profit dollars was primarily a result of the increase in sales from new stores and the increase in comparable store 
sales at existing stores.  The increase in gross profit as a percentage of sales was the result of improved product mix, lower product 
acquisition costs and decreased inventory shrinkage at converted CSK stores, partially offset by the impact of increased commercial 
sales as a percent of the total sales mix and reduced leverage on the expanded number of distribution centers.  The improvement in 
product  mix  is  primarily  driven  by  increased  sales  in  the  hard  part  categories,  which  typically  generate  a  higher  gross  margin 
percentage  than  other  categories.    Increasing  hard  part  sales  are  the  result  of  strong  consumer  demand  as  consumers  retain  their 
vehicles longer and our enhanced and more comprehensive inventory levels in the hard part categories in the CSK stores, supported by 
a more extensive and robust distribution network.  Lower product acquisition costs are derived from improved negotiating leverage 
with  our  vendors  as  the  result  of  large  purchase  volume  increases  associated  with  the  acquisition  of  CSK.    The  benefit  of  this 
improvement in gross margin was realized in the first and second quarter of 2010 as compared to the same periods in 2009 when we 
renegotiated these vendor contracts.  Our gross margin results for the third and fourth quarters of 2010 reflect comparable periods of 
improved purchasing leverage.  The decrease in inventory shrinkage at converted CSK stores is the result of the more robust O’Reilly 
point of sale system (“POS”), which was installed in all CSK stores when they converted to the O’Reilly distribution systems.  The 
O’Reilly POS provides our store managers with better tools to track and control inventory resulting in improved inventory shrinkage.  
Commercial sales are growing at a faster rate than DIY sales as a result of the enhanced distribution model in our western markets, 
which supports the implementation of our dual market strategy in these areas.  Commercial sales typically carry a lower gross margin 
percentage than DIY sales, as volume discounts are granted on wholesale transactions to professional customers, and create pressure 
on our gross margin as a percent of sales.  The reduced leverage on distribution center costs is the result of the additional distribution 
centers, which have been opened in conjunction with the CSK integration plan.  New team members in these distribution centers are 
not yet fully proficient with distribution operations, resulting in inefficiencies.  We believe that the long term impact of the improved 
negotiating leverage with our vendors will allow us to generate gross margins at levels comparable to our 2010 full year results going 
forward, however continued growth in our commercial sales, as a percent of the total sales mix, will continue to pressure our gross 
margin results in the future. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses: 
SG&A increased approximately $100 million, or 6%, from $1.79 billion (36.9% of sales) in 2009 to $1.89 billion (35.0% of sales) in 
2010.    The  increase  in  total  SG&A  dollars  is  primarily  the  result  of  additional  employees,  facilities  and  vehicles  to  support  our 
increased  store  count  and  dual  market  strategy  in  the  acquired  CSK  stores,  as  well  as  increased  incentive  compensation  for  team 
members resulting from strong comparable store sales.  The decrease in SG&A as a percentage of sales was primarily attributable to 
increased leverage of fixed costs on very strong comparable store sales levels.   

Operating income: 
Operating income increased $175 million, or 33%, from $538 million (11.1% of sales) in 2009 to $713 million (13.2% of sales) in 
2010.    The  increase  in  operating  income  is  the  result  of  increased  sales  and  gross  profit,  offset  by  the  increased  SG&A  discussed 
above as well as a $21 million charge related to the legacy DOJ investigation of CSK as discussed in Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” and 
Note 14 “Legal Matters” to the consolidated financial statements.  The increase in operating income as a percentage of sales is the 
result of our improvements in gross margin and significant leverage on fixed SG&A costs from strong comparable store sales.  This 
full-year operating income as a percentage of sales represents a record high for the Company, and we would anticipate these operating 
levels to be sustainable. 

Other income and expense: 
Interest expense decreased $6 million, from $45  million (or 0.9% of sales) in 2009 to $39 million (or 0.7%  of sales) in 2010.  The 
decrease in interest expense during 2010 as compared to 2009 is the result of a lower level of average outstanding borrowings under 
our secured asset-backed credit facility (“Credit Facility”).  Included as a component of “Other income” for the year ended December 
31, 2010, is a nonrecurring, non-operating gain of $12 million related to the favorable settlement of a note receivable acquired in the 
acquisition of CSK. 

Income taxes: 
Our provision for income taxes increased $81 million from $189 million (38.1% effective tax rate) in 2009 to $270 million (39.2% 
effective tax rate) in 2010.  The increase in our provision for income taxes is due to the increase in our taxable income.  The increase 
in the effective rate is primarily the result of the charge related to the CSK DOJ investigation of $21 million which is not expected to 
be deductible for tax purposes.   

28 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

Net income: 
As a result of the impacts discussed above, net income increased $112 million, or 36%, from $307 million (6.3% of sales) in 2009 to 
$419 million (7.8% of sales) in 2010.   

Earnings per share: 
Our  diluted  earnings  per  common  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  increased  32%  to  $2.95  on  142  million  shares 
compared to $2.23 for the year ended December 31, 2009, on 138 million shares.   

Adjustments for nonrecurring and non-operating events: 
Our  year-to-date  results  include  a  nonrecurring  charge  related  to  the  ongoing,  legacy  DOJ  investigation  of  CSK  as  well  as  a 
nonrecurring,  non-operating  gain  in  other  income  related  to  the  settlement  of  a  note  receivable  acquired  from  CSK.    Adjusted 
operating income, excluding the impact of the charge related to the DOJ investigation of CSK, increased 37% to $734 million (13.6% 
of  sales)  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  from  $538  million  (11.1%  of  sales)  for  the  same  period  in  2009.    Adjusted  net 
income,  excluding  the  impact  of  the  charge  related  to  the  DOJ  investigation  of  CSK  and  the  gain  on  the  settlement  of  the  note 
receivable increased 41% to $433 million (8.0% of sales) for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $307 million (6.3% of sales) 
for  the  same  period  in  2009.   Adjusted  diluted  earnings  per  common  share,  excluding  the  impact  of  the  charge  related  to  the  DOJ 
investigation of CSK and the gain on the settlement of the note receivable, increased 37% to $3.05 for the year ended December 31, 
2010, from $2.23 for the same period in 2009. 

The table below outlines the impact of the charge and the gain for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the same period 
in 2009 (amounts in thousands, except per share data): 

Operating income 
   Legacy CSK DOJ investigation charge 
Adjusted operating income 

Net income 
   Legacy CSK DOJ investigation charge 
   Gain on settlement of note receivable, net of tax 
Adjusted net income 

Diluted earnings per common share 
   Legacy CSK DOJ investigation charge 
   Gain on settlement of note receivable, net of tax 
Adjusted diluted earnings per common share 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

For the Year Ended December 31, 

2010 

Amount  % of Sales 
13.2 % 
712,776 
0.4 % 
20,900 
13.6 % 
733,676 

419,373 
20,900 
(7,215) 
433,058 

7.8 % 
0.4 % 
(0.2) % 
8.0 % 

2.95 
0.15 
(0.05) 
3.05 

2009 

Amount  % of Sales 
11.1 % 
537,619 
-- % 
-- 
11.1 % 
537,619 

6.3 % 
-- % 
-- % 
6.3 % 

307,498 
-- 
-- 
307,498 

2.23 
-- 
-- 
2.23 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The financial information presented in the table above is not derived in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting 
principles (“GAAP”).  These items include adjusted operating income, adjusted operating margin, adjusted net income and adjusted 
diluted earnings per share.  We do not, nor do we suggest investors should, consider such non-GAAP financial measures in isolation 
from, or as a substitute for, GAAP financial information.  We believe that the presentation of financial results and estimates excluding 
the  impact  of  the  CSK  DOJ  investigation  charge  and  the  gain  on  the  settlement  of  the  CSK  note  receivable  provides  meaningful 
supplemental  information  to  both  management  and  investors  that  is  indicative  of  our  core  operations.    We  exclude  these  items  in 
judging our performance and believe this non-GAAP information is useful to investors as well.  The material limitation of these non-
GAAP measures is that such measures are not reflective of actual GAAP amounts.  We compensate for this limitation by presenting, 
in the table above, the accompanying reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measures. 

2009 Compared to 2008 

Sales: 
Sales  increased  $1.27  billion,  or  36%,  from  $3.58  billion  in  2008  to  $4.85  billion  in  2009.    The  following  table  presents  the 
components of the increase in sales for the year ended December 31, 2009 (in millions):   

Comparable store sales 

Stores opened throughout 2008, excluding stores open at  

     least one year that are included in comparable stores 

     sales 

Sales of stores opened throughout 2009 

Non-store sales including machinery, sales to independent  

     part stores and team members 

Sales in 2008 for stores that have merged or closed 

Acquired CSK store sales, excluding sales that are included  

     in comparable store sales (sales after 7/11/2009, the one  

     year anniversary of the acquisition) 

    Total increase in sales 

$ 

$ 

Increase in Sales for the Year 

Ended December 31, 2009, 

compared to the same period 

in 2008 

189 

72 

73 

4 

(2) 

935 

 1,271 

Comparable  store  sales  are  calculated  based  on  the  change  in  sales  of  stores  open  at  least  one  year  and  exclude  sales  of  specialty 
machinery,  sales  to  independent  parts  stores,  sales  to  team  members  and  sales  during  the  one-  to  two-week  period  certain  CSK 
branded stores were closed for conversion.  Comparable store sales for stores operating on the O’Reilly systems increased 5.4% for 
the  year ended December 31, 2009.  The O’Reilly systems comparable store sales results consisted of a 6.6% increase for the core 
O’Reilly  and  post  conversion  Schuck’s  stores,  a  2.1%  increase  from  the  123  converted  Checker  stores  and  a  11.9%  decrease  in 
comparable  stores  sales  from  the  141  converted  Murray’s  stores.    Comparable  store  sales  for  stores  operating  on  the  legacy  CSK 
system increased 3.0% for the year ended December 31, 2009.  Consolidated comparable store sales increased 4.6% for the year ended 
December 31, 2009, versus 1.5% for the year ended December 31, 2008. 

We  believe  that  the  increased  sales  achieved  by  our  stores  are  the  result  of  superior  inventory  availability,  a  broader  selection  of 
products offered in most stores, a targeted promotional and advertising effort through a variety of media and localized promotional 
events,  continued  improvement  in  the  merchandising  and  store  layouts  of  the  stores,  compensation  programs  for  all  store  team 
members  that  provide  incentives  for  performance  and  our  continued  focus  on  serving  professional  service  providers.    The 
improvement in comparable store sales was primarily driven by an increase in transaction counts, while average ticket remained flat 
with the prior year.  The flat average ticket value was attributable to more complex and costly repair parts, consistent with ongoing 
industry trends offset by competitive price reductions in the acquired CSK stores and the addition of a wider assortment of entry level 
products in those stores.   

Store growth: 
We opened 149 new O’Reilly branded stores and one new Schuck’s store in 2009.  At December 31, 2009, we operated 3,421 stores 
compared to 3,285 stores at December 31, 2008.  Due to the acquisition and integration of CSK, we anticipate new store unit growth 
to  be  limited  to  150  new  stores  in  2010,  excluding  the  previously  disclosed  consolidation  and  closure  of  underperforming  stores 
related to the acquisition of CSK; however, we anticipate that continued store unit growth consistent with our historical openings will 
continue in the future. 

Gross profit: 
Gross profit increased $699 million, or 43%, from $1.63 billion (45.5% of sales) in 2008 to $2.33 billion (48.0% of sales) in 2009.  
The increase in gross profit dollars was primarily a result of the inclusion of a full year of sales from acquired CSK stores in 2009 
versus roughly one half of a year of sales from acquired CSK stores in 2008, the increase in sales from new stores and an increase in 
comparable  store  sales  from  existing  stores.   The  increase  in  gross  profit  as  a  percentage  of  sales  is  the  result  of  lower  product 
acquisition  cost,  changes  in  our  product  mix,  distribution  system  improvements  and  a  favorable  pricing  environment  on  certain 
commodity based products.  Product acquisition costs improved primarily due to continued negotiating leverage with our vendors as a 
result of our significant growth related to the acquisition of CSK.  We anticipate continued improvements in product acquisition costs 
at a moderate rate in 2010 from a full year of the benefit from improved leverage with our vendors as we anniversary product line 
changeovers in the acquired CSK stores throughout the year.  We improved our product mix by continuing to implement strategies to 
differentiate our merchandise selections at each store based on customer demand and vehicle demographics in the store’s market and 
through ongoing Team Member training initiatives focused on selling products with greater gross margin contribution.  Additionally, 
gross  margin  percentage  improved  as  a  result  of  an  increased  percentage  of  our  total  sales  mix  to  DIY  customers.    Prior  to  the 

30 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Net income: 

$419 million (7.8% of sales) in 2010.   

Earnings per share: 

As a result of the impacts discussed above, net income increased $112 million, or 36%, from $307 million (6.3% of sales) in 2009 to 

2009 Compared to 2008 

Our  diluted  earnings  per  common  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  increased  32%  to  $2.95  on  142  million  shares 

compared to $2.23 for the year ended December 31, 2009, on 138 million shares.   

Adjustments for nonrecurring and non-operating events: 

Our  year-to-date  results  include  a  nonrecurring  charge  related  to  the  ongoing,  legacy  DOJ  investigation  of  CSK  as  well  as  a 
nonrecurring,  non-operating  gain  in  other  income  related  to  the  settlement  of  a  note  receivable  acquired  from  CSK.    Adjusted 
operating income, excluding the impact of the charge related to the DOJ investigation of CSK, increased 37% to $734 million (13.6% 
of  sales)  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  from  $538  million  (11.1%  of  sales)  for  the  same  period  in  2009.    Adjusted  net 
income,  excluding  the  impact  of  the  charge  related  to  the  DOJ  investigation  of  CSK  and  the  gain  on  the  settlement  of  the  note 
receivable increased 41% to $433 million (8.0% of sales) for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $307 million (6.3% of sales) 
for  the  same  period  in  2009.   Adjusted  diluted  earnings  per  common  share,  excluding  the  impact  of  the  charge  related  to  the  DOJ 
investigation of CSK and the gain on the settlement of the note receivable, increased 37% to $3.05 for the year ended December 31, 

2010, from $2.23 for the same period in 2009. 

The table below outlines the impact of the charge and the gain for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the same period 

in 2009 (amounts in thousands, except per share data): 

For the Year Ended December 31, 

2010 

2009 

Amount  % of Sales 

Amount  % of Sales 

Operating income 

   Legacy CSK DOJ investigation charge 

Adjusted operating income 

Net income 

   Legacy CSK DOJ investigation charge 

   Gain on settlement of note receivable, net of tax 

Adjusted net income 

Diluted earnings per common share 

   Legacy CSK DOJ investigation charge 

   Gain on settlement of note receivable, net of tax 

Adjusted diluted earnings per common share 

$ 

712,776 

20,900 

$ 

733,676 

$ 

419,373 

20,900 

(7,215) 

$ 

433,058 

$ 

$ 

2.95 

0.15 

(0.05) 

3.05 

13.2 % 

0.4 % 

13.6 % 

7.8 % 

0.4 % 

(0.2) % 

8.0 % 

$ 

537,619 

$ 

537,619 

$ 

307,498 

-- 

-- 

-- 

$ 

307,498 

$ 

$ 

2.23 

-- 

-- 

2.23 

11.1 % 

-- % 

11.1 % 

6.3 % 

-- % 

-- % 

6.3 % 

The financial information presented in the table above is not derived in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting 
principles (“GAAP”).  These items include adjusted operating income, adjusted operating margin, adjusted net income and adjusted 
diluted earnings per share.  We do not, nor do we suggest investors should, consider such non-GAAP financial measures in isolation 
from, or as a substitute for, GAAP financial information.  We believe that the presentation of financial results and estimates excluding 
the  impact  of  the  CSK  DOJ  investigation  charge  and  the  gain  on  the  settlement  of  the  CSK  note  receivable  provides  meaningful 
supplemental  information  to  both  management  and  investors  that  is  indicative  of  our  core  operations.    We  exclude  these  items  in 
judging our performance and believe this non-GAAP information is useful to investors as well.  The material limitation of these non-
GAAP measures is that such measures are not reflective of actual GAAP amounts.  We compensate for this limitation by presenting, 

in the table above, the accompanying reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measures. 

Sales: 
Sales  increased  $1.27  billion,  or  36%,  from  $3.58  billion  in  2008  to  $4.85  billion  in  2009.    The  following  table  presents  the 
components of the increase in sales for the year ended December 31, 2009 (in millions):   

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

Comparable store sales 
Stores opened throughout 2008, excluding stores open at  
     least one year that are included in comparable stores 
     sales 
Sales of stores opened throughout 2009 
Non-store sales including machinery, sales to independent  
     part stores and team members 
Sales in 2008 for stores that have merged or closed 
Acquired CSK store sales, excluding sales that are included  
     in comparable store sales (sales after 7/11/2009, the one  
     year anniversary of the acquisition) 
    Total increase in sales 

$ 

$ 

Increase in Sales for the Year 
Ended December 31, 2009, 
compared to the same period 
in 2008 

189 

72 
73 

4 
(2) 

935 
 1,271 

Comparable  store  sales  are  calculated  based  on  the  change  in  sales  of  stores  open  at  least  one  year  and  exclude  sales  of  specialty 
machinery,  sales  to  independent  parts  stores,  sales  to  team  members  and  sales  during  the  one-  to  two-week  period  certain  CSK 
branded stores were closed for conversion.  Comparable store sales for stores operating on the O’Reilly systems increased 5.4% for 
the  year ended December 31, 2009.  The O’Reilly systems comparable store sales results consisted of a 6.6% increase for the core 
O’Reilly  and  post  conversion  Schuck’s  stores,  a  2.1%  increase  from  the  123  converted  Checker  stores  and  a  11.9%  decrease  in 
comparable  stores  sales  from  the  141  converted  Murray’s  stores.    Comparable  store  sales  for  stores  operating  on  the  legacy  CSK 
system increased 3.0% for the year ended December 31, 2009.  Consolidated comparable store sales increased 4.6% for the year ended 
December 31, 2009, versus 1.5% for the year ended December 31, 2008. 

We  believe  that  the  increased  sales  achieved  by  our  stores  are  the  result  of  superior  inventory  availability,  a  broader  selection  of 
products offered in most stores, a targeted promotional and advertising effort through a variety of media and localized promotional 
events,  continued  improvement  in  the  merchandising  and  store  layouts  of  the  stores,  compensation  programs  for  all  store  team 
members  that  provide  incentives  for  performance  and  our  continued  focus  on  serving  professional  service  providers.    The 
improvement in comparable store sales was primarily driven by an increase in transaction counts, while average ticket remained flat 
with the prior year.  The flat average ticket value was attributable to more complex and costly repair parts, consistent with ongoing 
industry trends offset by competitive price reductions in the acquired CSK stores and the addition of a wider assortment of entry level 
products in those stores.   

Store growth: 
We opened 149 new O’Reilly branded stores and one new Schuck’s store in 2009.  At December 31, 2009, we operated 3,421 stores 
compared to 3,285 stores at December 31, 2008.  Due to the acquisition and integration of CSK, we anticipate new store unit growth 
to  be  limited  to  150  new  stores  in  2010,  excluding  the  previously  disclosed  consolidation  and  closure  of  underperforming  stores 
related to the acquisition of CSK; however, we anticipate that continued store unit growth consistent with our historical openings will 
continue in the future. 

Gross profit: 
Gross profit increased $699 million, or 43%, from $1.63 billion (45.5% of sales) in 2008 to $2.33 billion (48.0% of sales) in 2009.  
The increase in gross profit dollars was primarily a result of the inclusion of a full year of sales from acquired CSK stores in 2009 
versus roughly one half of a year of sales from acquired CSK stores in 2008, the increase in sales from new stores and an increase in 
comparable  store  sales  from  existing  stores.   The  increase  in  gross  profit  as  a  percentage  of  sales  is  the  result  of  lower  product 
acquisition  cost,  changes  in  our  product  mix,  distribution  system  improvements  and  a  favorable  pricing  environment  on  certain 
commodity based products.  Product acquisition costs improved primarily due to continued negotiating leverage with our vendors as a 
result of our significant growth related to the acquisition of CSK.  We anticipate continued improvements in product acquisition costs 
at a moderate rate in 2010 from a full year of the benefit from improved leverage with our vendors as we anniversary product line 
changeovers in the acquired CSK stores throughout the year.  We improved our product mix by continuing to implement strategies to 
differentiate our merchandise selections at each store based on customer demand and vehicle demographics in the store’s market and 
through ongoing Team Member training initiatives focused on selling products with greater gross margin contribution.  Additionally, 
gross  margin  percentage  improved  as  a  result  of  an  increased  percentage  of  our  total  sales  mix  to  DIY  customers.    Prior  to  the 

30 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  from  $1.64  for  the  same  period  one  year  ago.    The  table  below  outlines  the  impact  of  the 
acquisition related charges for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 (amounts in thousands, except per share data): 

For the Year Ended December 31, 

2009 

2008 

Amount  % of Sales 

Amount  % of Sales 

$ 

307,498 

6.3 % 

$ 

186,232 

5.2 % 

Net income 

Acquisition related charges: 

   Debt prepayment costs, net of tax 

   Commitment fee for interim financing facility, net of tax 

   Adjustments to tax liabilities 

   Charge to conform vacation policies, net of tax 

   Amortization of trade names and trademarks, net of tax 

Adjusted net income 

Diluted earnings per common share 

Acquisition related charges: 

   Debt prepayment costs, net of tax 

   Commitment fee for interim financing facility, net of tax 

   Adjustments to tax liabilities 

   Charge to conform vacation policies, net of tax 

   Amortization of trade names and trademarks, net of tax 

Adjusted diluted earnings per common share 

3,894 

311,392 

2.23 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

0.03 

2.26 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.1 % 

0.1 % 

0.1 % 

0.1 % 

0.1 % 

5.7 % 

- % 

- % 

- % 

- % 

0.1 % 

6.4 % 

4,402 

2,552 

3,142 

5,879 

3,267 

205,474 

1.48 

0.04 

0.02 

0.02 

0.05 

0.03 

1.64 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The  acquisition-related  adjustments  to  EPS  in  the  above  paragraph  and  table  present  certain  financial  information  not  derived  in 
accordance  with GAAP.  We do not, nor do we suggest investors should, consider such non-GAAP financial  measures in isolation 
from, or as a substitute for, GAAP financial information.  We believe that the presentation of adjusted net income and earnings per 
share excluding acquisition-related charges provides meaningful supplemental information to both management and investors that is 
indicative of the Company’s ongoing core operations.  Management excludes these items in judging our performance and believes this 
non-GAAP  information  is  useful  to  gain  an  understanding  of  the  recurring  factors  and  trends  affecting  our  business.    Material 
limitations of this non-GAAP measure are that such measures do not reflect actual GAAP amounts and amortization of acquisition-
related trade names and trademarks reflect charges to net income and earnings per share that will recur over the estimated useful lives 
of the assets ranging from one to three years. We compensate for such limitations by presenting, in the table above, the accompanying 
reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measures.  

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

acquisition of CSK, our mix of sales to DIY customers was approximately equal to sales to professional service provider customers.  
At the time of the acquisition in July of 2008, acquired CSK stores generated more than 90% of their total sales from DIY customers.  
The  addition  of  the  acquired  CSK  stores’  predominantly  retail  sales  has  resulted  in  a  mix  shift  of  our  consolidated  sales  to 
approximately  65%  DIY  and  35%  professional  service  provider.    In  2009,  core  O’Reilly  stores  derived  approximately  53%  of  our 
sales from our DIY customers and approximately 47% from our professional service provider customers, while acquired CSK stores 
derived  approximately  84%  of  sales  from  our  DIY  customers  and  approximately  16%  from  our  professional  service  provider 
customers.    Sales  to  DIY  customers  generally  have  higher  gross  margin  percentages  than  sales  to  professional  service  providers  as 
volume  discounts  are  granted  on  these  wholesale  transactions  to  professional  service  providers.    In  addition,  we  have  added  our 
private label product lines to the acquired CSK stores inventory mix.  Private label product sales generally offer better gross margin 
percentages than sales of corresponding branded products.  Improvements in our distribution system were the result of capital projects 
designed  to  create  operating  expense  efficiencies.   The  reductions  in  commodity  prices,  without  corresponding  decreases  in  retail 
pricing, that we experienced in 2009 returned to more normal levels by the end of 2009 and we would not anticipate this favorable 
pricing  environment  to  continue  in  2010.    Additionally,  in  conjunction  with  the  opening  of  our  distribution  centers  (“DC”)  in  our 
western  markets,  we  would  anticipate  a  temporary  decrease  in  distribution  efficiencies  as  the  new  DC  team  members  become 
proficient with the O’Reilly distribution systems and as duplicative capacity is removed from the system. 

Selling, general and administrative expense: 
SG&A increased $497 million, or 38%, from $1.29 billion (36.1% of sales) in 2008 to $1.79 billion (36.9% of sales) in 2009.  The 
dollar increase in SG&A expenses resulted from a full year inclusion of CSK and new stores.  The increase in SG&A expenses as a 
percentage of sales was attributable to the addition of the acquired CSK stores, which have a higher expense structure than the core 
O’Reilly  store  base,  and  the  additional  store  payroll  required  to  complete  the  ongoing  product-line  changeovers  for  acquired  CSK 
stores.  These increases were offset by a reduction in duplicative administrative corporate overhead as we continue to transition the 
CSK headquarters operations in Phoenix, Arizona to our facilities in Springfield, Missouri and increased leverage of fixed costs as a 
result of the increase in comparable store sales. 

Operating income: 
Operating income in 2009 increased $202 million, or 60%, from $336 million (or 9.4% of sales) in 2008 to $538 million (or 11.1% of 
sales) in 2009, representing an increase of 60%. 

Interest expense: 
Interest expense increased $19 million, from $26 million (or 0.7% of sales) in 2008 to $45 million (or 0.9% of sales) in 2009.  The 
increase  in  interest  expense  is  the  result  of  a  full-year  of  borrowings  under  our  Credit  Facility  in  2009  that  was  used  to  fund  the 
acquisition  of  CSK  in  2008,  the  opening  of  new  stores,  ongoing  capital  expenditures  related  to  the  integration  of  the  operations  of 
CSK, the expansion of our distribution infrastructure and the operation of our existing stores slightly offset by more favorable interest 
rates in 2009 on the non-swapped portion of the outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facility which are subject to variable interest 
rate changes.   Other income (expense)  for the  year ended December 31, 2008, included one-time charges of $4  million for interim 
financing facility commitment fees related to the CSK acquisition and $7 million of debt prepayment costs resulting from the payoff 
of our existing senior notes and synthetic lease facility.  

Income taxes: 
Our  provision  for  income  taxes  increased  from  $116  million  in  2008  (38.4%  effective  tax  rate)  to  $189  million  in  2009  (38.1% 
effective tax rate).  The decrease in effective tax rate is the result of the one-time charge to adjust tax liabilities in 2008 relating to the 
CSK acquisition, offset by the generally higher effective tax rates in most states where CSK stores are located.  The increase in the 
dollar amount for income taxes was due to the increase in income before income taxes. 

Net income: 
As a result of the impacts discussed above, net income increased $121 million, or 65%, from $186 million in 2008 (5.2% of sales) to 
$307 million in 2009 (6.3% of sales).   

Earnings per share: 
Our  diluted  earnings  per  common  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  increased  51%  to  $2.23  on  138  million  shares 
compared to $1.48 for the year ended December 31, 2008, on 125 million shares.   

Adjustments for nonrecurring and non-operating events: 
Our year ended December 31, 2008, included one-time and non-cash charges related to the July 11, 2008, acquisition of CSK.  These 
charges  included  one-time  costs  for  prepayment  and  extinguishment  of  our  existing  debt,  commitment  fees  for  an  unused  interim 
financing facility, a one-time adjustment to the tax liabilities resulting from the acquisition of CSK, a one-time charge to conform the 
CSK  team  member  vacation  policy  with  the  O’Reilly  policy  and  a  non-cash  charge  to  amortize  the  value  assigned  to  CSK’s  trade 
names and trademarks, which will be amortized over a period coinciding with the anticipated conversion of CSK store locations.  Our 
year  ended  December  31,  2009,  results  included  a  non-cash  charge  to  amortize  the  value  assigned  to  CSK’s  trade  names  and 
trademarks.  Adjusted diluted earnings per share, excluding the impact of the acquisition related charges, increased 38% to $2.26 for 

32 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  from  $1.64  for  the  same  period  one  year  ago.    The  table  below  outlines  the  impact  of  the 
acquisition related charges for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 (amounts in thousands, except per share data): 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
2009 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

Net income 
Acquisition related charges: 
   Debt prepayment costs, net of tax 
   Commitment fee for interim financing facility, net of tax 
   Adjustments to tax liabilities 
   Charge to conform vacation policies, net of tax 
   Amortization of trade names and trademarks, net of tax 
Adjusted net income 

Diluted earnings per common share 
Acquisition related charges: 
   Debt prepayment costs, net of tax 
   Commitment fee for interim financing facility, net of tax 
   Adjustments to tax liabilities 
   Charge to conform vacation policies, net of tax 
   Amortization of trade names and trademarks, net of tax 
Adjusted diluted earnings per common share 

Amount  % of Sales 
6.3 % 
307,498 

$ 

- % 
- % 
- % 
- % 
0.1 % 
6.4 % 

- 
- 
- 
- 
3,894 
311,392 

2.23 

- 
- 
- 
- 
0.03 
2.26 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2008 
Amount  % of Sales 
5.2 % 
186,232 

0.1 % 
0.1 % 
0.1 % 
0.1 % 
0.1 % 
5.7 % 

4,402 
2,552 
3,142 
5,879 
3,267 
205,474 

1.48 

0.04 
0.02 
0.02 
0.05 
0.03 
1.64 

The  acquisition-related  adjustments  to  EPS  in  the  above  paragraph  and  table  present  certain  financial  information  not  derived  in 
accordance  with GAAP.  We do not, nor do we suggest investors should, consider such non-GAAP financial  measures in isolation 
from, or as a substitute for, GAAP financial information.  We believe that the presentation of adjusted net income and earnings per 
share excluding acquisition-related charges provides meaningful supplemental information to both management and investors that is 
indicative of the Company’s ongoing core operations.  Management excludes these items in judging our performance and believes this 
non-GAAP  information  is  useful  to  gain  an  understanding  of  the  recurring  factors  and  trends  affecting  our  business.    Material 
limitations of this non-GAAP measure are that such measures do not reflect actual GAAP amounts and amortization of acquisition-
related trade names and trademarks reflect charges to net income and earnings per share that will recur over the estimated useful lives 
of the assets ranging from one to three years. We compensate for such limitations by presenting, in the table above, the accompanying 
reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measures.  

acquisition of CSK, our mix of sales to DIY customers was approximately equal to sales to professional service provider customers.  
At the time of the acquisition in July of 2008, acquired CSK stores generated more than 90% of their total sales from DIY customers.  
The  addition  of  the  acquired  CSK  stores’  predominantly  retail  sales  has  resulted  in  a  mix  shift  of  our  consolidated  sales  to 
approximately  65%  DIY  and  35%  professional  service  provider.    In  2009,  core  O’Reilly  stores  derived  approximately  53%  of  our 
sales from our DIY customers and approximately 47% from our professional service provider customers, while acquired CSK stores 
derived  approximately  84%  of  sales  from  our  DIY  customers  and  approximately  16%  from  our  professional  service  provider 
customers.    Sales  to  DIY  customers  generally  have  higher  gross  margin  percentages  than  sales  to  professional  service  providers  as 
volume  discounts  are  granted  on  these  wholesale  transactions  to  professional  service  providers.    In  addition,  we  have  added  our 
private label product lines to the acquired CSK stores inventory mix.  Private label product sales generally offer better gross margin 
percentages than sales of corresponding branded products.  Improvements in our distribution system were the result of capital projects 
designed  to  create  operating  expense  efficiencies.   The  reductions  in  commodity  prices,  without  corresponding  decreases  in  retail 
pricing, that we experienced in 2009 returned to more normal levels by the end of 2009 and we would not anticipate this favorable 
pricing  environment  to  continue  in  2010.    Additionally,  in  conjunction  with  the  opening  of  our  distribution  centers  (“DC”)  in  our 
western  markets,  we  would  anticipate  a  temporary  decrease  in  distribution  efficiencies  as  the  new  DC  team  members  become 

proficient with the O’Reilly distribution systems and as duplicative capacity is removed from the system. 

Selling, general and administrative expense: 

SG&A increased $497 million, or 38%, from $1.29 billion (36.1% of sales) in 2008 to $1.79 billion (36.9% of sales) in 2009.  The 
dollar increase in SG&A expenses resulted from a full year inclusion of CSK and new stores.  The increase in SG&A expenses as a 
percentage of sales was attributable to the addition of the acquired CSK stores, which have a higher expense structure than the core 
O’Reilly  store  base,  and  the  additional  store  payroll  required  to  complete  the  ongoing  product-line  changeovers  for  acquired  CSK 
stores.  These increases were offset by a reduction in duplicative administrative corporate overhead as we continue to transition the 
CSK headquarters operations in Phoenix, Arizona to our facilities in Springfield, Missouri and increased leverage of fixed costs as a 

result of the increase in comparable store sales. 

Operating income: 

Interest expense: 

Operating income in 2009 increased $202 million, or 60%, from $336 million (or 9.4% of sales) in 2008 to $538 million (or 11.1% of 

sales) in 2009, representing an increase of 60%. 

Interest expense increased $19 million, from $26 million (or 0.7% of sales) in 2008 to $45 million (or 0.9% of sales) in 2009.  The 
increase  in  interest  expense  is  the  result  of  a  full-year  of  borrowings  under  our  Credit  Facility  in  2009  that  was  used  to  fund  the 
acquisition  of  CSK  in  2008,  the  opening  of  new  stores,  ongoing  capital  expenditures  related  to  the  integration  of  the  operations  of 
CSK, the expansion of our distribution infrastructure and the operation of our existing stores slightly offset by more favorable interest 
rates in 2009 on the non-swapped portion of the outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facility which are subject to variable interest 
rate changes.   Other income (expense)  for the  year ended December 31, 2008, included one-time charges of $4  million for interim 
financing facility commitment fees related to the CSK acquisition and $7 million of debt prepayment costs resulting from the payoff 

of our existing senior notes and synthetic lease facility.  

Income taxes: 

Our  provision  for  income  taxes  increased  from  $116  million  in  2008  (38.4%  effective  tax  rate)  to  $189  million  in  2009  (38.1% 
effective tax rate).  The decrease in effective tax rate is the result of the one-time charge to adjust tax liabilities in 2008 relating to the 
CSK acquisition, offset by the generally higher effective tax rates in most states where CSK stores are located.  The increase in the 

dollar amount for income taxes was due to the increase in income before income taxes. 

As a result of the impacts discussed above, net income increased $121 million, or 65%, from $186 million in 2008 (5.2% of sales) to 

Net income: 

$307 million in 2009 (6.3% of sales).   

Earnings per share: 

Our  diluted  earnings  per  common  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  increased  51%  to  $2.23  on  138  million  shares 

compared to $1.48 for the year ended December 31, 2008, on 125 million shares.   

Adjustments for nonrecurring and non-operating events: 

Our year ended December 31, 2008, included one-time and non-cash charges related to the July 11, 2008, acquisition of CSK.  These 
charges  included  one-time  costs  for  prepayment  and  extinguishment  of  our  existing  debt,  commitment  fees  for  an  unused  interim 
financing facility, a one-time adjustment to the tax liabilities resulting from the acquisition of CSK, a one-time charge to conform the 
CSK  team  member  vacation  policy  with  the  O’Reilly  policy  and  a  non-cash  charge  to  amortize  the  value  assigned  to  CSK’s  trade 
names and trademarks, which will be amortized over a period coinciding with the anticipated conversion of CSK store locations.  Our 
year  ended  December  31,  2009,  results  included  a  non-cash  charge  to  amortize  the  value  assigned  to  CSK’s  trade  names  and 
trademarks.  Adjusted diluted earnings per share, excluding the impact of the acquisition related charges, increased 38% to $2.26 for 

32 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

The following table highlights our liquidity and related ratios for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, as well as our cash 
flows from operating, investing and financing activities  for the  fiscal  years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (amounts in 
millions): 

Liquidity and Related Ratios 
   Current assets 
   Quick assets (1) 
   Current liabilities 
   Working capital (2) 
   Total debt 
   Total equity 
   Current ratio (3) 
   Quick ratio (4) 
   Debt to equity (5) 
   Adjusted debt to adjusted EBITDAR ratio (6) 

Liquidity 
   Total cash provided by (used in): 
      Operating activities 
      Investing activities 
      Financing activities 
   Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Year Ended 

December 31, 
2010 

December 31, 
2009 

Percentage 
Change 

$ 

$ 

2,301  $ 
213 
1,229 
1,072 
359 
3,210  $ 
1.87:1 
0.23:1 
0.11 
1.6:1 

2,227 
198 
1,219 
1,008 
791 
2,686 
1.83:1 
0.26:1 
0.29 
2.4:1 

3.3% 
7.6% 
0.8% 
6.3% 
(54.6)% 
19.5% 
2.2% 
(11.5)% 
(62.1)% 
(33.3)% 

December 31, 
2010 

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2009 

December 31, 
2008 

$ 

$ 

703,687  $ 
(351,277) 
(349,624) 

2,786  $ 

285,200  $ 
(410,661) 
121,095 

(4,366)  $ 

      298,542  
    (367,597) 
        52,801  
      (16,254) 

(1)  Quick assets include cash, cash equivalents and receivables. 
(2)  Working capital is calculated as current assets less current liabilities. 
(3)  Current ratio is calculated as current assets divided by current liabilities. 
(4)  Quick ratio is calculated as current assets, less inventories, divided by current liabilities. 
(5)  Debt to equity is calculated as total debt divided by total shareholders’ equity. 
(6)  Adjusted debt is calculated as the sum of debt, letters of credit and six-times rent, less the premium on exchangeable notes. 
    Adjusted EBITDAR is calculated as the sum of net income, interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization, rent  
    expense and stock option compensation expense, less the charge related to the CSK DOJ investigation and the nonrecurring,  
    non-operating gain related to the settlement of the CSK note receivable, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2010.   

Liquidity and related ratios: 
Our  working capital increased 6% from 2009 to 2010, primarily driven by an increased investment in  hard parts inventories in the 
acquired CSK stores as  we continue to grow and expand the professional service provider business in those  markets as  well as the 
additional net inventory investment required by our new store growth.  Total debt decreased 55% and total equity increased 20% from 
2009 to 2010.  The decrease in total debt was driven by strong cash flow from operations which allowed us to substantially pay down 
the outstanding borrowings  under our Credit Facility.  The increase in total equity  was due to increased retained earnings resulting 
from strong net income in 2010 and an increase in additional paid-in capital, primarily from the issuance of common stock upon the 
exercise of stock options and the related tax benefits as well as the impact of share based compensation. 

Operating activities: 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $704 million in 2010, $285 million in 2009 and $299 million in 2008.  The increase in 
cash provided by operating activities in 2010 compared to 2009 is primarily due to an increase in net income (adjusted for the effect of 
non-cash  depreciation  and  amortization  charges,  gain/loss  on  property  and  equipment,  deferred  income  taxes  and  stock  based 
compensation charges), a significant decrease in net inventory investment and an increase in other liabilities as compared to the same 
period in 2009.  Net inventory investment reflects our investment in inventory, net of the amount of accounts payable to vendors.  The 
decrease in net inventory investment in 2010 as compared to 2009 is the result of the significant investments in 2009 to improve the 
inventory  availability  in  the  acquired  CSK  stores.    Although  our  investment  in  net  inventory  decreased  year  over  year  in  2010, 
duplicative and excess inventory levels throughout our distribution network have lead to an increase in per store average inventory.  
The average per-store inventory for our stores increased to $0.57 million as of December 31, 2010, from $0.56 million as of December 
31, 2009.  The increase in other liabilities is principally due to the accrual of the CSK DOJ investigation charge during 2010 which is 
expected to be paid in 2011.  The decrease in net cash provided by operating activities in 2009 compared to 2008 was principally due 

to an increase in net inventory investment in 2009 as discussed above, which was slightly offset by an increase in operating income 
adjusted  for  non-cash  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses.    The  average  per-store  inventory  for  our  stores  increased  to  $0.56 
million as of December 31, 2009, from $0.48 million as of December 31, 2008 as we made significant investments in the acquired 
CSK stores in 2009 to improve the inventory availability.  During 2011, we will continue to refine the inventory levels in the acquired 
CSK stores and will focus on returning excess quantities to vendors where appropriate and selling through the remainder of the excess 
quantities on hand in the stores.   

Investing activities: 
Net cash used in investing activities was $351 million in 2010, $411 million in 2009 and $368 million in 2008.  The decrease in cash 
used  in  investing  activities  in  2010  compared  to  2009  is  principally  due  to  a  decrease  in  capital  expenditures  associated  with  the 
integration of CSK and an increase in payments received on notes receivable.  Capital expenditures were $365 million in 2010, $415 
million in 2009, and $342 million in 2008.  Capital expenditures related to the acquisition of CSK include the purchase of properties 
for DCs and costs associated with the conversion of CSK stores to the O’Reilly Brand.  Although we opened four new DCs in 2010, a 
significant portion of the capital expenditures for these DCs occurred in 2009 as we acquired property and began construction of the 
facilities.  The increase in payments received on notes receivable was due to the one-time nonrecurring payment received to settle the 
note receivable acquired from CSK.  Increases in cash used in investing activities in both 2009 and 2008 were primarily due to an 
increase  in  capital  expenditures  related  to  the  conversions  of  acquired  CSK  stores  to  the  O’Reilly  Brand  and  the  properties  and 
facilities for the additional DCs.  We opened 149 net new stores in 2010 and 150 net new stores in both 2009 and 2008.  We plan to 
open  170  net  new  stores  in  2011.    The  costs  associated  with  the  opening  of  a  new  store  (including  the  cost  of  land  acquisition, 
improvements,  fixtures,  net  inventory  investment  and  computer  equipment)  are  estimated  to  average  approximately  $1.4  million  to 
$1.6 million; however, such costs may be significantly reduced where we lease, rather than purchase, the store site.  

Financing activities: 
Net cash used in financing activities was $350 million in 2010, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $121 million 
in 2009 and $53 million in 2008.  Net cash used in financing activities in 2010 compared to net cash provided by financing activities 
in 2009 is driven by the increase in net repayments of outstanding borrowings on our long-term debt.  The repayments in 2010 were 
funded by increased cash provided by operating activities as well as decreased capital expenditures compared to the same period in 
2009.  The increase in cash provided by financing activities in 2009 compared to 2008 was primarily the result of an increase in the 
net proceeds from the issuance of common stock related to our stock option plans and the associated tax benefit from the exercises. 

Sources of liquidity: 
Our long-term business strategy requires capital to open new stores, to complete the conversions of the acquired CSK stores, expand 
distribution infrastructure and operate existing stores.  The primary sources of our liquidity are funds generated from operations and 
borrowed under our Revolver.  Decreased demand for our products or changes in customer buying patterns could negatively impact 
our ability to generate funds from operations.  Additionally, decreased demand or changes in buying patterns could impact our ability 
to  meet  the  debt  covenants  of  our  credit  agreement  and,  therefore,  negatively  impact  the  funds  available  under  our  Revolver.    We 
believe that cash expected to be provided by operating activities and availability under our Revolver will be sufficient to fund both our 
short-term  and  long-term  capital  and  liquidity  needs  for  the  foreseeable  future.    However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will 
continue to generate cash flows at or above recent levels.   

Credit facilities: 
On July 11, 2008, in connection with the acquisition of CSK, we entered into a credit agreement for a five-year $1.2 billion secured 
credit facility arranged by BA (the “Credit Facility”), which we used to refinance debt, fund the cash portion of the acquisition, pay 
for other transaction-related expenses and provide liquidity for the combined Company going forward.  This Credit Facility replaced a 
previous unsecured, five-year syndicated revolving credit facility in the amount of $100 million. 

The  Credit  Facility  was  comprised  of  a  $1.075  billion  tranche  A  revolving  credit  facility  and  a  $125.0  million  first-in-last-out 
revolving credit facility (“FILO tranche”).  On the date of the transaction, the amount of the borrowing base available, as described in 
the credit agreement, under the Credit Facility was $1.05 billion of which we borrowed $588 million.  We used borrowings under the 
Credit Facility to repay certain existing debt of CSK, repay our $75 million 2006-A Senior Notes and purchase all of the properties 
that  had been leased under our synthetic lease facility.  The terms of the Credit Facility granted us the right to terminate the FILO 
tranche  upon  meeting  certain  requirements,  including  no  events  of  default  and  aggregate  projected  availability  under  the  Credit 
Facility.  During the year ended December 31, 2010, we elected to exercise our right to terminate the FILO tranche.  As of December 
31,  2010  and  2009,  the  amount  of  the  borrowing  base  available  under  the  Credit  Facility  was  $1.071  billion  and  $1.196  billion, 
respectively,  of  which  we  had  outstanding  borrowings  of  $356  million  and  $679  million,  respectively.    The  available  borrowings 
under the Credit Facility were also reduced by stand-by letters of credit issued by us primarily to satisfy the requirements of workers 
compensation, general liability and other insurance policies.  As of December 31, 2010 and 2009,  we had stand-by letters of credit 
outstanding in the amount of $71 million and $72 million, respectively, and the aggregate availability for additional borrowings under 
the Credit Facility was $644 million and $445 million, respectively.  As part of the Credit Facility, we had pledged substantially all of 
our  assets  as  collateral  and  we  were  subject  to  an  ongoing  consolidated  leverage  ratio  covenant,  with  which  we  complied  as  of 
December 31, 2010 and 2009.   

34 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

The following table highlights our liquidity and related ratios for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, as well as our cash 
flows from operating, investing and financing activities  for the  fiscal  years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (amounts in 

millions): 

to an increase in net inventory investment in 2009 as discussed above, which was slightly offset by an increase in operating income 
adjusted  for  non-cash  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses.    The  average  per-store  inventory  for  our  stores  increased  to  $0.56 
million as of December 31, 2009, from $0.48 million as of December 31, 2008 as we made significant investments in the acquired 
CSK stores in 2009 to improve the inventory availability.  During 2011, we will continue to refine the inventory levels in the acquired 
CSK stores and will focus on returning excess quantities to vendors where appropriate and selling through the remainder of the excess 
quantities on hand in the stores.   

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

Liquidity and Related Ratios 

   Current assets 

   Quick assets (1) 

   Current liabilities 

   Working capital (2) 

   Total debt 

   Total equity 

   Current ratio (3) 

   Quick ratio (4) 

   Debt to equity (5) 

   Adjusted debt to adjusted EBITDAR ratio (6) 

Liquidity 

   Total cash provided by (used in): 

      Operating activities 

      Investing activities 

      Financing activities 

Year Ended 

December 31, 

December 31, 

2010 

2009 

Percentage 

Change 

$ 

2,301  $ 

$ 

3,210  $ 

213 

1,229 

1,072 

359 

1.87:1 

0.23:1 

0.11 

1.6:1 

2,227 

198 

1,219 

1,008 

791 

2,686 

1.83:1 

0.26:1 

0.29 

2.4:1 

3.3% 

7.6% 

0.8% 

6.3% 

(54.6)% 

19.5% 

2.2% 

(11.5)% 

(62.1)% 

(33.3)% 

December 31, 

2010 

Year Ended 

December 31, 

2009 

December 31, 

2008 

703,687  $ 

285,200  $ 

(351,277) 

(349,624) 

(410,661) 

121,095 

      298,542  

    (367,597) 

        52,801  

$ 

$ 

   Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

2,786  $ 

(4,366)  $ 

      (16,254) 

(1)  Quick assets include cash, cash equivalents and receivables. 

(2)  Working capital is calculated as current assets less current liabilities. 

(3)  Current ratio is calculated as current assets divided by current liabilities. 

(4)  Quick ratio is calculated as current assets, less inventories, divided by current liabilities. 

(5)  Debt to equity is calculated as total debt divided by total shareholders’ equity. 

(6)  Adjusted debt is calculated as the sum of debt, letters of credit and six-times rent, less the premium on exchangeable notes. 

    Adjusted EBITDAR is calculated as the sum of net income, interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization, rent  

    expense and stock option compensation expense, less the charge related to the CSK DOJ investigation and the nonrecurring,  

    non-operating gain related to the settlement of the CSK note receivable, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2010.   

Liquidity and related ratios: 

Our  working capital increased 6% from 2009 to 2010, primarily driven by an increased investment in  hard parts inventories in the 
acquired CSK stores as  we continue to grow and expand the professional service provider business in those  markets as  well as the 
additional net inventory investment required by our new store growth.  Total debt decreased 55% and total equity increased 20% from 
2009 to 2010.  The decrease in total debt was driven by strong cash flow from operations which allowed us to substantially pay down 
the outstanding borrowings  under our Credit Facility.  The increase in total equity  was due to increased retained earnings resulting 
from strong net income in 2010 and an increase in additional paid-in capital, primarily from the issuance of common stock upon the 

exercise of stock options and the related tax benefits as well as the impact of share based compensation. 

Operating activities: 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $704 million in 2010, $285 million in 2009 and $299 million in 2008.  The increase in 
cash provided by operating activities in 2010 compared to 2009 is primarily due to an increase in net income (adjusted for the effect of 
non-cash  depreciation  and  amortization  charges,  gain/loss  on  property  and  equipment,  deferred  income  taxes  and  stock  based 
compensation charges), a significant decrease in net inventory investment and an increase in other liabilities as compared to the same 
period in 2009.  Net inventory investment reflects our investment in inventory, net of the amount of accounts payable to vendors.  The 
decrease in net inventory investment in 2010 as compared to 2009 is the result of the significant investments in 2009 to improve the 
inventory  availability  in  the  acquired  CSK  stores.    Although  our  investment  in  net  inventory  decreased  year  over  year  in  2010, 
duplicative and excess inventory levels throughout our distribution network have lead to an increase in per store average inventory.  
The average per-store inventory for our stores increased to $0.57 million as of December 31, 2010, from $0.56 million as of December 
31, 2009.  The increase in other liabilities is principally due to the accrual of the CSK DOJ investigation charge during 2010 which is 
expected to be paid in 2011.  The decrease in net cash provided by operating activities in 2009 compared to 2008 was principally due 

Investing activities: 
Net cash used in investing activities was $351 million in 2010, $411 million in 2009 and $368 million in 2008.  The decrease in cash 
used  in  investing  activities  in  2010  compared  to  2009  is  principally  due  to  a  decrease  in  capital  expenditures  associated  with  the 
integration of CSK and an increase in payments received on notes receivable.  Capital expenditures were $365 million in 2010, $415 
million in 2009, and $342 million in 2008.  Capital expenditures related to the acquisition of CSK include the purchase of properties 
for DCs and costs associated with the conversion of CSK stores to the O’Reilly Brand.  Although we opened four new DCs in 2010, a 
significant portion of the capital expenditures for these DCs occurred in 2009 as we acquired property and began construction of the 
facilities.  The increase in payments received on notes receivable was due to the one-time nonrecurring payment received to settle the 
note receivable acquired from CSK.  Increases in cash used in investing activities in both 2009 and 2008 were primarily due to an 
increase  in  capital  expenditures  related  to  the  conversions  of  acquired  CSK  stores  to  the  O’Reilly  Brand  and  the  properties  and 
facilities for the additional DCs.  We opened 149 net new stores in 2010 and 150 net new stores in both 2009 and 2008.  We plan to 
open  170  net  new  stores  in  2011.    The  costs  associated  with  the  opening  of  a  new  store  (including  the  cost  of  land  acquisition, 
improvements,  fixtures,  net  inventory  investment  and  computer  equipment)  are  estimated  to  average  approximately  $1.4  million  to 
$1.6 million; however, such costs may be significantly reduced where we lease, rather than purchase, the store site.  

Financing activities: 
Net cash used in financing activities was $350 million in 2010, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $121 million 
in 2009 and $53 million in 2008.  Net cash used in financing activities in 2010 compared to net cash provided by financing activities 
in 2009 is driven by the increase in net repayments of outstanding borrowings on our long-term debt.  The repayments in 2010 were 
funded by increased cash provided by operating activities as well as decreased capital expenditures compared to the same period in 
2009.  The increase in cash provided by financing activities in 2009 compared to 2008 was primarily the result of an increase in the 
net proceeds from the issuance of common stock related to our stock option plans and the associated tax benefit from the exercises. 

Sources of liquidity: 
Our long-term business strategy requires capital to open new stores, to complete the conversions of the acquired CSK stores, expand 
distribution infrastructure and operate existing stores.  The primary sources of our liquidity are funds generated from operations and 
borrowed under our Revolver.  Decreased demand for our products or changes in customer buying patterns could negatively impact 
our ability to generate funds from operations.  Additionally, decreased demand or changes in buying patterns could impact our ability 
to  meet  the  debt  covenants  of  our  credit  agreement  and,  therefore,  negatively  impact  the  funds  available  under  our  Revolver.    We 
believe that cash expected to be provided by operating activities and availability under our Revolver will be sufficient to fund both our 
short-term  and  long-term  capital  and  liquidity  needs  for  the  foreseeable  future.    However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will 
continue to generate cash flows at or above recent levels.   

Credit facilities: 
On July 11, 2008, in connection with the acquisition of CSK, we entered into a credit agreement for a five-year $1.2 billion secured 
credit facility arranged by BA (the “Credit Facility”), which we used to refinance debt, fund the cash portion of the acquisition, pay 
for other transaction-related expenses and provide liquidity for the combined Company going forward.  This Credit Facility replaced a 
previous unsecured, five-year syndicated revolving credit facility in the amount of $100 million. 

The  Credit  Facility  was  comprised  of  a  $1.075  billion  tranche  A  revolving  credit  facility  and  a  $125.0  million  first-in-last-out 
revolving credit facility (“FILO tranche”).  On the date of the transaction, the amount of the borrowing base available, as described in 
the credit agreement, under the Credit Facility was $1.05 billion of which we borrowed $588 million.  We used borrowings under the 
Credit Facility to repay certain existing debt of CSK, repay our $75 million 2006-A Senior Notes and purchase all of the properties 
that  had been leased under our synthetic lease facility.  The terms of the Credit Facility granted us the right to terminate the FILO 
tranche  upon  meeting  certain  requirements,  including  no  events  of  default  and  aggregate  projected  availability  under  the  Credit 
Facility.  During the year ended December 31, 2010, we elected to exercise our right to terminate the FILO tranche.  As of December 
31,  2010  and  2009,  the  amount  of  the  borrowing  base  available  under  the  Credit  Facility  was  $1.071  billion  and  $1.196  billion, 
respectively,  of  which  we  had  outstanding  borrowings  of  $356  million  and  $679  million,  respectively.    The  available  borrowings 
under the Credit Facility were also reduced by stand-by letters of credit issued by us primarily to satisfy the requirements of workers 
compensation, general liability and other insurance policies.  As of December 31, 2010 and 2009,  we had stand-by letters of credit 
outstanding in the amount of $71 million and $72 million, respectively, and the aggregate availability for additional borrowings under 
the Credit Facility was $644 million and $445 million, respectively.  As part of the Credit Facility, we had pledged substantially all of 
our  assets  as  collateral  and  we  were  subject  to  an  ongoing  consolidated  leverage  ratio  covenant,  with  which  we  complied  as  of 
December 31, 2010 and 2009.   

34 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

At December 31, 2010, borrowings under the tranche A revolver bore interest, at our option, at a rate equal to either a base rate plus 
1.00% per annum or LIBOR plus 2.00% per annum, with each rate being subject to adjustment based upon certain excess availability 
thresholds.  The base rate was equal to the higher of the prime lending rate established by BA from time to time and the federal funds 
effective rate as in effect from time to time plus 0.50%.  Fees related to unused capacity under the Credit Facility were assessed at a 
rate of 0.50% of the remaining available borrowings under the facility, subject to adjustment based upon remaining unused capacity.  
In addition, we paid customary commitment fees, letter of credit fees, underwriting fees and other administrative fees in respect of the 
Credit Facility.  All outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility were repaid in conjunction with the issuance of our 2011 4.875% 
Senior Notes on January 14, 2011, as further discussed below. 

On  January  14,  2011,  we  entered  into  a  new  credit  agreement  for  a  five-year  $750  million  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility  (the 
“Revolver”) arranged by BA and Barclays, which matures in January of 2016.  The Revolver includes a $200 million sub-limit for the 
issuance of letters of credit and a $75 million sub-limit for swing line borrowings.  Our ability to draw under the revolving facility is 
conditioned upon, among other things, our ability to certify that the representations and warranties contained in the credit agreement 
are  true,  correct  and  complete  in  all  material  respects  and  that  no  event  of  default  has  occurred  or  would  result  from  the  proposed 
extension of credit.  Borrowings under the Revolver (other than swing line loans) bear interest, at our option, at either the Base Rate or 
Eurodollar Rate (both as defined in the agreement) plus a margin, that will vary from 1.325% to 2.500% in the case of loans bearing 
interest at the Eurodollar Rate and 0.325% to 1.500% in the case of loans bearing interest at the Base Rate, in each case based upon 
the ratings assigned to our debt by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Rating Services.  Swing line loans made 
under the Revolver bear interest at the Base Rate plus the applicable margin described above.  In addition, we will pay a facility fee on 
the aggregate amount of the commitments in an amount equal to a percentage of such commitments, varying from 0.175% to 0.500% 
based upon the ratings assigned to our debt by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Rating Services.  The Revolver 
replaced the secured Credit Facility we entered into on July 11, 2008. 

6¾% Exchangeable Senior Notes:  
On  July 11,  2008,  we  executed  the  Third  Supplemental  Indenture  (the  “Third  Supplemental  Indenture”)  to  the  6¾%  Exchangeable 
Senior  Notes  due  2025  (the  “Notes”),  in  which  we  agreed  to  become  a  guarantor,  on  a  subordinated  basis,  of  the  $100  million 
principal  amount  of  the  Notes  originally  issued  by  CSK  pursuant to  an  Indenture  dated  as  of  December 19,  2005,  as  amended  and 
supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 30, 2005, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as 
of July 27, 2006, by and between CSK Auto Corporation, CSK Auto, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., 
as trustee.  On December 31, 2008, and effective as of July 11, 2008, we entered into the Fourth Supplemental Indenture in order to 
correct the definition of Exchange Rate in the Third Supplemental Indenture.   

The  Notes  were  exchangeable,  under  certain  circumstances,  into  cash  and  shares  of  our  common  stock.  The  Notes  bore  interest  at 
6.75% per year until December 15, 2010, and 6.50% until maturity on December 15, 2025.  Prior to their stated maturity, these Notes 
were exchangeable by the holder only under the following circumstances (as more fully described in the indenture under which the 
Notes were issued): 

• 

• 
• 

during any fiscal quarter (and only during that fiscal quarter) commencing after July 11, 2008, if the last reported sale price of 
our common stock was greater than or equal to 130% of the applicable exchange price of $36.17 for at least 20 trading days 
in the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding fiscal quarter; 
if the Notes had been called for redemption by us; or 
upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions, such as a change in control. 

On July 1, 2010, the Notes became exchangeable at the option of the holders and remained exchangeable through September 30, 2010, 
the last trading day of our third quarter, as provided for in the indentures governing the Notes.  The Notes became exchangeable as our 
common stock closed at or above 130% of the Exchange Price (as defined in the indentures governing the Notes) for 20 trading days 
within the 30 consecutive trading day period ending on June 30, 2010.  As a result, during the exchange period commencing July 1, 
2010, and continuing through and including September 30, 2010, for each $1,000 principal amount of the Notes held, holders of the 
Notes could, if they elected, surrender their Notes  for exchange.  If the Notes  were  exchanged,  we  would deliver cash equal to  the 
lesser  of  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Notes  to  be  exchanged  and  our  total  exchange  obligation  and,  in  the  event  our  total 
exchange obligation exceeded the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be exchanged, shares of our common stock in respect of that 
excess.    The  total  exchange  obligation  reflects  the  exchange  rate  whereby  each  $1,000  in  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  is 
exchangeable into an equivalent value of approximately 25.97 shares of our common stock and approximately $60.61 in cash.  On 
September 28, 2010, certain holders of the Notes delivered notice to the exchange agent to exercise their right to exchange $11 million 
of the principal amount of the Notes.  The Cash Settlement Averaging Period (as defined in the indentures governing the Notes) ended 
on October 27, 2010, and on October 29, 2010, we delivered $11 million in cash, which represented the principal amount of the Notes 
exchanged and the value of partial shares, and 92,855 shares of our common stock to the exchange agent in settlement of the exchange 
obligation. Concurrently, we retired the $11 million principal amount of the exchanged Notes.  On October 1, 2010, the Notes again 
became exchangeable at the option of the holders and remained exchangeable through December 31, 2010. 

The Noteholders had the option to require us to repurchase some or all of the Notes for cash at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the 
principal amount of the Notes being repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on December 15, 2010; December 15, 2015; or 

December 15, 2020, or on any date following a fundamental change as described in the indenture.  We had the option to redeem some 
or all of the Notes for cash at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest on or after 
December 15, 2010, upon at least 35-calendar days notice.  On November 15, 2010, we announced our intention to redeem the Notes 
on December 21, 2010, at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest up to, but 
not including, the redemption date.   

On or prior to December 17, 2010, the remaining holders of the Notes delivered notice to the exchange agent to exercise their right to 
exchange  the  $89  million  remaining  principal  amount  of  the  Notes.    The  Cash  Settlement  Averaging  Period  (as  defined  in  the 
indentures governing the Notes) ended on December 16, 2010, and on December 21, 2010, we delivered $89 million in cash, which 
represented the principal amount of the Notes exchanged and the value of partial shares, and 939,312 shares of our common stock to 
the  exchange  agent  in  settlement  of  the  exchange  obligation.  Concurrently,  we  retired  the  $89  million  principal  amount  of  the 
exchanged Notes. 

4.875% Senior Notes due 2021: 
On January 14, 2011, we issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured 4.875% Senior Notes at a price to the public of 
99.297% of their face value in the public market, of which certain of our subsidiaries are the guarantors, and UMB is trustee.  The 
2011 4.875% Senior Notes bear interest at 4.875% which is payable on January 14 and July 14 of each year, beginning on July 14, 
2011.  The 2011 4.875% Senior Notes mature on January  14, 2021.  Proceeds from the issuance of the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes 
were used to repay all outstanding borrowings under our previous secured Credit Facility, to pay fees associated with the issuance and 
for general corporate purposes. 

Prior to October 14, 2020, the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes are redeemable, in whole, at any time, or in part, from time to time, at our 
option upon not less than 30 nor  more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price, plus  any accrued and unpaid interest to, but  not 
including, the redemption date, equal to the greater of:  

100% of the principal amount thereof; or  

• 

• 

the  sum  of  the  present  values  of  the  remaining  scheduled  payments  of  principal  and  interest  thereon  discounted  to  the 

redemption  date  on  a  semiannual  basis  (assuming  a  360-day  year  consisting  of  twelve  30-day  months)  at  the  applicable 

Treasury Yield (as defined in the indenture governing the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes) plus 25 basis points. 

On or after October 14, 2020, the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes are redeemable, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at our 
option upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus 
accrued and  unpaid  interest to, but not including, the redemption date.  In addition, if  we undergo a  Change of  Control Triggering 
Event (as defined in the indenture governing the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes), holders of the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes may require us 
to repurchase all or a portion of their notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes being 
repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including the repurchase date. 

Debt covenants: 
The  indenture  governing  the  2011  4.875%  Senior  Notes  contains  covenants  that  limit  our  ability  and  the  ability  of  certain  of  our 
subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) create certain liens on assets to secure certain debt; (ii) enter into certain sale and leaseback 
transactions; and (iii) merge or consolidate with another company or transfer all or substantially all of our or its property, in each case 
as set forth in the indenture.  These covenants are, however, subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. 

The  new  Revolver  contains  certain  positive  and  negative  debt  covenants.    These  covenants  include  limitations  on  total  outstanding 
borrowings under the Revolver, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.00 times from the closing through December 31, 2012, 
2.25 times through December 31, 2014, and 2.50 times through maturity and a maximum adjusted consolidated leverage ratio of 3.00 
times  from  the  closing  through  maturity.    Our  consolidated  leverage  ratio  includes  a  calculation  of  earnings  before  interest,  taxes, 
depreciation,  amortization,  rent  and  stock  option  compensation  expense  (“EBITDAR”)  to  adjusted  debt.    Adjusted  debt  includes 
outstanding debt, outstanding standby letters of credit, six times capitalized rent and excludes any premium or discount recorded in 
conjunction with the issuance of long-term debt.  As of January 14, 2011, we were in compliance  with all covenants related to our 
borrowing arrangements and expect to remain in compliance with those covenants in the future.   

36 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2010, borrowings under the tranche A revolver bore interest, at our option, at a rate equal to either a base rate plus 
1.00% per annum or LIBOR plus 2.00% per annum, with each rate being subject to adjustment based upon certain excess availability 
thresholds.  The base rate was equal to the higher of the prime lending rate established by BA from time to time and the federal funds 
effective rate as in effect from time to time plus 0.50%.  Fees related to unused capacity under the Credit Facility were assessed at a 
rate of 0.50% of the remaining available borrowings under the facility, subject to adjustment based upon remaining unused capacity.  
In addition, we paid customary commitment fees, letter of credit fees, underwriting fees and other administrative fees in respect of the 
Credit Facility.  All outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility were repaid in conjunction with the issuance of our 2011 4.875% 

Senior Notes on January 14, 2011, as further discussed below. 

On  January  14,  2011,  we  entered  into  a  new  credit  agreement  for  a  five-year  $750  million  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility  (the 
“Revolver”) arranged by BA and Barclays, which matures in January of 2016.  The Revolver includes a $200 million sub-limit for the 
issuance of letters of credit and a $75 million sub-limit for swing line borrowings.  Our ability to draw under the revolving facility is 
conditioned upon, among other things, our ability to certify that the representations and warranties contained in the credit agreement 
are  true,  correct  and  complete  in  all  material  respects  and  that  no  event  of  default  has  occurred  or  would  result  from  the  proposed 
extension of credit.  Borrowings under the Revolver (other than swing line loans) bear interest, at our option, at either the Base Rate or 
Eurodollar Rate (both as defined in the agreement) plus a margin, that will vary from 1.325% to 2.500% in the case of loans bearing 
interest at the Eurodollar Rate and 0.325% to 1.500% in the case of loans bearing interest at the Base Rate, in each case based upon 
the ratings assigned to our debt by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Rating Services.  Swing line loans made 
under the Revolver bear interest at the Base Rate plus the applicable margin described above.  In addition, we will pay a facility fee on 
the aggregate amount of the commitments in an amount equal to a percentage of such commitments, varying from 0.175% to 0.500% 
based upon the ratings assigned to our debt by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Rating Services.  The Revolver 

replaced the secured Credit Facility we entered into on July 11, 2008. 

6¾% Exchangeable Senior Notes:  

On  July 11,  2008,  we  executed  the  Third  Supplemental  Indenture  (the  “Third  Supplemental  Indenture”)  to  the  6¾%  Exchangeable 
Senior  Notes  due  2025  (the  “Notes”),  in  which  we  agreed  to  become  a  guarantor,  on  a  subordinated  basis,  of  the  $100  million 
principal  amount  of  the  Notes  originally  issued  by  CSK  pursuant to  an  Indenture  dated  as  of  December 19,  2005,  as  amended  and 
supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 30, 2005, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as 
of July 27, 2006, by and between CSK Auto Corporation, CSK Auto, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., 
as trustee.  On December 31, 2008, and effective as of July 11, 2008, we entered into the Fourth Supplemental Indenture in order to 

correct the definition of Exchange Rate in the Third Supplemental Indenture.   

The  Notes  were  exchangeable,  under  certain  circumstances,  into  cash  and  shares  of  our  common  stock.  The  Notes  bore  interest  at 
6.75% per year until December 15, 2010, and 6.50% until maturity on December 15, 2025.  Prior to their stated maturity, these Notes 
were exchangeable by the holder only under the following circumstances (as more fully described in the indenture under which the 

Notes were issued): 

• 

• 

• 

during any fiscal quarter (and only during that fiscal quarter) commencing after July 11, 2008, if the last reported sale price of 
our common stock was greater than or equal to 130% of the applicable exchange price of $36.17 for at least 20 trading days 

in the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding fiscal quarter; 

if the Notes had been called for redemption by us; or 

upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions, such as a change in control. 

On July 1, 2010, the Notes became exchangeable at the option of the holders and remained exchangeable through September 30, 2010, 
the last trading day of our third quarter, as provided for in the indentures governing the Notes.  The Notes became exchangeable as our 
common stock closed at or above 130% of the Exchange Price (as defined in the indentures governing the Notes) for 20 trading days 
within the 30 consecutive trading day period ending on June 30, 2010.  As a result, during the exchange period commencing July 1, 
2010, and continuing through and including September 30, 2010, for each $1,000 principal amount of the Notes held, holders of the 
Notes could, if they elected, surrender their Notes  for exchange.  If the Notes  were  exchanged,  we  would deliver cash equal to  the 
lesser  of  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Notes  to  be  exchanged  and  our  total  exchange  obligation  and,  in  the  event  our  total 
exchange obligation exceeded the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be exchanged, shares of our common stock in respect of that 
excess.    The  total  exchange  obligation  reflects  the  exchange  rate  whereby  each  $1,000  in  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  is 
exchangeable into an equivalent value of approximately 25.97 shares of our common stock and approximately $60.61 in cash.  On 
September 28, 2010, certain holders of the Notes delivered notice to the exchange agent to exercise their right to exchange $11 million 
of the principal amount of the Notes.  The Cash Settlement Averaging Period (as defined in the indentures governing the Notes) ended 
on October 27, 2010, and on October 29, 2010, we delivered $11 million in cash, which represented the principal amount of the Notes 
exchanged and the value of partial shares, and 92,855 shares of our common stock to the exchange agent in settlement of the exchange 
obligation. Concurrently, we retired the $11 million principal amount of the exchanged Notes.  On October 1, 2010, the Notes again 

became exchangeable at the option of the holders and remained exchangeable through December 31, 2010. 

The Noteholders had the option to require us to repurchase some or all of the Notes for cash at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the 
principal amount of the Notes being repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on December 15, 2010; December 15, 2015; or 

December 15, 2020, or on any date following a fundamental change as described in the indenture.  We had the option to redeem some 
or all of the Notes for cash at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest on or after 
December 15, 2010, upon at least 35-calendar days notice.  On November 15, 2010, we announced our intention to redeem the Notes 
on December 21, 2010, at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest up to, but 
not including, the redemption date.   

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

On or prior to December 17, 2010, the remaining holders of the Notes delivered notice to the exchange agent to exercise their right to 
exchange  the  $89  million  remaining  principal  amount  of  the  Notes.    The  Cash  Settlement  Averaging  Period  (as  defined  in  the 
indentures governing the Notes) ended on December 16, 2010, and on December 21, 2010, we delivered $89 million in cash, which 
represented the principal amount of the Notes exchanged and the value of partial shares, and 939,312 shares of our common stock to 
the  exchange  agent  in  settlement  of  the  exchange  obligation.  Concurrently,  we  retired  the  $89  million  principal  amount  of  the 
exchanged Notes. 

4.875% Senior Notes due 2021: 
On January 14, 2011, we issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured 4.875% Senior Notes at a price to the public of 
99.297% of their face value in the public market, of which certain of our subsidiaries are the guarantors, and UMB is trustee.  The 
2011 4.875% Senior Notes bear interest at 4.875% which is payable on January 14 and July 14 of each year, beginning on July 14, 
2011.  The 2011 4.875% Senior Notes mature on January  14, 2021.  Proceeds from the issuance of the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes 
were used to repay all outstanding borrowings under our previous secured Credit Facility, to pay fees associated with the issuance and 
for general corporate purposes. 

Prior to October 14, 2020, the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes are redeemable, in whole, at any time, or in part, from time to time, at our 
option upon not less than 30 nor  more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price, plus  any accrued and unpaid interest to, but  not 
including, the redemption date, equal to the greater of:  

• 
• 

100% of the principal amount thereof; or  
the  sum  of  the  present  values  of  the  remaining  scheduled  payments  of  principal  and  interest  thereon  discounted  to  the 
redemption  date  on  a  semiannual  basis  (assuming  a  360-day  year  consisting  of  twelve  30-day  months)  at  the  applicable 
Treasury Yield (as defined in the indenture governing the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes) plus 25 basis points. 

On or after October 14, 2020, the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes are redeemable, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at our 
option upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus 
accrued and  unpaid  interest to, but not including, the redemption date.  In addition, if  we undergo a  Change of  Control Triggering 
Event (as defined in the indenture governing the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes), holders of the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes may require us 
to repurchase all or a portion of their notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes being 
repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including the repurchase date. 

Debt covenants: 
The  indenture  governing  the  2011  4.875%  Senior  Notes  contains  covenants  that  limit  our  ability  and  the  ability  of  certain  of  our 
subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) create certain liens on assets to secure certain debt; (ii) enter into certain sale and leaseback 
transactions; and (iii) merge or consolidate with another company or transfer all or substantially all of our or its property, in each case 
as set forth in the indenture.  These covenants are, however, subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. 

The  new  Revolver  contains  certain  positive  and  negative  debt  covenants.    These  covenants  include  limitations  on  total  outstanding 
borrowings under the Revolver, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.00 times from the closing through December 31, 2012, 
2.25 times through December 31, 2014, and 2.50 times through maturity and a maximum adjusted consolidated leverage ratio of 3.00 
times  from  the  closing  through  maturity.    Our  consolidated  leverage  ratio  includes  a  calculation  of  earnings  before  interest,  taxes, 
depreciation,  amortization,  rent  and  stock  option  compensation  expense  (“EBITDAR”)  to  adjusted  debt.    Adjusted  debt  includes 
outstanding debt, outstanding standby letters of credit, six times capitalized rent and excludes any premium or discount recorded in 
conjunction with the issuance of long-term debt.  As of January 14, 2011, we were in compliance  with all covenants related to our 
borrowing arrangements and expect to remain in compliance with those covenants in the future.   

36 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our adjusted debt to adjusted EBITDAR ratio was 1.6 times and 2.4 times as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Under 
our current financing plan, we have a target adjusted consolidated leverage ratio of 2.0 times to 2.25 times.  

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

(In thousands, except adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio) 
GAAP debt 
Add:  Letters of credit 
          Rent X 6 
Less: Premium on exchangeable notes 
Non-GAAP adjusted debt 

GAAP net income 
   Legacy CSK DOJ investigation charge 
   Gain on settlement of note receivable, net of tax 
Non-GAAP adjusted net income 
Add:  Interest expense 
          Taxes, net of impact of gain on settlement of note receivable 
Adjusted EBIT 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Twelve Months Ended 
December 31, 

2010 

2009 

358,704  $ 
71,206 
1,361,274 
-- 

790,748 
72,381 
1,374,804 
718 
1,791,184  $  2,237,215 

419,373  $ 

20,900 
(7,215) 
433,058 
39,273 
265,576 
737,907 

307,498 
-- 
-- 
307,498 
45,176 
189,400 
542,074 

148,179 
229,134 
13,451 
932,838 

Add:  Depreciation and amortization 
          Rent expense 
          Stock option compensation expense 
Adjusted EBITDAR 

161,442 
226,879 
14,947 
1,141,175  $ 

$ 

Adjusted debt to adjusted EBITDAR 

1.6 

2.4 

The adjusted debt to adjusted EBITDAR ratio discussed in the paragraph and presented in the table above is not derived in accordance 
with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).  We do not, and nor do we suggest investors should, consider 
such  non-GAAP  financial  measures  in  isolation  from,  or  as  a  substitute  for,  GAAP  financial  information.    We  believe  that  the 
presentation of financial results and estimates excluding the impact of the CSK DOJ investigation charge, the gain from the settlement 
of  the  note  receivable,  and  the  presentation  of  EBITDAR  provides  meaningful  supplemental  information  to  both  management  and 
investors that is indicative of our core operations.  We exclude these items in judging our performance and believe this non-GAAP 
information is useful to investors as well.  Material limitations of this non-GAAP measure are that such measures do not reflect actual 
GAAP amounts. We compensate for such limitations by presenting, in the table above, the accompanying reconciliation to the most 
directly comparable GAAP measures. 

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS  

Off  balance  sheet  arrangements  are  transactions,  agreements,  or  other  contractual  arrangements  with  an  unconsolidated  entity  for 
which we have an obligation to the entity that is not recorded in our consolidated financial statements.  We have utilized various off 
balance sheet financial instruments from time to time as sources of cash when such instruments provided a cost-effective alternative to 
our existing sources of cash.  We do not believe, however, that we are dependent on the availability of these instruments to fund our 
working capital requirements or our growth plans. 

On December 29, 2000, we entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with an unrelated party.  Under the terms of the transaction, we 
sold  90  properties,  including  land,  buildings  and  improvements,  which  generated  $52.3  million  of  cash.   The  lease,  which  is  being 
accounted for as an operating lease, provides for an initial lease term of 21 years and may be extended for one initial ten-year period 
and two additional successive periods of five years each.  The resulting gain of $4.5 million has been deferred and is being amortized 
over the initial lease term.  Net rent expense during the initial term is approximately $5.3 million annually. 

In  August  2001,  we  entered  into  a  sale-leaseback  with  O’Reilly-Wooten,  2001  LLP  (an  entity  owned  by  certain  affiliates  of  the 
Company).    The  transaction  involved  the  sale  and  leaseback  of  nine  O’Reilly  Auto  Parts  stores  and  generated  approximately  $5.6 
million of cash.  The transaction did not result in a material gain or loss.  The lease,  which has been accounted for as an operating 
lease, calls for an initial term of 15 years with three five-year renewal options. 

We  issued  stand-by  letters  of  credit  provided  by  a  $200  million  sub  limit  under  the  Credit  Facility  that  reduced  our  available 
borrowings.  Those letters of credit were issued primarily to satisfy the requirements of workers compensation, general liability and 

other insurance policies.  Substantially all of the outstanding letters of credit had a one-year term from the date of issuance.  Letters of 
credit totaling $71.2 million and $72.3 million were outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 

Deferred income taxes and commitments with various vendors for the purchase of inventory are included in “Other liabilities” on our 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  but  are  not  reflected  in  the  table  below  due  to  the  absence  of  scheduled  maturities,  the  nature  of  the 
account or the commitment’s cancellation terms.  Due to the absence of scheduled maturities, the timing of certain of these payments 
cannot  be  determined,  except  for  amounts  estimated  to  be  payable  in  2011,  which  are  included  in  “Current  liabilities”  on  our 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Our  contractual  obligations  as  of  December  31,  2010,  included  commitments  for  future  payments  under  non-cancelable  lease 
arrangements, short and long-term debt arrangements, interest payments related to long-term debt, fixed payments related to interest 
rate swaps and purchase obligations for construction contract commitments, which are summarized in the table below and are fully 
disclosed in Note 4 “Long-Term Debt” and Note 6 “Commitments” to the consolidated financial statements.  We expect to fund these 
commitments  primarily  with  operating  cash  flows  generated  in  the  normal  course  of  business  or  through  borrowings  under  our 
Revolver. 

Payments Due By Period 

Total 

Before 1 

Year 

1 to 2 

Years 

3 to 4 

Years 

Years 5 

and Over 

(In thousands) 

Contractual Obligations: 
Long-term debt principal and interest payments (1)(2)(3) 
Payments under interest rate swap agreements 
Future minimum lease payments under capital leases (4) 
Future minimum lease payments under operating leases (4) 
Other obligations 
Self-insurance reserves (5) 
Construction commitments 

4,768 

2,938 

1,507,557 

3,600 

109,351 

64,816 

$ 

356,087 

$ 

$  356,000 

$ 

$ 

87 

4,768 

1,518 

219,941 

600 

53,416 

64,816 

1,071 

381,106 

1,200 

29,038 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

254 

276,108 

1,200 

14,260 

- 

- 

95 

630,402 

600 

12,637 

- 

Total contractual cash obligations 

$ 

2,049,117 

   $  345,146 

   $  768,415 

$  291,822 

   $  643,734 

(1)  At December 31, 2010, we had borrowings of $106 million under our secured Credit Facility, which were not covered under an interest rate swap agreement, 

with interest rates ranging from 2.31% to 4.25%.  At December 31, 2009, we had borrowings of $279 million under our Credit Facility, which were not 

covered under an interest rate swap agreement, with interest rates ranging from 2.50% to 4.50%.  During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we 

incurred interest expense of $16 million and $23 million, respectively, as a result of borrowings under our secured Credit Facility, which were not covered 

under an interest rate swap agreement.  See Note 4 “Long-Term Debt” to the consolidated financial statements for further information. 

(2)  On January 14, 2011, we entered into a new credit agreement for a five-year $750 million Revolver, which matures in January of 2016.  Borrowings under 

the Revolver (other than swing line loans) bear interest, at our option, at either the Base Rate or Eurodollar Rate (both as defined in the agreement) plus a 

margin, that will vary from 1.325% to 2.500% in the case of loans bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate and 0.325% to 1.500% in the case of loans bearing 

interest at the Base Rate, in each case based upon the ratings assigned to our debt by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Rating Services.  

Swing line loans made under the Revolver bear interest at the Base Rate plus the applicable margin described above.  In addition, we pay a facility fee on the 

aggregate amount of the commitments in an amount equal to a percentage of such commitments, varying from 0.175% to 0.500% based upon the ratings 

assigned to our debt by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Rating Services.  The Revolver replaced the secured Credit Facility. 

(3)  On  January  14,  2011,  we  issued  $500  million  of  unsecured  4.875%  Senior  Notes  which  are  due  on  January  14,  2021.    The  estimated  annual  interest 

payments for the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes are expected to be approximately $24 million.  The principal amount and estimated annual interest payments are 

not included in the above table of contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010.  

(4)  The minimum lease payments above do not include certain tax, insurance and maintenance costs, which are also required contractual obligations under our 

operating  leases  but  are  generally  not  fixed  and  can  fluctuate  from  year  to  year.    These  expenses  historically  average  approximately  20%  of  the 

corresponding lease payments. 

(5)  We use various self-insurance mechanisms to provide for potential liabilities from workers’ compensation, vehicle and general liability, and employee health 

care  benefits.    These  liabilities  are  recorded  on  our  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  at  our  estimate  of  their  net  present  value  and  do  not  have  scheduled 

maturities, however we can estimate the timing of future payments based upon historical patterns. 

We  record  a  reserve  for  potential  liabilities  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions,  including  estimated  interest  and  penalties.    These 
estimates  are  not  included  in  the  above  table  because  the  timing  related  to  the  ultimate  resolution  or  settlement  of  these  positions 
cannot be determined.  As of December 31, 2010, we recorded a liability of $41.3 million related to these uncertain tax positions on 
our Consolidated Balance Sheets, all of which was included as a component of “Other liabilities”.   

38 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our adjusted debt to adjusted EBITDAR ratio was 1.6 times and 2.4 times as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Under 

our current financing plan, we have a target adjusted consolidated leverage ratio of 2.0 times to 2.25 times.  

(In thousands, except adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio) 

GAAP debt 

Add:  Letters of credit 

          Rent X 6 

Less: Premium on exchangeable notes 

Non-GAAP adjusted debt 

GAAP net income 

   Legacy CSK DOJ investigation charge 

   Gain on settlement of note receivable, net of tax 

Non-GAAP adjusted net income 

Add:  Interest expense 

          Taxes, net of impact of gain on settlement of note receivable 

Adjusted EBIT 

Add:  Depreciation and amortization 

          Rent expense 

          Stock option compensation expense 

Adjusted EBITDAR 

Twelve Months Ended 

December 31, 

2010 

$ 

358,704  $ 

71,206 

1,361,274 

-- 

2009 

790,748 

72,381 

1,374,804 

718 

1,791,184  $  2,237,215 

419,373  $ 

307,498 

$ 

$ 

20,900 

(7,215) 

433,058 

39,273 

265,576 

737,907 

161,442 

226,879 

14,947 

-- 

-- 

307,498 

45,176 

189,400 

542,074 

148,179 

229,134 

13,451 

932,838 

$ 

1,141,175  $ 

Adjusted debt to adjusted EBITDAR 

1.6 

2.4 

The adjusted debt to adjusted EBITDAR ratio discussed in the paragraph and presented in the table above is not derived in accordance 
with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).  We do not, and nor do we suggest investors should, consider 
such  non-GAAP  financial  measures  in  isolation  from,  or  as  a  substitute  for,  GAAP  financial  information.    We  believe  that  the 
presentation of financial results and estimates excluding the impact of the CSK DOJ investigation charge, the gain from the settlement 
of  the  note  receivable,  and  the  presentation  of  EBITDAR  provides  meaningful  supplemental  information  to  both  management  and 
investors that is indicative of our core operations.  We exclude these items in judging our performance and believe this non-GAAP 
information is useful to investors as well.  Material limitations of this non-GAAP measure are that such measures do not reflect actual 
GAAP amounts. We compensate for such limitations by presenting, in the table above, the accompanying reconciliation to the most 

directly comparable GAAP measures. 

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS  

Off  balance  sheet  arrangements  are  transactions,  agreements,  or  other  contractual  arrangements  with  an  unconsolidated  entity  for 
which we have an obligation to the entity that is not recorded in our consolidated financial statements.  We have utilized various off 
balance sheet financial instruments from time to time as sources of cash when such instruments provided a cost-effective alternative to 
our existing sources of cash.  We do not believe, however, that we are dependent on the availability of these instruments to fund our 

working capital requirements or our growth plans. 

On December 29, 2000, we entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with an unrelated party.  Under the terms of the transaction, we 
sold  90  properties,  including  land,  buildings  and  improvements,  which  generated  $52.3  million  of  cash.   The  lease,  which  is  being 
accounted for as an operating lease, provides for an initial lease term of 21 years and may be extended for one initial ten-year period 
and two additional successive periods of five years each.  The resulting gain of $4.5 million has been deferred and is being amortized 

over the initial lease term.  Net rent expense during the initial term is approximately $5.3 million annually. 

In  August  2001,  we  entered  into  a  sale-leaseback  with  O’Reilly-Wooten,  2001  LLP  (an  entity  owned  by  certain  affiliates  of  the 
Company).    The  transaction  involved  the  sale  and  leaseback  of  nine  O’Reilly  Auto  Parts  stores  and  generated  approximately  $5.6 
million of cash.  The transaction did not result in a material gain or loss.  The lease,  which has been accounted for as an operating 

lease, calls for an initial term of 15 years with three five-year renewal options. 

We  issued  stand-by  letters  of  credit  provided  by  a  $200  million  sub  limit  under  the  Credit  Facility  that  reduced  our  available 
borrowings.  Those letters of credit were issued primarily to satisfy the requirements of workers compensation, general liability and 

other insurance policies.  Substantially all of the outstanding letters of credit had a one-year term from the date of issuance.  Letters of 
credit totaling $71.2 million and $72.3 million were outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 

Deferred income taxes and commitments with various vendors for the purchase of inventory are included in “Other liabilities” on our 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  but  are  not  reflected  in  the  table  below  due  to  the  absence  of  scheduled  maturities,  the  nature  of  the 
account or the commitment’s cancellation terms.  Due to the absence of scheduled maturities, the timing of certain of these payments 
cannot  be  determined,  except  for  amounts  estimated  to  be  payable  in  2011,  which  are  included  in  “Current  liabilities”  on  our 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Our  contractual  obligations  as  of  December  31,  2010,  included  commitments  for  future  payments  under  non-cancelable  lease 
arrangements, short and long-term debt arrangements, interest payments related to long-term debt, fixed payments related to interest 
rate swaps and purchase obligations for construction contract commitments, which are summarized in the table below and are fully 
disclosed in Note 4 “Long-Term Debt” and Note 6 “Commitments” to the consolidated financial statements.  We expect to fund these 
commitments  primarily  with  operating  cash  flows  generated  in  the  normal  course  of  business  or  through  borrowings  under  our 
Revolver. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

Contractual Obligations: 
Long-term debt principal and interest payments (1)(2)(3) 
Payments under interest rate swap agreements 
Future minimum lease payments under capital leases (4) 
Future minimum lease payments under operating leases (4) 
Other obligations 
Self-insurance reserves (5) 
Construction commitments 

$ 

Payments Due By Period 

Before 1 
Year 

1 to 2 
Years 
(In thousands) 

3 to 4 
Years 

Years 5 
and Over 

$ 

87 
4,768 
1,518 
219,941 
600 
53,416 
64,816 

$  356,000 
- 
1,071 
381,106 
1,200 
29,038 
- 

$ 

- 
- 
254 
276,108 
1,200 
14,260 
- 

$ 

- 
- 
95 
630,402 
600 
12,637 
- 

Total 

356,087 
4,768 
2,938 
1,507,557 
3,600 
109,351 
64,816 

Total contractual cash obligations 

$ 

2,049,117 

   $  345,146 

   $  768,415 

$  291,822 

   $  643,734 

(1)  At December 31, 2010, we had borrowings of $106 million under our secured Credit Facility, which were not covered under an interest rate swap agreement, 
with interest rates ranging from 2.31% to 4.25%.  At December 31, 2009, we had borrowings of $279 million under our Credit Facility, which were not 
covered under an interest rate swap agreement, with interest rates ranging from 2.50% to 4.50%.  During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we 
incurred interest expense of $16 million and $23 million, respectively, as a result of borrowings under our secured Credit Facility, which were not covered 
under an interest rate swap agreement.  See Note 4 “Long-Term Debt” to the consolidated financial statements for further information. 

(2)  On January 14, 2011, we entered into a new credit agreement for a five-year $750 million Revolver, which matures in January of 2016.  Borrowings under 
the Revolver (other than swing line loans) bear interest, at our option, at either the Base Rate or Eurodollar Rate (both as defined in the agreement) plus a 
margin, that will vary from 1.325% to 2.500% in the case of loans bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate and 0.325% to 1.500% in the case of loans bearing 
interest at the Base Rate, in each case based upon the ratings assigned to our debt by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Rating Services.  
Swing line loans made under the Revolver bear interest at the Base Rate plus the applicable margin described above.  In addition, we pay a facility fee on the 
aggregate amount of the commitments in an amount equal to a percentage of such commitments, varying from 0.175% to 0.500% based upon the ratings 
assigned to our debt by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Rating Services.  The Revolver replaced the secured Credit Facility. 

(3)  On  January  14,  2011,  we  issued  $500  million  of  unsecured  4.875%  Senior  Notes  which  are  due  on  January  14,  2021.    The  estimated  annual  interest 
payments for the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes are expected to be approximately $24 million.  The principal amount and estimated annual interest payments are 
not included in the above table of contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010.  

(4)  The minimum lease payments above do not include certain tax, insurance and maintenance costs, which are also required contractual obligations under our 
operating  leases  but  are  generally  not  fixed  and  can  fluctuate  from  year  to  year.    These  expenses  historically  average  approximately  20%  of  the 
corresponding lease payments. 

(5)  We use various self-insurance mechanisms to provide for potential liabilities from workers’ compensation, vehicle and general liability, and employee health 
care  benefits.    These  liabilities  are  recorded  on  our  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  at  our  estimate  of  their  net  present  value  and  do  not  have  scheduled 
maturities, however we can estimate the timing of future payments based upon historical patterns. 

We  record  a  reserve  for  potential  liabilities  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions,  including  estimated  interest  and  penalties.    These 
estimates  are  not  included  in  the  above  table  because  the  timing  related  to  the  ultimate  resolution  or  settlement  of  these  positions 
cannot be determined.  As of December 31, 2010, we recorded a liability of $41.3 million related to these uncertain tax positions on 
our Consolidated Balance Sheets, all of which was included as a component of “Other liabilities”.   

38 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES 

The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires the application of certain estimates and judgments by 
management.  Management bases its assumptions, estimates, and adjustments on historical experience, current trends and other factors 
believed to be relevant at the time the consolidated financial statements are prepared.  Management believes that the following policies 
are  critical  due  to  the  inherent  uncertainty  of  these  matters  and  the  complex  and  subjective  judgments  required  to  establish  these 
estimates.  Management continues to review these critical accounting policies and estimates to ensure that the consolidated financial 
statements are presented fairly in accordance with GAAP.  However, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates 
and such differences could be material. 

•  Vendor concessions – We receive concessions from our vendors through a variety of programs and arrangements, including co-
operative advertising, allowances for warranties, merchandise allowances and volume purchase rebates.  Co-operative advertising 
allowances  that  are  incremental  to  our  advertising  program,  specific  to  a  product  or  event  and  identifiable  for  accounting 
purposes, are reported as a reduction of advertising expense in the period in which the advertising occurred.  All other material 
vendor  concessions  are  recognized  as  a  reduction  to  the  cost  of  inventory.    Amounts  receivable  from  vendors  also  include 
amounts  due  to  us  relating  to  vendor  purchases  and  product  returns.    Management  regularly  reviews  amounts  receivable  from 
vendors and assesses the need for a reserve for uncollectible amounts based on our evaluation of our vendors’ financial position 
and corresponding ability to meet their financial obligations.  Based on our historical results and current assessment, we have not 
recorded a reserve for uncollectible amounts in our consolidated financial statements, and we do not believe there is a reasonable 
likelihood that our ability to collect these amounts will differ from our expectations.  The eventual ability of our vendors to pay us 
the obliged amounts could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and  we  may be exposed to losses or gains that could be 
material. 

•  Self-Insurance Reserves – We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms to provide for potential liabilities 
from  workers’  compensation,  general  liability,  vehicle  liability,  property  loss,  and  employee  health  care  benefits.    With  the 
exception  of  employee  health  care  benefit  liabilities,  which  are  limited  by  the  design  of  these  plans,  we  obtain  third-party 
insurance coverage to limit our exposure for any individual workers’ compensation, general liability, vehicle liability or property 
loss claim.  When estimating our self-insurance liabilities, we consider a number of factors, including historical claims experience 
and  trend-lines,  projected  medical  and  legal  inflation,  and  growth  patterns  and  exposure  forecasts.    The  assumptions  made  by 
management  as  they  relate  to  each  of  these  factors  represent  our  judgment  as  to  the  most  probable  cumulative  impact  of  each 
factor to our future obligations.  Our calculation of self-insurance liabilities requires management to apply judgment to estimate 
the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and claims incurred but not yet reported as of the balance sheet date and the application 
of alternative assumptions could result in a different estimate of these liabilities.  Actual claim activity or development may vary 
from  our  assumptions  and  estimates,  which  may  result  in  material  losses  or  gains.    As  we  obtain  additional  information  that 
affects the assumptions and estimates we used to recognize liabilities for claims incurred in prior accounting periods, we adjust 
our self-insurance liabilities to reflect the revised estimates based on this additional information.  These liabilities are recorded at 
our estimate of their net present value.  These liabilities do not have scheduled maturities, but we can estimate the timing of future 
payments  based  upon  historical  patterns.    We  could  apply  alternative  assumptions  regarding  the  timing  of  payments  or  the 
applicable  discount  rate  that  could  result  in  materially  different  estimates  of  the  net  present  value  of  the  liabilities.    If  self-
insurance reserves were changed 10% from our estimated reserves at December 31, 2010, the financial impact would have been 
approximately $10 million or 1.5% of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

•  Accounts  Receivable  –  We  provide  credit  to  our  commercial  customers  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.    We  estimate  the 
allowance for doubtful accounts on these receivables based on historical loss ratios and other relevant factors.  Actual results have 
consistently been within management’s expectations, and we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a 
material  change  in  the  future  that  will  require  a  significant  change  in  the  assumptions  or  estimates  we  use  to  calculate  our 
allowance for doubtful accounts.  However, if actual results differ from our estimates, we may be exposed to losses or gains.  If 
the allowance for doubtful accounts were changed 10% from our estimated allowance at December 31, 2010, the financial impact 
would have been approximately $0.8 million or 0.1% of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

•  Taxes – We operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions.  These audits can involve 
complex issues, which may require an extended period of time to resolve.  We regularly review our potential tax liabilities for tax 
years  subject  to  audit.    The  amount  of  such  liabilities  is  based  on  various  factors,  such  as  differing  interpretations  of  tax 
regulations by the responsible tax authority, experience with previous tax audits and applicable tax law rulings.  Changes in our 
tax liability may occur in the future as our assessments change based on the progress of tax examinations in various jurisdictions 
and/or changes in tax regulations.  In management’s opinion, adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all years 
presented.  The estimates of our potential tax liabilities contain uncertainties because management must use judgment to estimate 
the exposures associated with our various tax positions and actual results could differ from our estimates.  Alternatively, we could 
have applied assumptions regarding the eventual outcome of the resolution of open tax positions that could differ from our current 
estimates  but  that  would  still  be  reasonable  given  the  nature  of  a  particular  position.    While  our  estimates  are  subject  to  the 
uncertainty  noted  in  the  preceding  discussion,  our  initial  estimates  of  our  potential  tax  liabilities  have  historically  not  been 

materially different from actual results except in instances where we have reversed liabilities that were recorded for periods that 

were subsequently closed with the applicable taxing authority.   

• 

Inventory Obsolescence and Shrink – Inventory, which consists of automotive hard parts, maintenance items, accessories and 

tools,  is  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market.    The  extended  nature  of  the  life  cycle  of  our  products  is  such  that  the  risk  of 

obsolescence of our inventory is minimal.  The products that we sell generally have applications in our markets for a relatively 

long  period  of  time  in  conjunction  with  the  corresponding  vehicle  population.    We  have  developed  sophisticated  systems  for 

monitoring the life cycle of a given product and, accordingly, have historically been very successful in adjusting the volume of 

our inventory in conjunction with a decrease in demand.  We do record a reserve to reduce the carrying value of our inventory 

through a charge to cost of sales in the isolated instances where we believe that the market value of a product line is lower than 

our recorded cost.  This reserve is based on our assumptions about the marketability of our existing inventory and is subject to 

uncertainty to the extent that we must estimate, at a given point in time, the market value of inventory that will be sold in future 

periods.  Ultimately, our projections could differ from actual results and could result in a material impact to our stated inventory 

balances.  We have historically not had to materially adjust our obsolescence reserves due to the factors discussed above and do 

not anticipate that we will experience material changes in our estimates in the future.   

We also record a reserve to reduce the carrying value of our perpetual inventory to account for quantities in our perpetual records 

above the actual existing quantities on hand caused by unrecorded shrink.  We estimate this reserve based on the results of our 

extensive and frequent cycle counting programs and periodic, full physical inventories at our stores and DCs.  To the extent that 

our  estimates  do  not  accurately  reflect  the  actual  unrecorded  inventory  shrinkage,  we  could  potentially  experience  a  material 

impact to our inventory balances.  We have historically been able to provide a timely and accurate measurement of shrink and 

have  not  experienced  material  adjustments  to  our  estimates.    If  unrecorded  shrink  changed  10%  from  the  estimate  that  we 

recorded  based  on  our  historical  experience  at  December  31,  2010,  the  financial  impact  would  have  been  approximately  $0.6 

million or 0.1% of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2010.   

•  Valuation  of  Long-Lived  Assets  and  Goodwill  -  We  evaluate  the  carrying  value  of  long-lived  assets  whenever  events  or 

changes in circumstances indicate that a potential impairment has occurred.  As part of the evaluation, we review performance at 

the store level to identify any stores with current period operating losses that should be considered for impairment.  A potential 

impairment has occurred if the projected future undiscounted cash flows realized from the best possible use of the asset are less 

than the carrying value of the asset.  The estimate of cash flows includes management’s assumptions of cash inflows and outflows 

directly  resulting  from  the  use  of  that  asset  in  operations.  If  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  exceeds  its  estimated  future  cash 

flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the 

assets.    Our  impairment  analyses  contain  estimates  due  to  the  inherently  judgmental  nature  of  forecasting  long-term  estimated 

cash flows and determining the ultimate useful lives and fair values of the assets. Actual results could differ from these estimates, 

which could materially impact our impairment assessment.  

We  review  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  for  impairment  annually  on  December  31,  or  when  events  or  changes  in 

circumstances indicate the carrying value of these assets might exceed their current fair values.  We have not historically recorded 

an impairment to our goodwill or intangible assets.  The process of evaluating goodwill for impairment involves the determination 

of the fair value of our Company using the market approach.  Inherent in such fair value determinations are certain judgments and 

estimates, including estimates which incorporate assumptions marketplace participants would use in making their estimates of fair 

value.  In the future, if events or market conditions affect the estimated fair value to the extent that an asset is impaired, we will 

adjust the carrying value of these assets in the period in which the impairment occurs, however, we do not believe there has been 

any change of events or circumstances that would indicate that a reevaluation of goodwill or other intangible assets is required as 

of December 31, 2010, nor do we believe goodwill or any other intangible assets are at risk of failing impairment testing.  If the 

price  of  O’Reilly  stock,  which  was  a  primary  input  used  to  determine  the  Company’s  market  capitalization  during  step  one  of 

goodwill impairment testing, changed by 10% from the value used during testing, the results and our conclusions would not have 

changed and no further steps would have been required. 

•  Closed Property Reserves – We maintain reserves  for closed stores and other properties that are  no longer utilized in current 

operations.  We accrue for closed property operating lease liabilities using a credit-adjusted discount rate to calculate the present 

value of the remaining non-cancelable lease payments, contractual occupancy costs and lease termination fees after the closing 

date,  net  of  estimated  sublease  income.    The  closed  property  lease  liabilities  are  expected  to  be  paid  over  the  remaining  lease 

terms.  We estimate sublease income and future cash flows based on our experience and knowledge of the market in which the 

closed  property  is  located,  our  previous  efforts  to  dispose  of  similar  assets  and  existing  economic  conditions.    Adjustments  to 

closed property reserves are  made to reflect changes in estimated  sublease income or actual exit costs  from original  estimates.  

Adjustments are made for changes in estimates in the period in which the changes become known.  If closed property reserves 

were changed 10% from our estimated reserves at December 31, 2010, the financial impact would have been approximately $2 

million or 0.3% of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2010.   

•  Legal Reserves – We maintain reserves for expenses associated with litigation for which O’Reilly is currently involved.  We are 

currently  involved  in  litigation  incidental  to  the  ordinary  conduct  of  our  business  as  well  as  resolving  the  governmental 

40 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES 

The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires the application of certain estimates and judgments by 
management.  Management bases its assumptions, estimates, and adjustments on historical experience, current trends and other factors 
believed to be relevant at the time the consolidated financial statements are prepared.  Management believes that the following policies 
are  critical  due  to  the  inherent  uncertainty  of  these  matters  and  the  complex  and  subjective  judgments  required  to  establish  these 
estimates.  Management continues to review these critical accounting policies and estimates to ensure that the consolidated financial 
statements are presented fairly in accordance with GAAP.  However, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates 

and such differences could be material. 

•  Vendor concessions – We receive concessions from our vendors through a variety of programs and arrangements, including co-
operative advertising, allowances for warranties, merchandise allowances and volume purchase rebates.  Co-operative advertising 
allowances  that  are  incremental  to  our  advertising  program,  specific  to  a  product  or  event  and  identifiable  for  accounting 
purposes, are reported as a reduction of advertising expense in the period in which the advertising occurred.  All other material 
vendor  concessions  are  recognized  as  a  reduction  to  the  cost  of  inventory.    Amounts  receivable  from  vendors  also  include 
amounts  due  to  us  relating  to  vendor  purchases  and  product  returns.    Management  regularly  reviews  amounts  receivable  from 
vendors and assesses the need for a reserve for uncollectible amounts based on our evaluation of our vendors’ financial position 
and corresponding ability to meet their financial obligations.  Based on our historical results and current assessment, we have not 
recorded a reserve for uncollectible amounts in our consolidated financial statements, and we do not believe there is a reasonable 
likelihood that our ability to collect these amounts will differ from our expectations.  The eventual ability of our vendors to pay us 
the obliged amounts could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and  we  may be exposed to losses or gains that could be 

material. 

•  Self-Insurance Reserves – We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms to provide for potential liabilities 
from  workers’  compensation,  general  liability,  vehicle  liability,  property  loss,  and  employee  health  care  benefits.    With  the 
exception  of  employee  health  care  benefit  liabilities,  which  are  limited  by  the  design  of  these  plans,  we  obtain  third-party 
insurance coverage to limit our exposure for any individual workers’ compensation, general liability, vehicle liability or property 
loss claim.  When estimating our self-insurance liabilities, we consider a number of factors, including historical claims experience 
and  trend-lines,  projected  medical  and  legal  inflation,  and  growth  patterns  and  exposure  forecasts.    The  assumptions  made  by 
management  as  they  relate  to  each  of  these  factors  represent  our  judgment  as  to  the  most  probable  cumulative  impact  of  each 
factor to our future obligations.  Our calculation of self-insurance liabilities requires management to apply judgment to estimate 
the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and claims incurred but not yet reported as of the balance sheet date and the application 
of alternative assumptions could result in a different estimate of these liabilities.  Actual claim activity or development may vary 
from  our  assumptions  and  estimates,  which  may  result  in  material  losses  or  gains.    As  we  obtain  additional  information  that 
affects the assumptions and estimates we used to recognize liabilities for claims incurred in prior accounting periods, we adjust 
our self-insurance liabilities to reflect the revised estimates based on this additional information.  These liabilities are recorded at 
our estimate of their net present value.  These liabilities do not have scheduled maturities, but we can estimate the timing of future 
payments  based  upon  historical  patterns.    We  could  apply  alternative  assumptions  regarding  the  timing  of  payments  or  the 
applicable  discount  rate  that  could  result  in  materially  different  estimates  of  the  net  present  value  of  the  liabilities.    If  self-
insurance reserves were changed 10% from our estimated reserves at December 31, 2010, the financial impact would have been 

approximately $10 million or 1.5% of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

•  Accounts  Receivable  –  We  provide  credit  to  our  commercial  customers  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.    We  estimate  the 
allowance for doubtful accounts on these receivables based on historical loss ratios and other relevant factors.  Actual results have 
consistently been within management’s expectations, and we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a 
material  change  in  the  future  that  will  require  a  significant  change  in  the  assumptions  or  estimates  we  use  to  calculate  our 
allowance for doubtful accounts.  However, if actual results differ from our estimates, we may be exposed to losses or gains.  If 
the allowance for doubtful accounts were changed 10% from our estimated allowance at December 31, 2010, the financial impact 

would have been approximately $0.8 million or 0.1% of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

•  Taxes – We operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions.  These audits can involve 
complex issues, which may require an extended period of time to resolve.  We regularly review our potential tax liabilities for tax 
years  subject  to  audit.    The  amount  of  such  liabilities  is  based  on  various  factors,  such  as  differing  interpretations  of  tax 
regulations by the responsible tax authority, experience with previous tax audits and applicable tax law rulings.  Changes in our 
tax liability may occur in the future as our assessments change based on the progress of tax examinations in various jurisdictions 
and/or changes in tax regulations.  In management’s opinion, adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all years 
presented.  The estimates of our potential tax liabilities contain uncertainties because management must use judgment to estimate 
the exposures associated with our various tax positions and actual results could differ from our estimates.  Alternatively, we could 
have applied assumptions regarding the eventual outcome of the resolution of open tax positions that could differ from our current 
estimates  but  that  would  still  be  reasonable  given  the  nature  of  a  particular  position.    While  our  estimates  are  subject  to  the 
uncertainty  noted  in  the  preceding  discussion,  our  initial  estimates  of  our  potential  tax  liabilities  have  historically  not  been 

materially different from actual results except in instances where we have reversed liabilities that were recorded for periods that 
were subsequently closed with the applicable taxing authority.   

• 

Inventory Obsolescence and Shrink – Inventory, which consists of automotive hard parts, maintenance items, accessories and 
tools,  is  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market.    The  extended  nature  of  the  life  cycle  of  our  products  is  such  that  the  risk  of 
obsolescence of our inventory is minimal.  The products that we sell generally have applications in our markets for a relatively 
long  period  of  time  in  conjunction  with  the  corresponding  vehicle  population.    We  have  developed  sophisticated  systems  for 
monitoring the life cycle of a given product and, accordingly, have historically been very successful in adjusting the volume of 
our inventory in conjunction with a decrease in demand.  We do record a reserve to reduce the carrying value of our inventory 
through a charge to cost of sales in the isolated instances where we believe that the market value of a product line is lower than 
our recorded cost.  This reserve is based on our assumptions about the marketability of our existing inventory and is subject to 
uncertainty to the extent that we must estimate, at a given point in time, the market value of inventory that will be sold in future 
periods.  Ultimately, our projections could differ from actual results and could result in a material impact to our stated inventory 
balances.  We have historically not had to materially adjust our obsolescence reserves due to the factors discussed above and do 
not anticipate that we will experience material changes in our estimates in the future.   

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

We also record a reserve to reduce the carrying value of our perpetual inventory to account for quantities in our perpetual records 
above the actual existing quantities on hand caused by unrecorded shrink.  We estimate this reserve based on the results of our 
extensive and frequent cycle counting programs and periodic, full physical inventories at our stores and DCs.  To the extent that 
our  estimates  do  not  accurately  reflect  the  actual  unrecorded  inventory  shrinkage,  we  could  potentially  experience  a  material 
impact to our inventory balances.  We have historically been able to provide a timely and accurate measurement of shrink and 
have  not  experienced  material  adjustments  to  our  estimates.    If  unrecorded  shrink  changed  10%  from  the  estimate  that  we 
recorded  based  on  our  historical  experience  at  December  31,  2010,  the  financial  impact  would  have  been  approximately  $0.6 
million or 0.1% of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2010.   

•  Valuation  of  Long-Lived  Assets  and  Goodwill  -  We  evaluate  the  carrying  value  of  long-lived  assets  whenever  events  or 
changes in circumstances indicate that a potential impairment has occurred.  As part of the evaluation, we review performance at 
the store level to identify any stores with current period operating losses that should be considered for impairment.  A potential 
impairment has occurred if the projected future undiscounted cash flows realized from the best possible use of the asset are less 
than the carrying value of the asset.  The estimate of cash flows includes management’s assumptions of cash inflows and outflows 
directly  resulting  from  the  use  of  that  asset  in  operations.  If  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  exceeds  its  estimated  future  cash 
flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the 
assets.    Our  impairment  analyses  contain  estimates  due  to  the  inherently  judgmental  nature  of  forecasting  long-term  estimated 
cash flows and determining the ultimate useful lives and fair values of the assets. Actual results could differ from these estimates, 
which could materially impact our impairment assessment.  

We  review  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  for  impairment  annually  on  December  31,  or  when  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate the carrying value of these assets might exceed their current fair values.  We have not historically recorded 
an impairment to our goodwill or intangible assets.  The process of evaluating goodwill for impairment involves the determination 
of the fair value of our Company using the market approach.  Inherent in such fair value determinations are certain judgments and 
estimates, including estimates which incorporate assumptions marketplace participants would use in making their estimates of fair 
value.  In the future, if events or market conditions affect the estimated fair value to the extent that an asset is impaired, we will 
adjust the carrying value of these assets in the period in which the impairment occurs, however, we do not believe there has been 
any change of events or circumstances that would indicate that a reevaluation of goodwill or other intangible assets is required as 
of December 31, 2010, nor do we believe goodwill or any other intangible assets are at risk of failing impairment testing.  If the 
price  of  O’Reilly  stock,  which  was  a  primary  input  used  to  determine  the  Company’s  market  capitalization  during  step  one  of 
goodwill impairment testing, changed by 10% from the value used during testing, the results and our conclusions would not have 
changed and no further steps would have been required. 

•  Closed Property Reserves – We maintain reserves  for closed stores and other properties that are  no longer utilized in current 
operations.  We accrue for closed property operating lease liabilities using a credit-adjusted discount rate to calculate the present 
value of the remaining non-cancelable lease payments, contractual occupancy costs and lease termination fees after the closing 
date,  net  of  estimated  sublease  income.    The  closed  property  lease  liabilities  are  expected  to  be  paid  over  the  remaining  lease 
terms.  We estimate sublease income and future cash flows based on our experience and knowledge of the market in which the 
closed  property  is  located,  our  previous  efforts  to  dispose  of  similar  assets  and  existing  economic  conditions.    Adjustments  to 
closed property reserves are  made to reflect changes in estimated  sublease income or actual exit costs  from original  estimates.  
Adjustments are made for changes in estimates in the period in which the changes become known.  If closed property reserves 
were changed 10% from our estimated reserves at December 31, 2010, the financial impact would have been approximately $2 
million or 0.3% of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2010.   

•  Legal Reserves – We maintain reserves for expenses associated with litigation for which O’Reilly is currently involved.  We are 
currently  involved  in  litigation  incidental  to  the  ordinary  conduct  of  our  business  as  well  as  resolving  the  governmental 

40 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
beginning after December 15, 2009, with the exception of  the new  Level 3 activity disclosures,  which are effective  for interim  and 
annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2010.    The  adoption  of  the  new  guidance  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  The adoption of the new Level 3 guidance is required in 2011 and 
is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

investigations and litigation that are being conducted against CSK and certain of its former employees for alleged conduct relating 
to periods prior to the acquisition date.  As a result of the acquisition, we expect to continue to incur ongoing legal fees related to 
such investigations, litigation and indemnity obligations.  Our legal reserve was principally recorded as an assumed liability in our 
allocation  of  the  purchase  price  of  CSK.    Management,  with  the  assistance  of  outside  legal  counsel,  must  make  estimates  of 
potential legal obligations and possible liabilities arising from such litigation and records reserves for these expenditures.  If legal 
reserves  were  changed  10%  from  our  estimated  reserves  at  December  31,  2010,  the  financial  impact  would  have  been 
approximately $4.3 million or 0.6% of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

INFLATION AND SEASONALITY  

For  the  last  three  fiscal  years,  we  have  been  successful,  in  many  cases,  in  reducing  the  effects  of  merchandise  cost  increases 
principally by taking advantage of vendor incentive programs, economies of scale resulting from increased volume of purchases and 
selective forward buying.  To the extent our acquisition cost increased due to base commodity price increases industry-wide, we have 
typically been able to pass along these increased costs through higher retail prices for the affected products.  As a result, we do not 
believe our operations have been materially, adversely affected by inflation. 

To some extent, our business is seasonal primarily as a result of the impact of weather conditions on customer buying patterns.  While 
we have historically realized operating profits in each quarter of the year, our store sales and profits have historically been higher in 
the second and third quarters (April through September) than in the first and fourth quarters (October through March) of the year. 

QUARTERLY RESULTS 

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  quarterly  unaudited  operating  data  for  fiscal  2010  and  2009.    The  unaudited  quarterly 
information includes all adjustments which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the information shown.  

The unaudited operating data presented below should be read in conjunction  with our consolidated financial statements and related 
notes included elsewhere in this annual report, and the other financial information included therein. 

Comparable store sales 
Sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Gain on settlement of note receivable 
Net income 
Earnings per share – basic  
Earnings per share – assuming dilution 

Comparable store sales 
Sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Net income 
Earnings per share – basic  
Earnings per share – assuming dilution 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

Fiscal 2010 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

(In thousands, except per share and comparable store sales data) 

6.9% 
$  1,280,067 
618,347 
168,445 
- 
97,476 
0.71 
0.70 

7.9% 
  $  1,381,241 
672,633 
181,164 
- 
99,595 
0.72 
0.71 

11.1% 
  $  1,425,887 
693,415 
199,031 
- 
116,542 
0.84 
0.82 

9.2% 
  $  1,310,330 
636,597 
164,136 
11,639 
105,760 
0.76 
0.74 

Fiscal 2009 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

(In thousands, except per share and comparable store sales data) 

5.7% 
$  1,163,749 
542,670 
113,336 
62,835 
0.47 
0.46 

4.8% 
  $  1,251,377 
603,769 
149,675 
85,515 
0.63 
0.62 

5.3% 
  $  1,258,239 
610,555 
149,196 
87,225 
0.64 
0.63 

2.7% 
  $  1,173,697 
569,534 
125,412 
71,923 
0.52 
0.52 

In  January of  2010,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (“FASB”)  issued  ASU  No.  2010-06, Fair  Value  Measurements  and 
Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (“ASU 2010-06”).  ASU 2010-06 amends Subtopic 
820-10, requiring additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements such as transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2, as well as 
separate disclosures about activity relating to Level 3 measurements.  ASU 2010-06 clarifies existing disclosure requirements related 
to  the  level  of  disaggregation  and  input  valuation  techniques.    The  updated  guidance  is  effective  for  interim  and  annual  periods 

42 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
beginning after December 15, 2009, with the exception of  the new  Level 3 activity disclosures,  which are effective  for interim  and 
annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2010.    The  adoption  of  the  new  guidance  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  The adoption of the new Level 3 guidance is required in 2011 and 
is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

investigations and litigation that are being conducted against CSK and certain of its former employees for alleged conduct relating 
to periods prior to the acquisition date.  As a result of the acquisition, we expect to continue to incur ongoing legal fees related to 
such investigations, litigation and indemnity obligations.  Our legal reserve was principally recorded as an assumed liability in our 
allocation  of  the  purchase  price  of  CSK.    Management,  with  the  assistance  of  outside  legal  counsel,  must  make  estimates  of 
potential legal obligations and possible liabilities arising from such litigation and records reserves for these expenditures.  If legal 
reserves  were  changed  10%  from  our  estimated  reserves  at  December  31,  2010,  the  financial  impact  would  have  been 

approximately $4.3 million or 0.6% of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

INFLATION AND SEASONALITY  

For  the  last  three  fiscal  years,  we  have  been  successful,  in  many  cases,  in  reducing  the  effects  of  merchandise  cost  increases 
principally by taking advantage of vendor incentive programs, economies of scale resulting from increased volume of purchases and 
selective forward buying.  To the extent our acquisition cost increased due to base commodity price increases industry-wide, we have 
typically been able to pass along these increased costs through higher retail prices for the affected products.  As a result, we do not 

believe our operations have been materially, adversely affected by inflation. 

To some extent, our business is seasonal primarily as a result of the impact of weather conditions on customer buying patterns.  While 
we have historically realized operating profits in each quarter of the year, our store sales and profits have historically been higher in 

the second and third quarters (April through September) than in the first and fourth quarters (October through March) of the year. 

QUARTERLY RESULTS 

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  quarterly  unaudited  operating  data  for  fiscal  2010  and  2009.    The  unaudited  quarterly 

information includes all adjustments which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the information shown.  

The unaudited operating data presented below should be read in conjunction  with our consolidated financial statements and related 

notes included elsewhere in this annual report, and the other financial information included therein. 

Comparable store sales 

Sales 

Gross profit 

Operating income 

Gain on settlement of note receivable 

Net income 

Earnings per share – basic  

Earnings per share – assuming dilution 

Comparable store sales 

Sales 

Gross profit 

Operating income 

Net income 

Earnings per share – basic  

Earnings per share – assuming dilution 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

Fiscal 2010 

First 

Quarter 

Second 

Quarter 

Third 

Quarter 

Fourth 

Quarter 

(In thousands, except per share and comparable store sales data) 

6.9% 

7.9% 

11.1% 

9.2% 

$  1,280,067 

  $  1,381,241 

  $  1,425,887 

  $  1,310,330 

618,347 

168,445 

- 

97,476 

0.71 

0.70 

672,633 

181,164 

- 

99,595 

0.72 

0.71 

693,415 

199,031 

- 

116,542 

0.84 

0.82 

636,597 

164,136 

11,639 

105,760 

0.76 

0.74 

Fiscal 2009 

First 

Quarter 

Second 

Quarter 

Third 

Quarter 

Fourth 

Quarter 

(In thousands, except per share and comparable store sales data) 

5.7% 

4.8% 

5.3% 

2.7% 

$  1,163,749 

  $  1,251,377 

  $  1,258,239 

  $  1,173,697 

542,670 

113,336 

62,835 

0.47 

0.46 

603,769 

149,675 

85,515 

0.63 

0.62 

610,555 

149,196 

87,225 

0.64 

0.63 

569,534 

125,412 

71,923 

0.52 

0.52 

In  January of  2010,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (“FASB”)  issued  ASU  No.  2010-06, Fair  Value  Measurements  and 
Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (“ASU 2010-06”).  ASU 2010-06 amends Subtopic 
820-10, requiring additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements such as transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2, as well as 
separate disclosures about activity relating to Level 3 measurements.  ASU 2010-06 clarifies existing disclosure requirements related 
to  the  level  of  disaggregation  and  input  valuation  techniques.    The  updated  guidance  is  effective  for  interim  and  annual  periods 

42 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

We are subject to interest rate risk to the extent we borrow against our credit facilities with variable interest rates.  We had potential 
interest rate exposure with respect to the $356 million outstanding balance on our variable interest rate debt at December 31, 2010; 
however, from time to time, we  had entered into interest rate swaps to reduce this exposure.  On July 24, 2008, October 14, 2008, 
November 24, 2008, and January 21, 2010, we reduced our exposure to changes in interest rates by entering into interest rate swap 
contracts (“the Swaps”)  with  a total notional amount of $450 million.   The interest rate  swap transaction  that  we entered into  with 
BBT on July 24, 2008, for $100 million matured on August 1, 2010; the interest rate swap transaction that we entered into with BBT 
on October 14, 2008, for $25 million and was scheduled to mature on October 17, 2010, was terminated at our request on September 
16, 2010; the interest rate swap transactions we entered into with BBT, BA and/or SunTrust on October 14, 2008, totaling $75 million, 
matured  on  October  17,  2010,  bringing  the  total  notional  amount  of  swapped  debt  to  $250  million  as  of  December  31,  2010.   The 
Swaps represented contracts to exchange a floating rate for fixed interest payments periodically over the life of the swap agreement 
without  exchange  of  the  underlying  notional  amount.    The  notional  amount  of  the  swap  is  used  to  measure  interest  to  be  paid  or 
received and does not represent the amount of exposure to credit loss. 

If interest rates increased or decreased by 100 basis points, annualized interest expense and cash payments for interest would increase 
or decrease by approximately $1.1 million ($0.7 million after tax), based on our exposure to interest rate changes on variable rate debt 
that is not covered by the Swaps.  This analysis does not consider the effects of the change in the level of overall economic activity 
that could exist in an environment of adversely changing interest rates.  In the event of an adverse change in interest rates and to the 
extent that we have amounts outstanding under our variable interest rate credit facilities, management would likely take further actions 
that would seek to mitigate our exposure to interest rate risk. 

The  interest  rate  contracts  are  derivative  instruments  which  have  been  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges.    We  do  not  hold  or  issue 
derivative financials instruments for trading purposes.   

All  of  the  interest  rate  swap  transactions  that  existed  as  of  December  31,  2010,  for  a  total  notional  amount  of  $250  million,  were 
terminated at the Company’s request on January 14, 2011, concurrent with the closing and issuance of our 2011 4.875% Senior Notes. 

Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Index 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm: Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm: Financial Statements  

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

Consolidated Statements of Income 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

44 

45 

 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

We are subject to interest rate risk to the extent we borrow against our credit facilities with variable interest rates.  We had potential 
interest rate exposure with respect to the $356 million outstanding balance on our variable interest rate debt at December 31, 2010; 
however, from time to time, we  had entered into interest rate swaps to reduce this exposure.  On July 24, 2008, October 14, 2008, 
November 24, 2008, and January 21, 2010, we reduced our exposure to changes in interest rates by entering into interest rate swap 
contracts (“the Swaps”)  with  a total notional amount of $450 million.   The interest rate  swap transaction  that  we entered into  with 
BBT on July 24, 2008, for $100 million matured on August 1, 2010; the interest rate swap transaction that we entered into with BBT 
on October 14, 2008, for $25 million and was scheduled to mature on October 17, 2010, was terminated at our request on September 
16, 2010; the interest rate swap transactions we entered into with BBT, BA and/or SunTrust on October 14, 2008, totaling $75 million, 
matured  on  October  17,  2010,  bringing  the  total  notional  amount  of  swapped  debt  to  $250  million  as  of  December  31,  2010.   The 
Swaps represented contracts to exchange a floating rate for fixed interest payments periodically over the life of the swap agreement 
without  exchange  of  the  underlying  notional  amount.    The  notional  amount  of  the  swap  is  used  to  measure  interest  to  be  paid  or 

received and does not represent the amount of exposure to credit loss. 

Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Index 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm: Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm: Financial Statements  

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

Consolidated Statements of Income 

If interest rates increased or decreased by 100 basis points, annualized interest expense and cash payments for interest would increase 
or decrease by approximately $1.1 million ($0.7 million after tax), based on our exposure to interest rate changes on variable rate debt 
that is not covered by the Swaps.  This analysis does not consider the effects of the change in the level of overall economic activity 
that could exist in an environment of adversely changing interest rates.  In the event of an adverse change in interest rates and to the 
extent that we have amounts outstanding under our variable interest rate credit facilities, management would likely take further actions 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

that would seek to mitigate our exposure to interest rate risk. 

The  interest  rate  contracts  are  derivative  instruments  which  have  been  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges.    We  do  not  hold  or  issue 

derivative financials instruments for trading purposes.   

All  of  the  interest  rate  swap  transactions  that  existed  as  of  December  31,  2010,  for  a  total  notional  amount  of  $250  million,  were 
terminated at the Company’s request on January 14, 2011, concurrent with the closing and issuance of our 2011 4.875% Senior Notes. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

44 

45 

 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

The management of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”), under the supervision and with the participation of 
the  Company’s  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  and  effected  by  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors,  is 
responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.    The  Company’s  internal  control 
system  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. 

Internal control over financial reporting includes all policies and procedures that: 

• 

• 

• 

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the 
assets of the Company; 
provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  Company  are  being  made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and 
provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or  disposition  of  the 
Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Management  recognizes  that  all  internal  control  systems,  no  matter  how  well  designed,  have  inherent  limitations.    Therefore,  even 
those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance  with respect to financial statement preparation  and 
presentation.    Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  risk.    Over  time,  controls  may 
become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. 

Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  the  Company’s  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer, 
management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2010.    In 
making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission  (“COSO”)  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework.    Based  on  this  assessment,  management  believes  that  as  of 
December 31, 2010, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria. 

Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements 
and has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, as stated in their 
report which is included herein.   

/s/ Greg Henslee 
Greg Henslee 
Chief Executive Officer &  
Co-President 
February 28, 2011 

/s/ Thomas McFall 
Thomas McFall 
Executive Vice President of Finance &  
Chief Financial Officer 
February 28, 2011 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries  

We have audited O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based 
on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining 
effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of 
internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements. 
�
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States),  the 
consolidated  balance  sheets  as  of  December  31,  2010  and  2009,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  shareholders’ 
equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2010,  of  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  and 
Subsidiaries and our report dated February 28, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

   /s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

Kansas City, Missouri 
February 28, 2011 

46 

47 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

The management of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”), under the supervision and with the participation of 
the  Company’s  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  and  effected  by  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors,  is 
responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.    The  Company’s  internal  control 
system  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial 

statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. 

Internal control over financial reporting includes all policies and procedures that: 

• 

• 

• 

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the 

assets of the Company; 

provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  Company  are  being  made 

only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and 

provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or  disposition  of  the 

Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Management  recognizes  that  all  internal  control  systems,  no  matter  how  well  designed,  have  inherent  limitations.    Therefore,  even 
those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance  with respect to financial statement preparation  and 
presentation.    Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  risk.    Over  time,  controls  may 

become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. 

Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  the  Company’s  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer, 
management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2010.    In 
making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission  (“COSO”)  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework.    Based  on  this  assessment,  management  believes  that  as  of 

December 31, 2010, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria. 

Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements 
and has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, as stated in their 

report which is included herein.   

/s/ Greg Henslee 

Greg Henslee 

Chief Executive Officer &  

Co-President 

February 28, 2011 

/s/ Thomas McFall 

Thomas McFall 

Chief Financial Officer 

February 28, 2011 

Executive Vice President of Finance &  

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries  

We have audited O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based 
on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining 
effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of 
internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements. 
�
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States),  the 
consolidated  balance  sheets  as  of  December  31,  2010  and  2009,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  shareholders’ 
equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2010,  of  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  and 
Subsidiaries and our report dated February 28, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

   /s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

Kansas City, Missouri 
February 28, 2011 

46 

47 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries: 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of  O’Reilly  Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of  December 31, 
2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in 
the  period  ended  December  31,  2010.    Our  audits  also  included  the  financial  statement  schedule  listed  in  the  Index  at  Item  15(a).  
These  financial  statements  and  schedule  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.   Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an 
opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as 
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of 
O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of their operations and their 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles.  Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements 
taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), O’Reilly 
Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our 
report dated February 28, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

Kansas City, Missouri 
February 28, 2011 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

(In thousands, except share data) 

     Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $8,349 in  

Assets 

Current assets: 

     Cash and cash equivalents 

2010 and $6,795 in 2009 

     Amounts receivable from vendors 

     Inventory 

     Deferred income taxes 

     Other current assets 

               Total current assets 

Property and equipment, at cost 

Less:  accumulated depreciation and amortization 

               Net property and equipment 

Notes receivable, less current portion 

Goodwill 

Other assets, net 

Total assets 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

Current liabilities: 

     Accounts payable 

     Self-insurance reserves 

     Accrued payroll 

     Accrued benefits and withholdings 

     Income taxes payable 

     Other current liabilities 

     Current portion of long-term debt 

               Total current liabilities 

Long-term debt, less current portion 

Deferred income taxes 

Other liabilities 

Shareholders’ equity: 

     Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 

          Authorized shares – 5,000,000 

          Issued and outstanding shares – none 

     Common stock, $0.01 par value: 

          Authorized shares – 245,000,000 

          Issued and outstanding shares –  

          141,025,544 at December 31, 2010, and 

          137,468,063 at December 31, 2009 

Additional paid-in capital 

Retained earnings 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total shareholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

December 31, 

2010 

2009 

$ 

29,721 

  $ 

26,935 

121,807 

61,845 

2,023,488 

33,877 

30,514 

2,301,252 

2,705,434 

775,339 

1,930,095 

18,047 

743,975 

54,458 

51,192 

52,725 

45,542 

4,827 

177,505 

1,431 

1,228,958 

357,273 

68,736 

183,175 

107,887 

63,110 

1,913,218 

85,934 

29,635 

2,226,719 

2,353,240 

626,861 

1,726,379 

12,481 

744,313 

71,579 

55,348 

42,790 

44,295 

8,068 

143,781 

106,708 

1,219,143 

684,040 

18,321 

174,102 

$  5,047,827 

  $  4,781,471 

$ 

895,736 

  $ 

818,153 

- 

- 

1,410 

1,141,749 

2,069,496 

(2,970) 

3,209,685 

1,375 

1,042,329 

1,650,123 

(7,962) 

2,685,865 

$  5,047,827 

  $  4,781,471 

See accompanying Notes to consolidated financial statements.  

48 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries: 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of  O’Reilly  Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of  December 31, 
2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in 
the  period  ended  December  31,  2010.    Our  audits  also  included  the  financial  statement  schedule  listed  in  the  Index  at  Item  15(a).  
These  financial  statements  and  schedule  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.   Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an 

opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as 

evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of 
O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of their operations and their 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles.  Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements 

taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), O’Reilly 
Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our 

report dated February 28, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

Kansas City, Missouri 

February 28, 2011 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(In thousands, except share data) 

December 31, 

2010 

2009 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

Assets 
Current assets: 
     Cash and cash equivalents 
     Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $8,349 in  

2010 and $6,795 in 2009 

     Amounts receivable from vendors 
     Inventory 
     Deferred income taxes 
     Other current assets 
               Total current assets 

Property and equipment, at cost 
Less:  accumulated depreciation and amortization 
               Net property and equipment 

Notes receivable, less current portion 
Goodwill 
Other assets, net 
Total assets 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity 
Current liabilities: 
     Accounts payable 
     Self-insurance reserves 
     Accrued payroll 
     Accrued benefits and withholdings 
     Income taxes payable 
     Other current liabilities 
     Current portion of long-term debt 
               Total current liabilities 

Long-term debt, less current portion 
Deferred income taxes 
Other liabilities 

Shareholders’ equity: 
     Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 
          Authorized shares – 5,000,000 
          Issued and outstanding shares – none 
     Common stock, $0.01 par value: 
          Authorized shares – 245,000,000 
          Issued and outstanding shares –  
          141,025,544 at December 31, 2010, and 
          137,468,063 at December 31, 2009 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Total shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

$ 

29,721 

  $ 

26,935 

121,807 
61,845 
2,023,488 
33,877 
30,514 
2,301,252 

2,705,434 
775,339 
1,930,095 

107,887 
63,110 
1,913,218 
85,934 
29,635 
2,226,719 

2,353,240 
626,861 
1,726,379 

18,047 
743,975 
54,458 
$  5,047,827 

12,481 
744,313 
71,579 
  $  4,781,471 

$ 

895,736 
51,192 
52,725 
45,542 
4,827 
177,505 
1,431 
1,228,958 

357,273 
68,736 
183,175 

  $ 

818,153 
55,348 
42,790 
44,295 
8,068 
143,781 
106,708 
1,219,143 

684,040 
18,321 
174,102 

- 

- 

1,410 
1,141,749 
2,069,496 
(2,970) 
3,209,685 
$  5,047,827 

1,375 
1,042,329 
1,650,123 
(7,962) 
2,685,865 
  $  4,781,471 

See accompanying Notes to consolidated financial statements.  

48 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Income  
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity  

(In thousands) 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

Sales 
Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses 

$ 

Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Legacy CSK DOJ investigation charge 
Operating income 
Other income (expense): 
   Debt prepayment costs 
   Interim facility commitment fee 
   Interest expense 
   Interest income 
   Gain on settlement of note receivable 
   Other, net 
      Total other expense 
Income before income taxes  
Provision for income taxes 
Net income 

Earnings per share - basic: 

Earnings per share - basic 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic 

Earnings per share - assuming dilution: 

Earnings per share - assuming dilution 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Years ended December 31, 
2009 
4,847,062 
2,520,534 

$ 

$ 

2010 
5,397,525 
2,776,533 
2,620,992 
1,887,316 
20,900 
712,776 

- 
- 
(39,273) 
1,941 
11,639 
2,290 
(23,403) 
689,373 
270,000 
419,373 

$ 

2008 
3,576,553 
1,948,627 

1,627,926 
1,292,309 
- 
335,617 

(7,157) 
(4,150) 
(26,138) 
3,185 
- 
1,175 
(33,085) 
302,532 
116,300 
186,232 

2,326,528 
1,788,909 
- 
537,619 

- 
- 
(45,176) 
1,543 
- 
2,912 
(40,721) 
496,898 
189,400 
307,498 

$ 

3.02 

$ 

2.26 

$ 

138,654 

136,230 

1.50 

124,526 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - assuming dilution 

141,992 

137,882 

See accompanying Notes to consolidated financial statements.  

2.95 

$ 

2.23 

$ 

 Balance at December 31, 2009  

137,468 

$ 

1,375 

$ 

1,042,329 

$ 

1,650,123 

$ 

(7,962) 

$ 

2,685,865 

1.48 

125,413 

419,373 

419,373 

$ 

419,373 

4,992 

4,992 

4,992 

$ 

424,365 

Common Stock 

Shares 

Par 

Value 

Additional 

Paid-In 

Capital  

 Retained 

Earnings  

Accumulated 

Other 

Comprehensive 

Income (Loss) 

 Total 

 Comprehensive 

Income 

 Balance at December 31, 2007  

115,261 

$ 

1,153 

$ 

441,731 

$ 

1,156,393 

$ 

(6,800) 

$ 

1,592,477 

186,232 

186,232 

$ 

186,232 

(4,713) 

(4,713) 

(4,713) 

$ 

181,519 

 Balance at December 31, 2008 

134,829 

$ 

1,348 

$ 

949,758 

$ 

1,342,625 

$ 

(11,513) 

$ 

2,282,218 

307,498 

307,498 

$ 

307,498 

3,551 

3,551 

3,551 

$ 

311,049 

18,146 

181 

Net income   

Other comprehensive loss   

Comprehensive income   

Issuance of common stock under  

     employee benefit plans 

Issuance of common stock under  

     option plans 

Issued in CSK acquisition    

Excess tax benefit of stock options 

exercised 

Share based compensation  

Net income  

Other comprehensive income 

Comprehensive income  

Issuance of common stock under  

     employee benefit plans 

Issuance of common stock under stock  

     option plans 

Excess tax benefit of stock options 

exercised   

Share based compensation 

Fair value of equity component of  

     6 ¾% Senior Exchangeable Notes 

Net income  

Other comprehensive income 

Comprehensive income  

Issuance of common stock under             

employee benefit plans 

Issuance of common stock under stock  

     option plans 

Excess tax benefit of stock options 

exercised 

- 

- 

546 

876 

-- 

-- 

- 

- 

393 

2,246 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

194 

2,332 

Share based compensation 

Exchange of 6 ¾% Senior 

     Exchangeable Notes by Holders 

1,032 

- 

- 

5 

9 

-- 

-- 

- 

- 

4 

23 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2 

23 

- 

- 

10 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

13,710 

18,277 

465,645 

1,573 

8,822 

12,969 

54,049 

9,043 

14,410 

2,100 

7,860 

56,827 

18,419 

16,052 

262 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

13,715 

18,286 

465,826 

1,573 

8,822 

12,973 

54,072 

9,043 

14,410 

2,100 

7,862 

56,850 

18,419 

16,052 

272 

 Balance at December 31, 2010 

141,026 

$ 

1,410 

$ 

1,141,749 

$ 

2,069,496 

$ 

(2,970) 

$ 

3,209,685 

See accompanying Notes to consolidated financial statements.  

50 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Consolidated Statements of Income  

(In thousands, except per share data) 

Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses 

Sales 

Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Legacy CSK DOJ investigation charge 

Operating income 

Other income (expense): 

   Debt prepayment costs 

   Interim facility commitment fee 

   Interest expense 

   Interest income 

   Gain on settlement of note receivable 

   Other, net 

      Total other expense 

Income before income taxes  

Provision for income taxes 

Net income 

Earnings per share - basic: 

Earnings per share - basic 

537,619 

335,617 

Years ended December 31, 

$ 

5,397,525 

$ 

$ 

2010 

2,776,533 

2,620,992 

1,887,316 

20,900 

712,776 

- 

- 

(39,273) 

1,941 

11,639 

2,290 

(23,403) 

689,373 

270,000 

419,373 

2009 

4,847,062 

2,520,534 

2,326,528 

1,788,909 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(45,176) 

1,543 

2,912 

(40,721) 

496,898 

189,400 

307,498 

$ 

$ 

2008 

3,576,553 

1,948,627 

1,627,926 

1,292,309 

- 

(7,157) 

(4,150) 

(26,138) 

3,185 

- 

1,175 

(33,085) 

302,532 

116,300 

186,232 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic 

3.02 

$ 

2.26 

$ 

138,654 

136,230 

1.50 

124,526 

Earnings per share - assuming dilution: 

Earnings per share - assuming dilution 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - assuming dilution 

141,992 

137,882 

2.95 

$ 

2.23 

$ 

1.48 

125,413 

See accompanying Notes to consolidated financial statements.  

$ 

$ 

$ 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity  
(In thousands) 

Common Stock 
Par 
Value 

Shares 

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital  

 Retained 
Earnings  

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

 Total 

 Comprehensive 
Income 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

 Balance at December 31, 2007  

115,261 

$ 

1,153 

$ 

441,731 

$ 

1,156,393 

$ 

(6,800) 

$ 

1,592,477 

Net income   

Other comprehensive loss   

Comprehensive income   
Issuance of common stock under  
     employee benefit plans 
Issuance of common stock under  
     option plans 

Issued in CSK acquisition    
Excess tax benefit of stock options 
exercised 

Share based compensation  

- 

- 

546 

876 

- 

- 

5 

9 

18,146 

181 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

- 

- 

13,710 

18,277 

465,645 

1,573 

8,822 

186,232 

- 

186,232 

$ 

186,232 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(4,713) 

(4,713) 

(4,713) 

$ 

181,519 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

13,715 

18,286 

465,826 

1,573 

8,822 

 Balance at December 31, 2008 

134,829 

$ 

1,348 

$ 

949,758 

$ 

1,342,625 

$ 

(11,513) 

$ 

2,282,218 

Net income  

Other comprehensive income 

Comprehensive income  
Issuance of common stock under  
     employee benefit plans 
Issuance of common stock under stock  
     option plans 
Excess tax benefit of stock options 
exercised   

Share based compensation 
Fair value of equity component of  
     6 ¾% Senior Exchangeable Notes 

- 

- 

393 

2,246 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

4 

23 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

12,969 

54,049 

9,043 

14,410 

2,100 

307,498 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3,551 

307,498 

$ 

307,498 

3,551 

3,551 

$ 

311,049 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

12,973 

54,072 

9,043 

14,410 

2,100 

 Balance at December 31, 2009  

137,468 

$ 

1,375 

$ 

1,042,329 

$ 

1,650,123 

$ 

(7,962) 

$ 

2,685,865 

Net income  

Other comprehensive income 

Comprehensive income  
Issuance of common stock under             

employee benefit plans 

Issuance of common stock under stock  
     option plans 
Excess tax benefit of stock options 
exercised 

Share based compensation 
Exchange of 6 ¾% Senior 
     Exchangeable Notes by Holders 

- 

- 

194 

2,332 

- 

- 

1,032 

- 

- 

2 

23 

- 

- 

10 

- 

- 

7,860 

56,827 

18,419 

16,052 

262 

419,373 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

4,992 

419,373 

$ 

419,373 

4,992 

4,992 

$ 

424,365 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

7,862 

56,850 

18,419 

16,052 

272 

 Balance at December 31, 2010 

141,026 

$ 

1,410 

$ 

1,141,749 

$ 

2,069,496 

$ 

(2,970) 

$ 

3,209,685 

See accompanying Notes to consolidated financial statements.  

50 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  
(In thousands) 

Operating activities 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 
activities: 
   Depreciation and amortization on property and equipment 
   Amortization of intangibles 
   Amortization of premium on exchangeable notes 
   Amortization of debt issuance costs 
   Excess tax benefit from stock options exercised 
   Deferred income taxes 
   Gain on settlement of note receivable 
   Stock option compensation expense 
   Other share based compensation expense 
   Other 
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
      Accounts receivable 
      Inventory 
      Accounts payable 
      Income taxes payable 
      Accrued payroll 
      Accrued benefits and withholdings 
      Other 
         Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing activities 
Cash component of acquisition price of CSK Automotive, Inc., net of cash 
   acquired 
Purchases of property and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 
Payments received on notes receivable 
Other 
         Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities 
Proceeds from borrowings on asset-based revolving credit facility  
Payments on asset-based revolving credit facility 
Payment of debt issuance costs 
Principal payments on debt and capital leases 
Debt prepayment costs 
Issuance cost of equity exchanged in CSK acquisition 
Excess tax benefit from stock options exercised 
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock 
Other 
         Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: 
Income taxes paid 
Interest paid, net of capitalized interest 
Property and equipment acquired through issuance of capital lease obligations 
Issuance of common stock to acquire CSK 
Fair value of converted CSK stock options and restricted stock 

Years ended December 31, 
2009 

2010 

2008 

$ 

419,373 

$ 

307,498 

$ 

186,232   

159,730 
1,712 
(707) 
8,559 
(18,587) 
99,257 
(11,639) 
14,947 
2,026 
6,893 

(21,748) 
(110,271) 
82,574 
15,346 
9,939 
8,930 
37,353 
703,687 

- 
(365,419) 
2,124 
17,364 
(5,346) 
(351,277) 

548,700  
(871,500) 
- 
(108,527) 
- 
- 
18,587 
63,116 
- 
(349,624) 

2,786 
26,935 
29,721 

154,146
31,211
-
-
-

$ 

  $

142,912 
5,267 
(750) 
8,508 
(10,215) 
50,381 
- 
13,451 
7,962 
8,739 

(9,714) 
(339,742) 
79,824 
6,505 
(16,830) 
6,018 
25,386 
285,200 

- 
(414,779) 
4,288 
5,819 
(5,989) 
(410,661) 

664,550  
(599,950) 
- 
(13,648) 
- 
- 
10,215 
59,508 
420 
121,095 

(4,366) 
31,301 
26,935 

130,720
36,881
8,337
-
-

$ 

$ 

107,345   
5,653   
(352 ) 
4,084   
(2,184 ) 
11,031   
-   
7,991   
5,563   
8,226   

(7,437 ) 
(142,333 ) 
50,410   
26,677   
(602 ) 
13,874   
24,364   
298,542   

(33,767 ) 
(341,679 ) 
1,246   
5,342   
1,261   
(367,597 ) 

925,256   
(311,056 ) 
(43,239 ) 
(534,944 ) 
(7,157 ) 
(1,218 ) 
2,184  
22,995  
(20 ) 
52,801   

(16,254 ) 
47,555   
31,301   

74,227   
17,824   
4,847   
459,308   
7,736   

$ 

$ 

See accompanying Notes to consolidated financial statements. 

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Nature of business: 
O'Reilly  Automotive, Inc. (“O’Reilly” or the  “Company”) is a specialty retailer and supplier of automotive aftermarket parts.   The 
Company’s stores carry an extensive product line, including new and remanufactured automotive hard parts, maintenance items and 
various automotive accessories.  The Company owns and operates 3,570 stores in 38 states which are located primarily in the Western, 
Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States and caters to both the do-it-yourself (“DIY”) customer and the professional 
service provider.  The Company’s distribution system provides stores with same-day or overnight access to an extensive inventory of 
hard to find items not typically stocked by other auto parts retailers.   

On  December  29,  2010,  the  Company  completed  a  corporate  reorganization  creating  a  holding  company  structure  (the 
“Reorganization”).    The  Reorganization  was  implemented  through  an  agreement  and  plan  of  merger  under  Section  351.448  of The 
General Corporation Law of the State of Missouri, which did not require a vote of the shareholders.  As a result of the Reorganization, 
the previous parent company and registrant, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. (“Old O’Reilly”) was renamed O’Reilly Automotive Stores, 
Inc. and is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of the new parent company and registrant, which was renamed O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 

Segment Reporting: 
The Company is managed and operated by a single management team reporting to the chief operating decision maker.   Generally, 
O'Reilly stores have similar characteristics including the nature of the products and services, the type and class of customers and the 
methods used to distribute products and provide service to its customers and, as a whole, make up a single operating segment.  The 
Company does not prepare discrete financial information  with respect to product lines  or geographic locations and as such  has one 
reportable segment. 

Reclassification: 
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.  These reclassifications had no effect on 
reported totals for assets, liabilities, shareholders’ equity, cash flows or net income. 

Principles of consolidation:  
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.  All significant inter-
company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  On July 11, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition 
of CSK Auto Corporation (“CSK”), one of the largest specialty retailers of auto parts and accessories in the Western United States.  
The results of CSK’s operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date.  

Revenue recognition: 
Over-the-counter  retail  sales  are  recorded  when  the  customer  takes  possession  of  the  merchandise.    Sales  to  professional  service 
providers, also referred to as “commercial sales,” are recorded upon same-day delivery of the merchandise to the customer, generally 
at the customer’s place of business.  Wholesale sales to other retailers, also referred to as “jobber sales,” are recorded upon shipment 
of the  merchandise from a regional DC  with  same-day delivery to the jobber customer's location.  Internet retail sales are recorded 
when the merchandise is shipped or when the merchandise is picked up in a store.  All sales are recorded net of estimated allowances, 
discounts and taxes. 

Use of estimates: 
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements, in conformity  with accounting  principles generally accepted  in the United 
States  (“GAAP”),  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  the  consolidated 
financial statements and accompanying notes.  Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.  

Cash equivalents: 
Cash equivalents include investments with maturities of 90 days or less at the day of purchase. 

Accounts receivable: 
The  Company  maintains  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  for  estimated  losses  resulting  from  the  inability  of  the  Company’s 
customers to  make required payments.  The  Company considers the  following  factors  when determining if collection  is reasonably 
assured: customer creditworthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic and industry trends and changes in 
customer payment terms.  Included as a component of accounts receivable are amounts due to the Company from employees.  These 
amounts  consist  primarily  of  purchases  of  merchandise  on  employee  accounts.    Accounts  receivable  due  from  employees  was 
approximately $2.2 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

52 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  

(In thousands) 

Years ended December 31, 

2010 

2009 

2008 

$ 

419,373 

$ 

307,498 

$ 

186,232   

159,730 

1,712 

(707) 

8,559 

(18,587) 

99,257 

(11,639) 

14,947 

2,026 

6,893 

(21,748) 

(110,271) 

82,574 

15,346 

9,939 

8,930 

37,353 

703,687 

- 

(365,419) 

2,124 

17,364 

(5,346) 

(351,277) 

142,912 

5,267 

(750) 

8,508 

(10,215) 

50,381 

- 

13,451 

7,962 

8,739 

(9,714) 

(339,742) 

79,824 

6,505 

(16,830) 

6,018 

25,386 

285,200 

- 

(414,779) 

4,288 

5,819 

(5,989) 

(410,661) 

- 

- 

- 

10,215 

59,508 

420 

121,095 

(4,366) 

31,301 

26,935 

130,720

36,881

8,337

-

-

$ 

$ 

107,345   
5,653   
(352 ) 
4,084   
(2,184 ) 
11,031   
-   
7,991   
5,563   
8,226   

(7,437 ) 
(142,333 ) 
50,410   
26,677   
(602 ) 
13,874   
24,364   
298,542   

(33,767 ) 
(341,679 ) 
1,246   
5,342   
1,261   
(367,597 ) 

925,256   
(311,056 ) 
(43,239 ) 
(534,944 ) 
(7,157 ) 
(1,218 ) 
2,184  
22,995  
(20 ) 
52,801   

(16,254 ) 
47,555   
31,301   

74,227   
17,824   
4,847   
459,308   
7,736   

548,700  

(871,500) 

664,550  

(599,950) 

(108,527) 

(13,648) 

18,587 

63,116 

(349,624) 

2,786 

26,935 

29,721 

$ 

154,146

31,211

  $

$ 

$ 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-

-

-

Cash component of acquisition price of CSK Automotive, Inc., net of cash 

Operating activities 

Net income 

activities: 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 

   Depreciation and amortization on property and equipment 

   Amortization of intangibles 

   Amortization of premium on exchangeable notes 

   Amortization of debt issuance costs 

   Excess tax benefit from stock options exercised 

   Deferred income taxes 

   Gain on settlement of note receivable 

   Stock option compensation expense 

   Other share based compensation expense 

   Other 

   Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

      Accounts receivable 

      Inventory 

      Accounts payable 

      Income taxes payable 

      Accrued payroll 

      Accrued benefits and withholdings 

      Other 

         Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing activities 

   acquired 

Purchases of property and equipment 

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 

Payments received on notes receivable 

Other 

         Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities 

Proceeds from borrowings on asset-based revolving credit facility  

Payments on asset-based revolving credit facility 

Payment of debt issuance costs 

Principal payments on debt and capital leases 

Debt prepayment costs 

Issuance cost of equity exchanged in CSK acquisition 

Excess tax benefit from stock options exercised 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock 

Other 

         Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: 

Income taxes paid 

Interest paid, net of capitalized interest 

Property and equipment acquired through issuance of capital lease obligations 

Issuance of common stock to acquire CSK 

Fair value of converted CSK stock options and restricted stock 

See accompanying Notes to consolidated financial statements. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Nature of business: 
O'Reilly  Automotive, Inc. (“O’Reilly” or the  “Company”) is a specialty retailer and supplier of automotive aftermarket parts.   The 
Company’s stores carry an extensive product line, including new and remanufactured automotive hard parts, maintenance items and 
various automotive accessories.  The Company owns and operates 3,570 stores in 38 states which are located primarily in the Western, 
Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States and caters to both the do-it-yourself (“DIY”) customer and the professional 
service provider.  The Company’s distribution system provides stores with same-day or overnight access to an extensive inventory of 
hard to find items not typically stocked by other auto parts retailers.   

On  December  29,  2010,  the  Company  completed  a  corporate  reorganization  creating  a  holding  company  structure  (the 
“Reorganization”).    The  Reorganization  was  implemented  through  an  agreement  and  plan  of  merger  under  Section  351.448  of The 
General Corporation Law of the State of Missouri, which did not require a vote of the shareholders.  As a result of the Reorganization, 
the previous parent company and registrant, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. (“Old O’Reilly”) was renamed O’Reilly Automotive Stores, 
Inc. and is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of the new parent company and registrant, which was renamed O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 

Segment Reporting: 
The Company is managed and operated by a single management team reporting to the chief operating decision maker.   Generally, 
O'Reilly stores have similar characteristics including the nature of the products and services, the type and class of customers and the 
methods used to distribute products and provide service to its customers and, as a whole, make up a single operating segment.  The 
Company does not prepare discrete financial information  with respect to product lines  or geographic locations and as such  has one 
reportable segment. 

Reclassification: 
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.  These reclassifications had no effect on 
reported totals for assets, liabilities, shareholders’ equity, cash flows or net income. 

Principles of consolidation:  
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.  All significant inter-
company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  On July 11, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition 
of CSK Auto Corporation (“CSK”), one of the largest specialty retailers of auto parts and accessories in the Western United States.  
The results of CSK’s operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date.  

Revenue recognition: 
Over-the-counter  retail  sales  are  recorded  when  the  customer  takes  possession  of  the  merchandise.    Sales  to  professional  service 
providers, also referred to as “commercial sales,” are recorded upon same-day delivery of the merchandise to the customer, generally 
at the customer’s place of business.  Wholesale sales to other retailers, also referred to as “jobber sales,” are recorded upon shipment 
of the  merchandise from a regional DC  with  same-day delivery to the jobber customer's location.  Internet retail sales are recorded 
when the merchandise is shipped or when the merchandise is picked up in a store.  All sales are recorded net of estimated allowances, 
discounts and taxes. 

Use of estimates: 
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements, in conformity  with accounting  principles generally accepted  in the United 
States  (“GAAP”),  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  the  consolidated 
financial statements and accompanying notes.  Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.  

Cash equivalents: 
Cash equivalents include investments with maturities of 90 days or less at the day of purchase. 

Accounts receivable: 
The  Company  maintains  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  for  estimated  losses  resulting  from  the  inability  of  the  Company’s 
customers to  make required payments.  The  Company considers the  following  factors  when determining if collection  is reasonably 
assured: customer creditworthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic and industry trends and changes in 
customer payment terms.  Included as a component of accounts receivable are amounts due to the Company from employees.  These 
amounts  consist  primarily  of  purchases  of  merchandise  on  employee  accounts.    Accounts  receivable  due  from  employees  was 
approximately $2.2 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

52 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

Inventory: 
Inventory, which consists of automotive hard parts, maintenance items, accessories and tools, is stated at the lower of cost or market.  
Inventory  also  includes  capitalized  costs  related  to  procurement,  warehousing  and  distribution  centers  (“DC”).    Cost  has  been 
determined using the last-in, first-out method, which more accurately matches costs with related revenues.  The replacement cost of 
inventory was $2,046 million and $1,922 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

Amounts receivable from vendors: 
The  Company  receives  concessions  from  its  vendors  through  a  variety  of  programs  and  arrangements,  including  co-operative 
advertising, devaluation programs, allowances for warranties and volume purchase rebates.  Co-operative advertising allowances that 
are  incremental  to  the  Company’s  advertising  program,  specific  to  a  product  or  event  and  identifiable  for  accounting  purposes,  are 
reported as a reduction of advertising expense in the period in which the advertising occurred.  All other material vendor concessions 
are recognized as a reduction to the cost of inventory.  Amounts receivable from vendors also includes amounts due to the Company 
for changeover merchandise and product returns.  The Company regularly reviews vendor receivables for collectability and assesses 
the  need  for  a  reserve  for  uncollectible  amounts  based  on  an  evaluation  of  the  Company’s  vendors’  financial  positions  and 
corresponding abilities to meet financial obligations.  Management does not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that the Company 
will be unable to collect the amounts receivable from vendors and the Company did not record a reserve for uncollectible amounts 
from vendors in the consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2010 and 2009. 

Debt issuance costs: 
Deferred  debt  issuance  costs  totaled  $21.6  million  and  $30.2  million,  net  of  amortization,  at  December  31,  2010  and  2009, 
respectively, of which $8.6 million was included within “Other current assets” at December 31, 2010 and 2009.  The remainder was 
included  within  “Other assets” at December 31, 2010 and 2009.  Deferred debt issuance costs are amortized  using the straight-line 
method over the term of the corresponding long-term debt issue and the amortization is included as a component of “Interest expense” 
in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.    All  remaining  debt  issuance  costs  related  to  the  Company’s  asset-based 
revolving  credit  facility  were  expensed  on  January  14,  2011,  in  conjunction  with  the  issuance  of  the  Company’s  $500  million  of 
unsecured 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “2011 4.875% Senior Notes”) and subsequent repayment and retirement of the asset-
based revolving credit facility as further described below and in Note 4. 

Property and equipment:  
Property  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost.    Depreciation  is  calculated  using  the  straight-line  method  generally  over  the  estimated 
useful lives of the assets.  Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated economic life of 
the assets.  The lease term includes renewal options determined by management at lease inception for which failure to renew options 
would result in a substantial economic penalty to the Company.  Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.  Upon 
retirement or sale, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated and the  gain or loss, if any, is included as a component of 
“Other  income  (expense)”  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.    The  Company  reviews  long-lived  assets  for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. 

Property and equipment consist of the following as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands, except useful lives): 

Original  
Useful Lives 

December 31, 
2010 

  December 31, 

Land 
Buildings and building improvements 
Leasehold improvements 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 
Vehicles 
Construction in progress 
Total property and equipment 
Less:  accumulated depreciation and amortization 
Net property and equipment 

  $ 

15 – 39 years 
3 – 25 years 
3 – 20 years 
5 – 10 years 

  $ 

392,600  $ 
921,929 
370,018 
777,485 
182,942 
60,460 
2,705,434 
775,339 
1,930,095  $ 

2009 

331,456 
766,446 
314,751 
645,839 
157,535 
137,213 
2,353,240 
626,861 
1,726,379 

The gross value of capital lease assets included in the “Furniture, fixtures and equipment” amounts of the above table was $7.7 million 
and $17.4 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The gross value of capital lease assets included in the “Vehicles” 
amount of the above table was $9.6 million and $9.7 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  As of December 31, 2010 
and  2009,  the  Company  recorded  accumulated  amortization  on  all  capital  lease  assets  in  the  amount  of  $14.4  million  and  $10.5 
million, respectively, all of which is included in “accumulated depreciation and amortization” in the above table. 

The  Company  capitalizes  interest  costs  as  a  component  of  construction  in  progress,  based  on  the  weighted-average  interest  rates 
incurred on long-term borrowings.  Total interest costs capitalized for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, were $5.1 
million, $6.7 million and $2.3 million, respectively. 

Goodwill and other intangible assets: 
The  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  at  December  31,  2010  and  2009,  include  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets 
recorded as the result of acquisitions.  The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually on December 31, or when events or 
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of these assets might exceed their current fair values, rather than systematically 
amortizing goodwill against earnings.  The goodwill impairment test compares the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, 
including  goodwill.    The  Company  operates  as  a  single  reporting  unit,  and  its  fair  value  exceeded  its  carrying  value,  including 
goodwill, at December 31, 2010 and 2009; as such, no goodwill impairment adjustment was required at December 31, 2010 and 2009. 

Operating leases: 
The Company’s policy is to amortize leasehold improvements over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated economic life of those 
assets.  Generally, the lease term for stores is the base lease term and the lease term for DCs includes the base lease term plus certain 
renewal option periods for which renewal is reasonably assured and failure to exercise the renewal option would result in a significant 
economic penalty.  The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over these respective lease terms.   

Notes receivable: 
The Company had notes receivable from vendors and other third parties amounting to $22.2 million and $16.6 million at December 
31,  2010  and  2009,  respectively.    The  notes  receivable,  which  bear  interest  at  rates  ranging  from  0%  to  10%,  are  due  in  varying 
amounts through March of 2018.  Interest income on notes receivable is recorded in accordance with the note terms to the extent that 
such  amounts  are  expected  to  be  collected.   The  Company  regularly  reviews  its  notes  receivable  for  collectability  and  assesses  the 
need  for  a  reserve  for  uncollectible  amounts  based  on  an  evaluation  of  the  Company’s  borrowers’  financial  positions  and 
corresponding abilities to meet financial obligations.  At December 31, 2010, the Company did not have a reserve for uncollectible 
amounts of notes receivable in the consolidated financial statements.  At December 31, 2009, the Company had a reserve balance of 
$7.1 million related to a note receivable acquired in the CSK acquisition that was settled in 2010, which was included as a component 
of “Notes receivable, less current portion” in its Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

Self-insurance reserves: 
The  Company  uses  a  combination  of  insurance  and  self-insurance  mechanisms  to  provide  for  the  potential  liabilities  for  workers’ 
compensation, general liability, vehicle liability, property loss, and employee health care benefits.  With the exception of employee 
health care benefit liabilities, which are limited by the design of these plans, the Company obtains third-party insurance coverage to 
limit its exposure.  The Company estimates its self-insurance liabilities by considering a number of factors, including historical claims 
experience  and  trend-lines,  projected  medical  and  legal  inflation,  and  growth  patterns  and  exposure  forecasts.    These  liabilities  are 
recorded at their net present value discounted using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate for instruments with similar maturities 
of 5.30% and 6.93% at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

The components of the Company’s self-insurance reserves were as follows on December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands): 

Self-insurance reserves (undiscounted) 

Self-insurance reserves (discounted) 

$ 

$ 

109,351  $ 

101,074 

99,612  $ 

90,968 

2010 

2009 

The  current  portion  of  the  Company’s  discounted  self-insurance  reserves  totaled  $51.2  million  and  $55.3  million  at  December  31, 
2010 and 2009, respectively.  The remainder was included within “Other liabilities” at December 31, 2010 and 2009.   

Warranty costs: 
The Company offers warranties on the merchandise it sells with warranty periods ranging from 30 days to limited lifetime warranties.  
The risk of loss arising from warranty claims is typically the obligation of the Company’s vendors.  Certain vendors provide upfront 
allowances to the Company in lieu of accepting the obligation for warranty claims.  For this merchandise, when sold, the Company 
bears the risk of loss associated with the cost of warranty claims.  Differences between vendor allowances received by the Company in 
lieu of warranty obligations and estimated warranty expense are recorded as an adjustment to cost of sales.  Estimated warranty costs, 
which  are  recorded  as  obligations  at  the  time  of  sale,  are  based  on  the  historical  failure  rate  of  each  individual  product  line.    The 
Company’s historical experience has been that failure rates are relatively consistent over time and that the ultimate cost of warranty 
claims to the Company has been driven by volume of units sold as opposed to fluctuations in failure rates or the variation of the cost 
of individual claims.  The change in the Company’s aggregate product warranty liability for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 
2009 is as follows (in thousands): 

2010 

2009 

Balance at January 1, 

$ 

19,637  $ 

16,758 

  Warranty claims 

  Warranty accruals  

(44,791) 

47,583 

Balance December 31,  $ 

22,429  $ 

(33,227) 

36,106 

19,637 

54 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventory: 

Inventory, which consists of automotive hard parts, maintenance items, accessories and tools, is stated at the lower of cost or market.  
Inventory  also  includes  capitalized  costs  related  to  procurement,  warehousing  and  distribution  centers  (“DC”).    Cost  has  been 
determined using the last-in, first-out method, which more accurately matches costs with related revenues.  The replacement cost of 

inventory was $2,046 million and $1,922 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

Amounts receivable from vendors: 

The  Company  receives  concessions  from  its  vendors  through  a  variety  of  programs  and  arrangements,  including  co-operative 
advertising, devaluation programs, allowances for warranties and volume purchase rebates.  Co-operative advertising allowances that 
are  incremental  to  the  Company’s  advertising  program,  specific  to  a  product  or  event  and  identifiable  for  accounting  purposes,  are 
reported as a reduction of advertising expense in the period in which the advertising occurred.  All other material vendor concessions 
are recognized as a reduction to the cost of inventory.  Amounts receivable from vendors also includes amounts due to the Company 
for changeover merchandise and product returns.  The Company regularly reviews vendor receivables for collectability and assesses 
the  need  for  a  reserve  for  uncollectible  amounts  based  on  an  evaluation  of  the  Company’s  vendors’  financial  positions  and 
corresponding abilities to meet financial obligations.  Management does not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that the Company 
will be unable to collect the amounts receivable from vendors and the Company did not record a reserve for uncollectible amounts 

from vendors in the consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2010 and 2009. 

Debt issuance costs: 

Deferred  debt  issuance  costs  totaled  $21.6  million  and  $30.2  million,  net  of  amortization,  at  December  31,  2010  and  2009, 
respectively, of which $8.6 million was included within “Other current assets” at December 31, 2010 and 2009.  The remainder was 
included  within  “Other assets” at December 31, 2010 and 2009.  Deferred debt issuance costs are amortized  using the straight-line 
method over the term of the corresponding long-term debt issue and the amortization is included as a component of “Interest expense” 
in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.    All  remaining  debt  issuance  costs  related  to  the  Company’s  asset-based 
revolving  credit  facility  were  expensed  on  January  14,  2011,  in  conjunction  with  the  issuance  of  the  Company’s  $500  million  of 
unsecured 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “2011 4.875% Senior Notes”) and subsequent repayment and retirement of the asset-

based revolving credit facility as further described below and in Note 4. 

Property and equipment:  

Property  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost.    Depreciation  is  calculated  using  the  straight-line  method  generally  over  the  estimated 
useful lives of the assets.  Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated economic life of 
the assets.  The lease term includes renewal options determined by management at lease inception for which failure to renew options 
would result in a substantial economic penalty to the Company.  Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.  Upon 
retirement or sale, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated and the  gain or loss, if any, is included as a component of 
“Other  income  (expense)”  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.    The  Company  reviews  long-lived  assets  for 

impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. 

Property and equipment consist of the following as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands, except useful lives): 

Land 

Buildings and building improvements 

Leasehold improvements 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment 

Vehicles 

Construction in progress 

Total property and equipment 

Original  

Useful Lives 

December 31, 

  December 31, 

2010 

2009 

  $ 

392,600  $ 

15 – 39 years 

3 – 25 years 

3 – 20 years 

5 – 10 years 

921,929 

370,018 

777,485 

182,942 

60,460 

2,705,434 

775,339 

331,456 

766,446 

314,751 

645,839 

157,535 

137,213 

2,353,240 

626,861 

1,726,379 

Less:  accumulated depreciation and amortization 

Net property and equipment 

  $ 

1,930,095  $ 

The gross value of capital lease assets included in the “Furniture, fixtures and equipment” amounts of the above table was $7.7 million 
and $17.4 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The gross value of capital lease assets included in the “Vehicles” 
amount of the above table was $9.6 million and $9.7 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  As of December 31, 2010 
and  2009,  the  Company  recorded  accumulated  amortization  on  all  capital  lease  assets  in  the  amount  of  $14.4  million  and  $10.5 

million, respectively, all of which is included in “accumulated depreciation and amortization” in the above table. 

The  Company  capitalizes  interest  costs  as  a  component  of  construction  in  progress,  based  on  the  weighted-average  interest  rates 
incurred on long-term borrowings.  Total interest costs capitalized for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, were $5.1 

million, $6.7 million and $2.3 million, respectively. 

54 

Goodwill and other intangible assets: 
The  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  at  December  31,  2010  and  2009,  include  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets 
recorded as the result of acquisitions.  The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually on December 31, or when events or 
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of these assets might exceed their current fair values, rather than systematically 
amortizing goodwill against earnings.  The goodwill impairment test compares the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, 
including  goodwill.    The  Company  operates  as  a  single  reporting  unit,  and  its  fair  value  exceeded  its  carrying  value,  including 
goodwill, at December 31, 2010 and 2009; as such, no goodwill impairment adjustment was required at December 31, 2010 and 2009. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

Operating leases: 
The Company’s policy is to amortize leasehold improvements over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated economic life of those 
assets.  Generally, the lease term for stores is the base lease term and the lease term for DCs includes the base lease term plus certain 
renewal option periods for which renewal is reasonably assured and failure to exercise the renewal option would result in a significant 
economic penalty.  The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over these respective lease terms.   

Notes receivable: 
The Company had notes receivable from vendors and other third parties amounting to $22.2 million and $16.6 million at December 
31,  2010  and  2009,  respectively.    The  notes  receivable,  which  bear  interest  at  rates  ranging  from  0%  to  10%,  are  due  in  varying 
amounts through March of 2018.  Interest income on notes receivable is recorded in accordance with the note terms to the extent that 
such  amounts  are  expected  to  be  collected.   The  Company  regularly  reviews  its  notes  receivable  for  collectability  and  assesses  the 
need  for  a  reserve  for  uncollectible  amounts  based  on  an  evaluation  of  the  Company’s  borrowers’  financial  positions  and 
corresponding abilities to meet financial obligations.  At December 31, 2010, the Company did not have a reserve for uncollectible 
amounts of notes receivable in the consolidated financial statements.  At December 31, 2009, the Company had a reserve balance of 
$7.1 million related to a note receivable acquired in the CSK acquisition that was settled in 2010, which was included as a component 
of “Notes receivable, less current portion” in its Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

Self-insurance reserves: 
The  Company  uses  a  combination  of  insurance  and  self-insurance  mechanisms  to  provide  for  the  potential  liabilities  for  workers’ 
compensation, general liability, vehicle liability, property loss, and employee health care benefits.  With the exception of employee 
health care benefit liabilities, which are limited by the design of these plans, the Company obtains third-party insurance coverage to 
limit its exposure.  The Company estimates its self-insurance liabilities by considering a number of factors, including historical claims 
experience  and  trend-lines,  projected  medical  and  legal  inflation,  and  growth  patterns  and  exposure  forecasts.    These  liabilities  are 
recorded at their net present value discounted using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate for instruments with similar maturities 
of 5.30% and 6.93% at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

The components of the Company’s self-insurance reserves were as follows on December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands): 

Self-insurance reserves (undiscounted) 
Self-insurance reserves (discounted) 

$ 
$ 

109,351  $ 
99,612  $ 

2010 

2009 
101,074 
90,968 

The  current  portion  of  the  Company’s  discounted  self-insurance  reserves  totaled  $51.2  million  and  $55.3  million  at  December  31, 
2010 and 2009, respectively.  The remainder was included within “Other liabilities” at December 31, 2010 and 2009.   

Warranty costs: 
The Company offers warranties on the merchandise it sells with warranty periods ranging from 30 days to limited lifetime warranties.  
The risk of loss arising from warranty claims is typically the obligation of the Company’s vendors.  Certain vendors provide upfront 
allowances to the Company in lieu of accepting the obligation for warranty claims.  For this merchandise, when sold, the Company 
bears the risk of loss associated with the cost of warranty claims.  Differences between vendor allowances received by the Company in 
lieu of warranty obligations and estimated warranty expense are recorded as an adjustment to cost of sales.  Estimated warranty costs, 
which  are  recorded  as  obligations  at  the  time  of  sale,  are  based  on  the  historical  failure  rate  of  each  individual  product  line.    The 
Company’s historical experience has been that failure rates are relatively consistent over time and that the ultimate cost of warranty 
claims to the Company has been driven by volume of units sold as opposed to fluctuations in failure rates or the variation of the cost 
of individual claims.  The change in the Company’s aggregate product warranty liability for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 
2009 is as follows (in thousands): 

$ 

Balance at January 1, 
  Warranty claims 
  Warranty accruals  
Balance December 31,  $ 

2010 
19,637  $ 
(44,791) 
47,583 
22,429  $ 

2009 

16,758 
(33,227) 
36,106 
19,637 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

Derivative instruments and hedging activities: 
The  Company’s  accounting  policies  for  derivative  financial  instruments  are  based  on  whether  the  instruments  meet  the  criteria  for 
designation  as  cash  flow  or  fair  value  hedges.  The  criteria  for  designating  a  derivative  as  a  hedge  include  the  assessment  of  the 
instrument’s effectiveness in risk reduction, matching of the derivative instrument to its underlying transaction and the probability that 
the  underlying  transaction  will  occur.    A  designated  hedge  of  the  exposure  to  variability  in  the  future  cash  flows  of  an  asset  or  a 
liability qualifies as a cash flow hedge.  A designated hedge of the exposure to changes in fair value of an asset or a liability qualifies 
as a fair value hedge.  For derivatives with cash flow hedge accounting designation, the Company would recognize the after-tax gain 
or  loss  from  the  effective  portion  of  the  hedge  as  a  component  of  “Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss”  and  reclassifies  it  into 
earnings in the same period or periods in which the hedged transaction affects earnings, and within the same income statement line 
item  as  the  impact  of  the  hedged  transaction.    For  derivatives  with  fair  value  hedge  accounting  designation,  the  Company  would 
recognize gains or losses from the change in fair value of these derivatives, as well as the offsetting change in the fair value of the 
underlying hedged item, in earnings. 

At  December  31,  2010,  the  Company  held  derivative  financial  instruments  to  manage  interest  rate  risk.    The  Company  designated 
these derivative financial instruments as cash flow hedges.  The derivative financial instruments were recorded at fair value and were 
included within “Other current liabilities” and “Other liabilities”.  Derivative instruments recorded at fair value as liabilities totaled 
$4.8 million and $13.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The portion of these derivative instruments included 
in “Other current liabilities” totaled $4.8 million and $4.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The portion of 
these derivative instruments included in  “Other liabilities” totaled $8.9 million as of December 31, 2009.  On a quarterly basis, the 
Company measures the effectiveness of the derivative financial instruments by comparing the present value of the cumulative change 
in  the  expected  future  interest  to  be  paid  or  received  on  the  variable  leg  of  the  instruments  against  the  expected  future  interest 
payments on the corresponding variable rate debt.  In addition, the Company compares the critical terms, including notional amounts, 
underlying  indices  and  reset  dates  of  the  derivative  financial  instruments  with  the  respective  variable  rate  debt  to  ensure  all  terms 
agree.  Any ineffectiveness would be reclassified from “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” to “Interest expense”.  See Note 8 for 
further information concerning these derivative instruments accounted for as hedges. 

Income taxes: 
The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities 
for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements.  Under this method, deferred 
tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on  differences  between  the  GAAP  basis  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities  using 
enacted tax rules and rates currently scheduled to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.  Tax carry 
forwards are also recognized in deferred tax assets and liabilities under this method.  The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax 
assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period of the enactment date.  The Company records a valuation allowance against 
deferred tax assets to the extent it is more likely than not the amount will not be realized, based upon evidence available at the time of 
the  determination,  and  any  change  in  the  valuation  allowance  is  recorded  in  the  period  of  a  change  in  such  determination.    The 
Company has not established a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009 as it is considered more 
likely than not that deferred tax assets are realizable through a combination of future taxable income, the realization of deferred tax 
liabilities and tax planning strategies. 

Advertising costs: 
The  Company  expenses  advertising  costs  as  incurred.    Advertising  expense  included  as  a  component  of  “Selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses” (“SG&A”) amounted to $70.0 million, $72.9 million and  $65.6 million for the  years ended December 31, 
2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

Pre-opening costs: 
Costs associated  with the opening of  new  stores,  which consist primarily of payroll and occupancy costs, are charged to SG&A as 
incurred.  Costs associated with the opening of new distribution centers, which consist primarily of payroll and occupancy costs, are 
included as a component of “Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses” as incurred. 

Share-based compensation plans: 
The Company currently sponsors share-based employee benefit plans and stock option plans.  The Company recognizes compensation 
expense for its share-based payments based on the fair value of the awards on the date of the grant.  Share-based payments include 
stock  option  awards  issued  under  the  Company’s  employee  stock  option  plan,  director  stock  option  plan,  stock  issued  through  the 
Company’s employee stock purchase plan and stock awarded to employees through other benefit programs.  See Note 11 for further 
information concerning these plans.    

Litigation reserves: 
O’Reilly  is  currently  involved  in  litigation  incidental  to  the  ordinary  conduct  of  the  Company’s  business.    The  Company  records 
reserves  for  litigation  losses  in  instances  where  a  material  adverse  outcome  is  probable  and  the  Company  is  able  to  reasonably 
estimate the probable loss.  The Company reserves for an estimate of material legal costs to be incurred on pending litigation matters.  
Although the Company cannot ascertain the total amount of liability that it may incur from any of these matters, the Company does 

not  currently  believe  that  in  the  aggregate,  taking  into  account  applicable  insurance  coverage,  these  matters  will  have  a  material 
adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results or operations or cash flows.  In addition, O’Reilly is involved in resolving 
legacy governmental investigations and litigation that were being conducted against certain former CSK employees and CSK arising 
out of alleged conduct relating to periods prior to the acquisition.  See Note 14 for further information concerning these legal matters. 

Closed store liabilities: 
The Company maintains reserves for closed stores and other properties that are no longer being utilized in current operations.  The 
Company  provides  for  these  liabilities  using  a  credit-adjusted  discount  rate  to  calculate  the  present  value  of  the  remaining  non-
cancelable  lease  payments,  occupancy  costs  and  lease  termination  fees  after  the  close  date,  net  of  estimated  sublease  income.    In 
conjunction with the acquisition of CSK, the Company’s reserves include purchase accounting liabilities related to acquired properties 
that were no longer being utilized in the acquired business as well as the Company’s planned exit activities.  See Note 7 for further 
information concerning these liabilities. 

Earnings per share: 
Basic earnings per share is based on the  weighted-average outstanding common shares.  Diluted earnings per share is based on the 
weighted-average  outstanding  shares  as  well  as  the  effect  of  common  stock  equivalents.    Common  stock  equivalents  that  could 
potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the  future that  were  not included in the  fully diluted computation because they  would 
have  been  antidilutive  were  1.4  million,  1.6  million  and  7.4  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2009  and  2008, 
respectively.  See Note 12 for further information concerning these common stock equivalents. 

Concentration of credit risk: 
Financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  the  Company  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  primarily  of  cash  equivalents, 
accounts receivable, notes receivable and variable rate debt. 

The  Company  grants  credit  to  certain  customers  who  meet  the  Company’s  pre-established  credit  requirements.    Concentrations  of 
credit risk with respect to these receivables are limited because the Company’s customer base consists of a large number of smaller 
customers, spreading the credit risk across a broad base.  The Company also controls this credit risk through credit approvals, credit 
limits and accounts receivable and credit  monitoring procedures.  Generally, the  Company does  not require  security  when credit  is 
granted to customers.  Credit losses are provided for in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and have consistently been 
within management’s expectations. 

The Company has entered into various derivative financial instruments to mitigate the risk of interest rate fluctuations on its variable 
rate  long-term  debt.    If  the  market  interest  rate  on  the  Company’s  net  derivative  positions  with  counterparties  exceeds  a  specified 
threshold, the counterparty is required to transfer cash in excess of the threshold to the Company.  Conversely, if the market value of 
the  net  derivative  positions  falls  below  a  specified  threshold,  the  Company  is  required  to  transfer  cash  below  the  threshold  to  the 
counterparty.  The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by counterparties on derivative contracts used in 
these hedging activities.  The counterparties to the Company’s derivative contracts are major financial institutions and the Company 
has not historically experienced nonperformance by any of its counterparties. 

New accounting pronouncements: 
In  January of  2010,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (“FASB”)  issued  ASU  No.  2010-06, Fair  Value  Measurements  and 
Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (“ASU 2010-06”).  ASU 2010-06 amends Subtopic 
820-10, requiring additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements such as transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2, as well as 
separate disclosures about activity relating to Level 3 measurements.  ASU 2010-06 clarifies existing disclosure requirements related 
to  the  level  of  disaggregation  and  input  valuation  techniques.    The  updated  guidance  is  effective  for  interim  and  annual  periods 
beginning after December 15, 2009, with the exception of  the new  Level 3 activity disclosures,  which are effective  for interim and 
annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2010.    The  adoption  of  the  new  guidance  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  The adoption of the new Level 3 guidance is required 
in 2011 and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash 
flows. 

Subsequent events: 
On  January  11,  2011,  the  Company  announced  a  new  Board-approved  share  repurchase  program  (the  “Repurchase  Program”)  that 
authorizes  the  Company  to  repurchase  up  to  $500  million  of  shares  of  common  stock  over  a  three-year  period.    Stock  repurchases 
under  the  Repurchase  Program  may  be  made  from  time  to  time  as  the  Company  deems  appropriate,  solely  through  open  market 
purchases  effected  through  a  broker  dealer  at  prevailing  market  prices,  and  the  Company  may  increase  or  otherwise  modify  the 
Repurchase Program at any time without prior notice. 

On January 14, 2011, the Company issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021 in 
the public market, of which the Company and its subsidiaries are the guarantors, and UMB Bank, N.A. (“UMB”) is trustee.  The 2011 
4.875% Senior Notes were issued at 99.297% of their face value and will mature on January 14, 2021.  The proceeds from the 2011 

56 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments and hedging activities: 

The  Company’s  accounting  policies  for  derivative  financial  instruments  are  based  on  whether  the  instruments  meet  the  criteria  for 
designation  as  cash  flow  or  fair  value  hedges.  The  criteria  for  designating  a  derivative  as  a  hedge  include  the  assessment  of  the 
instrument’s effectiveness in risk reduction, matching of the derivative instrument to its underlying transaction and the probability that 
the  underlying  transaction  will  occur.    A  designated  hedge  of  the  exposure  to  variability  in  the  future  cash  flows  of  an  asset  or  a 
liability qualifies as a cash flow hedge.  A designated hedge of the exposure to changes in fair value of an asset or a liability qualifies 
as a fair value hedge.  For derivatives with cash flow hedge accounting designation, the Company would recognize the after-tax gain 
or  loss  from  the  effective  portion  of  the  hedge  as  a  component  of  “Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss”  and  reclassifies  it  into 
earnings in the same period or periods in which the hedged transaction affects earnings, and within the same income statement line 
item  as  the  impact  of  the  hedged  transaction.    For  derivatives  with  fair  value  hedge  accounting  designation,  the  Company  would 
recognize gains or losses from the change in fair value of these derivatives, as well as the offsetting change in the fair value of the 

underlying hedged item, in earnings. 

At  December  31,  2010,  the  Company  held  derivative  financial  instruments  to  manage  interest  rate  risk.    The  Company  designated 
these derivative financial instruments as cash flow hedges.  The derivative financial instruments were recorded at fair value and were 
included within “Other current liabilities” and “Other liabilities”.  Derivative instruments recorded at fair value as liabilities totaled 
$4.8 million and $13.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The portion of these derivative instruments included 
in “Other current liabilities” totaled $4.8 million and $4.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The portion of 
these derivative instruments included in  “Other liabilities” totaled $8.9 million as of December 31, 2009.  On a quarterly basis, the 
Company measures the effectiveness of the derivative financial instruments by comparing the present value of the cumulative change 
in  the  expected  future  interest  to  be  paid  or  received  on  the  variable  leg  of  the  instruments  against  the  expected  future  interest 
payments on the corresponding variable rate debt.  In addition, the Company compares the critical terms, including notional amounts, 
underlying  indices  and  reset  dates  of  the  derivative  financial  instruments  with  the  respective  variable  rate  debt  to  ensure  all  terms 
agree.  Any ineffectiveness would be reclassified from “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” to “Interest expense”.  See Note 8 for 

further information concerning these derivative instruments accounted for as hedges. 

Income taxes: 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities 
for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements.  Under this method, deferred 
tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on  differences  between  the  GAAP  basis  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities  using 
enacted tax rules and rates currently scheduled to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.  Tax carry 
forwards are also recognized in deferred tax assets and liabilities under this method.  The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax 
assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period of the enactment date.  The Company records a valuation allowance against 
deferred tax assets to the extent it is more likely than not the amount will not be realized, based upon evidence available at the time of 
the  determination,  and  any  change  in  the  valuation  allowance  is  recorded  in  the  period  of  a  change  in  such  determination.    The 
Company has not established a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009 as it is considered more 
likely than not that deferred tax assets are realizable through a combination of future taxable income, the realization of deferred tax 

The  Company  expenses  advertising  costs  as  incurred.    Advertising  expense  included  as  a  component  of  “Selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses” (“SG&A”) amounted to $70.0 million, $72.9 million and  $65.6 million for the  years ended December 31, 

liabilities and tax planning strategies. 

Advertising costs: 

2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

Pre-opening costs: 

Costs associated  with the opening of  new  stores,  which consist primarily of payroll and occupancy costs, are charged to SG&A as 
incurred.  Costs associated with the opening of new distribution centers, which consist primarily of payroll and occupancy costs, are 

included as a component of “Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses” as incurred. 

Share-based compensation plans: 

The Company currently sponsors share-based employee benefit plans and stock option plans.  The Company recognizes compensation 
expense for its share-based payments based on the fair value of the awards on the date of the grant.  Share-based payments include 
stock  option  awards  issued  under  the  Company’s  employee  stock  option  plan,  director  stock  option  plan,  stock  issued  through  the 
Company’s employee stock purchase plan and stock awarded to employees through other benefit programs.  See Note 11 for further 

information concerning these plans.    

Litigation reserves: 

O’Reilly  is  currently  involved  in  litigation  incidental  to  the  ordinary  conduct  of  the  Company’s  business.    The  Company  records 
reserves  for  litigation  losses  in  instances  where  a  material  adverse  outcome  is  probable  and  the  Company  is  able  to  reasonably 
estimate the probable loss.  The Company reserves for an estimate of material legal costs to be incurred on pending litigation matters.  
Although the Company cannot ascertain the total amount of liability that it may incur from any of these matters, the Company does 

not  currently  believe  that  in  the  aggregate,  taking  into  account  applicable  insurance  coverage,  these  matters  will  have  a  material 
adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results or operations or cash flows.  In addition, O’Reilly is involved in resolving 
legacy governmental investigations and litigation that were being conducted against certain former CSK employees and CSK arising 
out of alleged conduct relating to periods prior to the acquisition.  See Note 14 for further information concerning these legal matters. 

Closed store liabilities: 
The Company maintains reserves for closed stores and other properties that are no longer being utilized in current operations.  The 
Company  provides  for  these  liabilities  using  a  credit-adjusted  discount  rate  to  calculate  the  present  value  of  the  remaining  non-
cancelable  lease  payments,  occupancy  costs  and  lease  termination  fees  after  the  close  date,  net  of  estimated  sublease  income.    In 
conjunction with the acquisition of CSK, the Company’s reserves include purchase accounting liabilities related to acquired properties 
that were no longer being utilized in the acquired business as well as the Company’s planned exit activities.  See Note 7 for further 
information concerning these liabilities. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

Earnings per share: 
Basic earnings per share is based on the  weighted-average outstanding common shares.  Diluted earnings per share is based on the 
weighted-average  outstanding  shares  as  well  as  the  effect  of  common  stock  equivalents.    Common  stock  equivalents  that  could 
potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the  future that  were  not included in the  fully diluted computation because they  would 
have  been  antidilutive  were  1.4  million,  1.6  million  and  7.4  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2009  and  2008, 
respectively.  See Note 12 for further information concerning these common stock equivalents. 

Concentration of credit risk: 
Financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  the  Company  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  primarily  of  cash  equivalents, 
accounts receivable, notes receivable and variable rate debt. 

The  Company  grants  credit  to  certain  customers  who  meet  the  Company’s  pre-established  credit  requirements.    Concentrations  of 
credit risk with respect to these receivables are limited because the Company’s customer base consists of a large number of smaller 
customers, spreading the credit risk across a broad base.  The Company also controls this credit risk through credit approvals, credit 
limits and accounts receivable and credit  monitoring procedures.  Generally, the  Company does  not require  security  when credit  is 
granted to customers.  Credit losses are provided for in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and have consistently been 
within management’s expectations. 

The Company has entered into various derivative financial instruments to mitigate the risk of interest rate fluctuations on its variable 
rate  long-term  debt.    If  the  market  interest  rate  on  the  Company’s  net  derivative  positions  with  counterparties  exceeds  a  specified 
threshold, the counterparty is required to transfer cash in excess of the threshold to the Company.  Conversely, if the market value of 
the  net  derivative  positions  falls  below  a  specified  threshold,  the  Company  is  required  to  transfer  cash  below  the  threshold  to  the 
counterparty.  The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by counterparties on derivative contracts used in 
these hedging activities.  The counterparties to the Company’s derivative contracts are major financial institutions and the Company 
has not historically experienced nonperformance by any of its counterparties. 

New accounting pronouncements: 
In  January of  2010,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (“FASB”)  issued  ASU  No.  2010-06, Fair  Value  Measurements  and 
Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (“ASU 2010-06”).  ASU 2010-06 amends Subtopic 
820-10, requiring additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements such as transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2, as well as 
separate disclosures about activity relating to Level 3 measurements.  ASU 2010-06 clarifies existing disclosure requirements related 
to  the  level  of  disaggregation  and  input  valuation  techniques.    The  updated  guidance  is  effective  for  interim  and  annual  periods 
beginning after December 15, 2009, with the exception of  the new  Level 3 activity disclosures,  which are effective  for interim and 
annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2010.    The  adoption  of  the  new  guidance  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  The adoption of the new Level 3 guidance is required 
in 2011 and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash 
flows. 

Subsequent events: 
On  January  11,  2011,  the  Company  announced  a  new  Board-approved  share  repurchase  program  (the  “Repurchase  Program”)  that 
authorizes  the  Company  to  repurchase  up  to  $500  million  of  shares  of  common  stock  over  a  three-year  period.    Stock  repurchases 
under  the  Repurchase  Program  may  be  made  from  time  to  time  as  the  Company  deems  appropriate,  solely  through  open  market 
purchases  effected  through  a  broker  dealer  at  prevailing  market  prices,  and  the  Company  may  increase  or  otherwise  modify  the 
Repurchase Program at any time without prior notice. 

On January 14, 2011, the Company issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021 in 
the public market, of which the Company and its subsidiaries are the guarantors, and UMB Bank, N.A. (“UMB”) is trustee.  The 2011 
4.875% Senior Notes were issued at 99.297% of their face value and will mature on January 14, 2021.  The proceeds from the 2011 

56 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

4.875%  Senior  Notes  issuance  were  used  to  repay  all  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  borrowings  under  its  existing  secured  credit 
facility, pay fees associated with the issuance and for general corporate purposes.  Concurrent with the issuance of the 2011 4.875% 
Senior  Notes,  the  Company  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  for  a  $750  million  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility  (“Revolver”) 
arranged  by  Bank  of  America,  N.A.  (“BA”)  and  Barclays  Capital  (“Barclays”),  which  replaced  the  previous  secured  credit  facility 
entered into on July 11, 2008, and matures in January of 2016.  Concurrent with the retirement of the Company’s previous secured 
credit facility on January 14, 2011, all remaining debt issuance costs related to the previous secured credit facility were expensed.  See 
Note 4 for further information concerning the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes and Revolver. 

NOTE 2— BUSINESS COMBINATION 

On July 11, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of CSK, one of the largest specialty retailers of auto parts and accessories in 
the Western United States and one of the largest such retailers in the United States, based on store count at the date of acquisition.  
The results of CSK’s operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date. 

At the date of the acquisition, CSK had 1,342 stores in 22 states, operating under four brand names:  Checker Auto Parts, Schuck’s 
Auto Supply, Kragen Auto Parts and Murray’s Discount Auto Parts.  As of December 31, 2010, we have converted all CSK stores to 
O’Reilly systems, merged 41 CSK stores with existing O’Reilly locations, closed 17 CSK stores and opened five new stores in CSK 
historical markets. 

Purchase price allocation: 
The final purchase price for CSK was comprised of the following amounts (in thousands): 

O’Reilly stock exchanged for CSK shares 
Cash payment to CSK shareholders 
CSK shares purchased by O’Reilly prior to merger 
Fair value of options and unvested restricted stock exchanged 
Direct costs of the acquisition 
Total purchase price 

$  459,308 
42,253 
21,724 
7,736 
11,227 
$  542,248 

The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting with O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. as the acquiring entity in 
accordance  with the Statement of  Financial  Accounting Standard No. 141, Business Combinations.  Accordingly, the consideration 
paid  by  the  Company  to  complete  the  acquisition  was  allocated  to  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  based  upon  their 
estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition.  The allocation of purchase price was based upon certain external valuations and 
other analyses, including the review of legal reserves (see Note 14). 

The final purchase price allocation was as follows (in thousands): 

Final Purchase 
Price Allocation as 
of June 30, 2009 

539,827 
84,959 
124,208 
694,987 
160,943 
65,270 
6,270 
1,676,464 

343,921 
86,700 
16,486 
501,470 
103,920 
81,719 
1,134,216 
542,248 

Inventory 
Other current assets 
Property and equipment 
Goodwill 
Deferred income taxes 
Other intangible assets 
Other assets 
     Total assets acquired 

Senior credit facility 
Term loan facility 
Capital lease obligations 
Other current liabilities 
6 ¾% senior exchangeable notes 
Other liabilities 
            Total liabilities assumed 
            Net assets acquired 

58 

   $ 

$ 

   $ 

   $ 
$ 

Estimated fair values of intangible assets acquired as of the date of acquisition were as follows (in thousands): 

Intangible assets   

Trademarks and trade names       

Favorable property leases 

Total intangible assets 

$ 

$ 

13,000 

52,270 

65,270 

Weighted-Average 

Useful Lives 

(in years) 

1.4 

10.7 

The estimated values of operating leases with unfavorable terms compared with current market conditions totaled approximately $49.7 
million.    These  liabilities  had  an  estimated  weighted-average  useful  life  of  approximately  7.7  years  and  are  included  in  “Other 
liabilities”.  Favorable and unfavorable lease assets and liabilities are being amortized to selling, general and administrative expense 
over  their  expected  lives,  which  approximates  the  period  of  time  that  the  favorable  or  unfavorable  lease  terms  will  be  in  effect.  
Trademarks and trade names have useful lives of one to three years and were amortized coinciding with the conversions of CSK store 
brands to the O’Reilly branded locations.   

The  final  allocation  of  the  purchase  price  included  $54  million  of  accrued  liabilities  for  estimated  costs  to  exit  certain  activities  of 
CSK, including $14.8 million of exit costs associated with the planned closure of 51 CSK stores, $3.7 million of assumed liabilities 
related to CSK’s existing closed stores for 127 locations that were closed prior to the Company’s acquisition of CSK, $26.6 million of 
employee  separation  costs,  and  $8.9  million  of  exit  costs  associated  with  the  planned  closure  of  other  administrative  offices  and 
certain distribution facilities. 

The  CSK  senior  credit  facility  and  term  loan  facility  required  repayment  upon  merger  or  acquisition  and  the  entire  amounts 
outstanding under both facilities were repaid by the Company on the July 11, 2008, acquisition date.  The excess of the final purchase 
price  over  the  estimated  fair  values  of  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  was  recorded  as 
goodwill.  Goodwill in the amount of $695 million was recorded in the final purchase price allocations and is not amortizable for tax 
purposes.   

The premium that the Company paid in excess of fair value of the net assets acquired was based on the Company’s desire to rapidly 
obtain  scale  in  attractive  west  coast  markets  and  to  take  advantage  of  opportunities  to  enhance  operating  results  through  increased 
buying  power  for  inventory,  increased  advertising  optimization,  reduced  redundancy  in  administrative  expenses,  returns  on 
incremental capital investments, and improved overall operating effectiveness. 

NOTE 3—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Goodwill  is  reviewed  annually  on  December  31  for  impairment,  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  business  conditions 
indicate that impairment may exist.  Goodwill is not amortizable for financial statement purposes.  During the year ended December 
31,  2010,  the  Company  recorded  a  decrease  in  goodwill  of  approximately  $0.3  million,  due  to  adjustments  to  the  purchase  price 
allocations  related  to  small  acquisitions  and  adjustments  to  the  provision  for  income  taxes  relating  to  the  exercise  of  stock  options 
acquired in the CSK acquisition (see Note 2).  The Company did not record any goodwill impairment for the year ended December 31, 
2010.  For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded amortization expense of $8.5 million, $14.1 
million,  and  $9.2  million,  respectively,  related  to  amortizable  intangible  assets,  which  are  included  in  “Other  assets”  on  the 
accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.    The  components  of  the  Company’s  amortizable  and  unamortizable  intangible  assets 
were as follows as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands): 

Cost 

Accumulated Amortization 

December 31, 

December 31, 

  December 31, 

December 31, 

2010 

2009 

2010 

2009 

$ 

52,010 

13,000 

579 

52,010 

13,000 

481 

$ 

$ 

18,329  $ 

13,000 

309 

31,638  $ 

11,383 

11,588 

201 

23,172 

Amortizable intangible assets: 

    Favorable leases 

    Trade names and trademarks 

    Other  

Total amortizable intangible assets 

65,589 

$ 

65,491 

Unamortizable intangible assets: 

    Goodwill 

Total unamortizable intangible assets 

743,975 

743,975 

$ 

$ 

744,313 

744,313 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.875%  Senior  Notes  issuance  were  used  to  repay  all  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  borrowings  under  its  existing  secured  credit 
facility, pay fees associated with the issuance and for general corporate purposes.  Concurrent with the issuance of the 2011 4.875% 
Senior  Notes,  the  Company  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  for  a  $750  million  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility  (“Revolver”) 
arranged  by  Bank  of  America,  N.A.  (“BA”)  and  Barclays  Capital  (“Barclays”),  which  replaced  the  previous  secured  credit  facility 
entered into on July 11, 2008, and matures in January of 2016.  Concurrent with the retirement of the Company’s previous secured 
credit facility on January 14, 2011, all remaining debt issuance costs related to the previous secured credit facility were expensed.  See 

Note 4 for further information concerning the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes and Revolver. 

NOTE 2— BUSINESS COMBINATION 

On July 11, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of CSK, one of the largest specialty retailers of auto parts and accessories in 
the Western United States and one of the largest such retailers in the United States, based on store count at the date of acquisition.  

The results of CSK’s operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date. 

At the date of the acquisition, CSK had 1,342 stores in 22 states, operating under four brand names:  Checker Auto Parts, Schuck’s 
Auto Supply, Kragen Auto Parts and Murray’s Discount Auto Parts.  As of December 31, 2010, we have converted all CSK stores to 
O’Reilly systems, merged 41 CSK stores with existing O’Reilly locations, closed 17 CSK stores and opened five new stores in CSK 

historical markets. 

Purchase price allocation: 

The final purchase price for CSK was comprised of the following amounts (in thousands): 

O’Reilly stock exchanged for CSK shares 

Cash payment to CSK shareholders 

CSK shares purchased by O’Reilly prior to merger 

Fair value of options and unvested restricted stock exchanged 

Direct costs of the acquisition 

Total purchase price 

$  459,308 

42,253 

21,724 

7,736 

11,227 

$  542,248 

The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting with O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. as the acquiring entity in 
accordance  with the Statement of  Financial  Accounting Standard No. 141, Business Combinations.  Accordingly, the consideration 
paid  by  the  Company  to  complete  the  acquisition  was  allocated  to  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  based  upon  their 
estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition.  The allocation of purchase price was based upon certain external valuations and 

other analyses, including the review of legal reserves (see Note 14). 

The final purchase price allocation was as follows (in thousands): 

Final Purchase 

Price Allocation as 

of June 30, 2009 

539,827 

84,959 

124,208 

694,987 

160,943 

65,270 

6,270 

1,676,464 

343,921 

86,700 

16,486 

501,470 

103,920 

81,719 

1,134,216 

542,248 

Inventory 

Other current assets 

Property and equipment 

Goodwill 

Deferred income taxes 

Other intangible assets 

Other assets 

     Total assets acquired 

Senior credit facility 

Term loan facility 

Capital lease obligations 

Other current liabilities 

   $ 

$ 

   $ 

6 ¾% senior exchangeable notes 

Other liabilities 

            Total liabilities assumed 

   $ 

            Net assets acquired 

$ 

58 

Estimated fair values of intangible assets acquired as of the date of acquisition were as follows (in thousands): 

Intangible assets   

Trademarks and trade names       
Favorable property leases 
Total intangible assets 

$ 

$ 

13,000 
52,270 
65,270 

Weighted-Average 
Useful Lives 
(in years) 

1.4 
10.7 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

The estimated values of operating leases with unfavorable terms compared with current market conditions totaled approximately $49.7 
million.    These  liabilities  had  an  estimated  weighted-average  useful  life  of  approximately  7.7  years  and  are  included  in  “Other 
liabilities”.  Favorable and unfavorable lease assets and liabilities are being amortized to selling, general and administrative expense 
over  their  expected  lives,  which  approximates  the  period  of  time  that  the  favorable  or  unfavorable  lease  terms  will  be  in  effect.  
Trademarks and trade names have useful lives of one to three years and were amortized coinciding with the conversions of CSK store 
brands to the O’Reilly branded locations.   

The  final  allocation  of  the  purchase  price  included  $54  million  of  accrued  liabilities  for  estimated  costs  to  exit  certain  activities  of 
CSK, including $14.8 million of exit costs associated with the planned closure of 51 CSK stores, $3.7 million of assumed liabilities 
related to CSK’s existing closed stores for 127 locations that were closed prior to the Company’s acquisition of CSK, $26.6 million of 
employee  separation  costs,  and  $8.9  million  of  exit  costs  associated  with  the  planned  closure  of  other  administrative  offices  and 
certain distribution facilities. 

The  CSK  senior  credit  facility  and  term  loan  facility  required  repayment  upon  merger  or  acquisition  and  the  entire  amounts 
outstanding under both facilities were repaid by the Company on the July 11, 2008, acquisition date.  The excess of the final purchase 
price  over  the  estimated  fair  values  of  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  was  recorded  as 
goodwill.  Goodwill in the amount of $695 million was recorded in the final purchase price allocations and is not amortizable for tax 
purposes.   

The premium that the Company paid in excess of fair value of the net assets acquired was based on the Company’s desire to rapidly 
obtain  scale  in  attractive  west  coast  markets  and  to  take  advantage  of  opportunities  to  enhance  operating  results  through  increased 
buying  power  for  inventory,  increased  advertising  optimization,  reduced  redundancy  in  administrative  expenses,  returns  on 
incremental capital investments, and improved overall operating effectiveness. 

NOTE 3—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Goodwill  is  reviewed  annually  on  December  31  for  impairment,  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  business  conditions 
indicate that impairment may exist.  Goodwill is not amortizable for financial statement purposes.  During the year ended December 
31,  2010,  the  Company  recorded  a  decrease  in  goodwill  of  approximately  $0.3  million,  due  to  adjustments  to  the  purchase  price 
allocations  related  to  small  acquisitions  and  adjustments  to  the  provision  for  income  taxes  relating  to  the  exercise  of  stock  options 
acquired in the CSK acquisition (see Note 2).  The Company did not record any goodwill impairment for the year ended December 31, 
2010.  For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded amortization expense of $8.5 million, $14.1 
million,  and  $9.2  million,  respectively,  related  to  amortizable  intangible  assets,  which  are  included  in  “Other  assets”  on  the 
accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.    The  components  of  the  Company’s  amortizable  and  unamortizable  intangible  assets 
were as follows as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands): 

Amortizable intangible assets: 
    Favorable leases 
    Trade names and trademarks 
    Other  
Total amortizable intangible assets 

Unamortizable intangible assets: 
    Goodwill 
Total unamortizable intangible assets 

Cost 

Accumulated Amortization 

December 31, 
2010 

December 31, 
2009 

  December 31, 

2010 

December 31, 
2009 

52,010 
13,000 
481 
65,491 

$ 

$ 

18,329  $ 
13,000 
309 
31,638  $ 

11,383 
11,588 
201 
23,172 

744,313 
744,313 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

52,010 
13,000 
579 
65,589 

743,975 
743,975 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

The favorable lease assets, included in the table above, were recorded in conjunction with the acquisition of CSK and represent the 
values of operating leases acquired with favorable terms.  These favorable leases had an estimated weighted-average remaining useful 
life  of  approximately  10.3  years  as  of  December  31,  2010.    In  addition,  the  Company  has  recorded  a  liability  for  the  values  of 
operating leases  with unfavorable terms, acquired in the acquisition of  CSK, totaling approximately $49.6 million at  December 31, 
2010  and  2009.    These  unfavorable  leases  have  an  estimated  weighted-average  remaining  useful  life  of  approximately  6.3  years.  
During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2009  and  2008,  the  Company  recognized  an  amortized  benefit  of  $7.0  million,  $9.2 
million  and  $3.9  million,  respectively,  related  to  these  unfavorable  operating  leases.    The  carrying  amount,  net  of  accumulated 
amortization, of the unfavorable lease liability is $29.5 million and $36.5 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and 
is  shown  in  the  “Other  liabilities”  section  of  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.    None  of  the  liabilities  related  to  these  unfavorable 
leases relate to stores to be closed as discussed in Note 2 or Note 7. 

As of December 31, 2010, the estimated net amortizable benefit of the Company’s intangible assets and liabilities for each of the next 
five years is as follows (in thousands): 

2011  $ 
2012    
2013   
2014    
2015    
Total  $ 

747 
737 
553 
529 
136 
2,702 

The change in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, was as follows (in thousands): 

Balance at December 31, 2008 
Adjustment to preliminary purchase price allocation of CSK 
Other  
Balance at December 31, 2009 
Other 
Balance at December 31, 2010 

$ 

$ 

720,508 
24,479 
(674) 
744,313 
(338) 
743,975 

NOTE 4—LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASES 

Outstanding long-term debt was as follows on December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands): 

December 31, 
2010 

  December 31, 

2009 

Capital leases 
6 ¾% Senior Exchangeable Notes 
FILO revolving credit facility 
Tranche A revolving credit facility 
Total debt and capital lease obligations 
Current maturities of debt and capital lease obligations 
Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations 

$ 

$ 

2,704 
- 
- 
356,000 
358,704 
1,431 
357,273 

  $ 

  $ 

11,230 
100,718 
125,000 
553,800 
790,748 
106,708 
684,040 

6¾% Exchangeable Senior Notes:  
On  July 11,  2008,  the  Company  executed  the  Third  Supplemental  Indenture  (the  “Third  Supplemental  Indenture”)  to  the  6¾% 
Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”), in which it agreed to become a guarantor, on a subordinated basis, of the $100 
million principal amount of the Notes originally issued by CSK pursuant to an Indenture dated as of December 19, 2005, as amended 
and supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 30, 2005, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated 
as of July 27, 2006, by and between  CSK  Auto Corporation, CSK  Auto, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust  Company, 
N.A.,  as  trustee.    On  December  31,  2008,  and  effective  as  of  July  11,  2008,  the  Company  entered  into  the  Fourth  Supplemental 
Indenture in order to correct the definition of Exchange Rate in the Third Supplemental Indenture.   

The Noteholders had the option to require the Company to repurchase some or all of the Notes for cash at a repurchase price equal to 
100% of the principal amount of the Notes being repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on December 15, 2010; December 
15,  2015;  or  December  15,  2020,  or  on  any  date  following  a  fundamental  change  as  described  in  the  indenture.    None  of  the 
Noteholders exercised such option at December 15, 2010. 

On July 1, 2010, the Notes became exchangeable, per the terms of the indentures governing the Notes, at the option of the holders and 
remained  exchangeable  through  September  30,  2010,  the  last  trading  day  of  the  Company’s  third  quarter,  as  provided  for  in  the 
indentures governing the Notes.  The Notes became exchangeable as the Company’s common stock closed at or above 130% of the 
Exchange Price for 20 trading days  within the 30 consecutive trading day period ending on June 30, 2010.  As a result, during the 
exchange  period  commencing  July  1,  2010,  and  continuing  through  and  including  September  30,  2010,  for  each  $1,000  principal 
amount  of  the  Notes  held,  holders  of  the  Notes  could,  if  they  elected,  surrender  their  Notes  for  exchange.    If  the  Notes  were 
exchanged, the Company would deliver cash equal to the lesser of the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be exchanged and the 
Company’s  total  exchange  obligation  and,  in  the  event  the  Company’s  total  exchange  obligation  exceeded  the  aggregate  principal 
amount of Notes to be exchanged, shares of the Company’s common stock in respect of that excess.  The total exchange obligation 
reflected  the  exchange  rate  whereby  each  $1,000  in  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  was  exchangeable  into  an  equivalent  value  of 
approximately  25.97  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  and  approximately  $60.61  in  cash.    On  September  28,  2010,  certain 
holders of the Notes delivered notice to the exchange agent to exercise their right to exchange $11 million of the principal amount of 
the Notes.  The Cash Settlement Averaging Period (as defined in the indentures governing the Notes) ended on October 27, 2010, and 
on October 29, 2010, the Company delivered $11 million in cash, which represented the principal amount of the Notes exchanged and 
the value of partial shares, and 92,855 shares of the Company’s common stock to the exchange agent in settlement of the exchange 
obligation.  Concurrently, the Company retired the $11 million principal amount of the exchanged Notes.  On October 1, 2010, the 
Notes again became exchangeable at the option of the holders and remained exchangeable through December 31, 2010. 

The Company had the option to redeem some or all of the Notes for cash at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount plus 
any accrued and unpaid interest on or after December 15, 2010, upon at least 35-calendar days notice.  On November 15, 2010, the 
Company notified Noteholders of its intention to call all of the Notes on December 21, 2010, (the “Redemption Date”) at a redemption 
price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest up to, but not including, the Redemption Date.  As 
a result of the Notes being called for redemption, the Notes  were  exchangeable at any time on or prior to December  17, 2010, the 
second Trading Day (as defined in the Indenture) preceding the Redemption Date.  Upon exchange, the Company would deliver cash 
equal to the lesser of the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be exchanged and the Company’s total exchange obligation and, in 
the event the Company’s total exchange obligation exceeded the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be exchanged, shares of the 
Company’s common stock in respect of that excess.  On or prior to December 17, 2010, all holders of the Notes delivered notice to the 
exchange agent to exercise their right to exchange the remaining $89  million principal  amount of the Notes.  The  Cash  Settlement 
Averaging Period (as defined in the indentures governing the Notes) ended on December 16, 2010, and on December 21, 2010, the 
Company  delivered  $89  million  in  cash,  which  represented  the  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  exchanged  and  the  value  of  partial 
shares,  and  939,312  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  to  the  exchange  agent  in  settlement  of  the  exchange  obligation.  
Concurrently, the Company retired the remaining $89 million principal amount of the exchanged Notes. 

The  Company  distinguishes  its  financial  instruments  between  permanent  equity,  temporary  equity,  and  assets  and  liabilities.    The 
share exchange feature and the embedded put and call options within the Notes are required to be accounted for as equity instruments.  
All of the outstanding Notes were retired on December 21, 2010.  The principal amount of the Notes as of December 31, 2009, was 
$100 million.  The unamortized premium on the Notes was $0.7 million as of December 31, 2009, resulting in a net carrying amount 
of the Notes as of December 31, 2009, of $100.7 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, the if-converted value of the Notes 
was $100 million.  The net interest expense related to the Notes for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $6.0 million, resulting in 
an  effective  interest  rate  of  6.0%.    The  net  interest  expense  related  to  the  Notes  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  was  $6.0 
million, resulting in an effective interest rate of 6.0%.  The net interest expense related to the Notes for the year ended December 31, 
2008, was $2.9 million, resulting in an effective interest rate of 6.0%. 

Asset-based revolving credit facility: 
On July 11, 2008, in connection with the acquisition of CSK (see Note 2), the Company entered into a credit agreement for a five year 
$1.2 billion credit facility arranged by BA, which the Company used to refinance debt, fund the cash portion of the acquisition, pay for 
other transaction-related expenses and provide liquidity for the combined Company going forward.  The Credit Facility was comprised 
of a five-year $1.075 billion tranche A revolving credit facility and a five-year $125 million first-in-last-out revolving credit facility 
(“FILO tranche”) both of which were scheduled to mature on July 11, 2013.  The terms of the Credit Facility grant the Company the 
right  to  terminate  the  FILO  tranche  upon  meeting  certain  requirements,  including  no  events  of  default  and  aggregate  projected 
availability  under  the  Credit  Facility.    During  the  third  quarter  ended  September  30,  2010,  the  Company,  upon  meeting  all 
requirements  to  do  so,  elected  to  exercise  its  right  to  terminate  the  FILO  tranche.    As  of  December  31,  2010,  the  amount  of  the 
borrowing base available  under the  Credit Facility  was $1.071 billion, of  which the  Company  had outstanding borrowings of $356 
million.    The  available  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  are  also  reduced  by  stand-by  letters  of  credit  issued  by  the  Company 
primarily  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of  workers  compensation,  general  liability  and  other  insurance  policies.    As  of  December  31, 
2010,  the  Company  had  stand-by  letters  of  credit  outstanding  in  the  amount  of  $71.2  million  and  the  aggregate  availability  for 
additional  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  was  $644  million.    As  of  December  31,  2009,  the  amount  of  the  borrowing  base 
available  under  the  Credit  Facility  was  $1.196  billion,  of  which  the  Company  had  outstanding  borrowings  of  $678.8  million.    The 
available borrowings under the Credit Facility are also reduced by stand-by letters of credit outstanding in the amount of $72.3 million 
and the aggregate availability for additional borrowings under the Credit Facility was $445.2 million.  As part of the Credit Facility, 
the Company pledged virtually all of its assets as collateral and was subject to an ongoing consolidated leverage ratio covenant, with 
which the Company complied on December 31, 2010 and 2009.  All outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility were repaid on 

60 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The favorable lease assets, included in the table above, were recorded in conjunction with the acquisition of CSK and represent the 
values of operating leases acquired with favorable terms.  These favorable leases had an estimated weighted-average remaining useful 
life  of  approximately  10.3  years  as  of  December  31,  2010.    In  addition,  the  Company  has  recorded  a  liability  for  the  values  of 
operating leases  with unfavorable terms, acquired in the acquisition of  CSK, totaling approximately $49.6 million at  December 31, 
2010  and  2009.    These  unfavorable  leases  have  an  estimated  weighted-average  remaining  useful  life  of  approximately  6.3  years.  
During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2009  and  2008,  the  Company  recognized  an  amortized  benefit  of  $7.0  million,  $9.2 
million  and  $3.9  million,  respectively,  related  to  these  unfavorable  operating  leases.    The  carrying  amount,  net  of  accumulated 
amortization, of the unfavorable lease liability is $29.5 million and $36.5 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and 
is  shown  in  the  “Other  liabilities”  section  of  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.    None  of  the  liabilities  related  to  these  unfavorable 

leases relate to stores to be closed as discussed in Note 2 or Note 7. 

As of December 31, 2010, the estimated net amortizable benefit of the Company’s intangible assets and liabilities for each of the next 

five years is as follows (in thousands): 

2011  $ 

2012    

2013   

2014    

2015    

747 

737 

553 

529 

136 

Total  $ 

2,702 

The change in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, was as follows (in thousands): 

Balance at December 31, 2008 

$ 

Adjustment to preliminary purchase price allocation of CSK 

Other  

Other 

Balance at December 31, 2009 

720,508 

24,479 

(674) 

744,313 

(338) 

Balance at December 31, 2010 

$ 

743,975 

NOTE 4—LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASES 

Outstanding long-term debt was as follows on December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands): 

Capital leases 

6 ¾% Senior Exchangeable Notes 

FILO revolving credit facility 

Tranche A revolving credit facility 

Total debt and capital lease obligations 

Current maturities of debt and capital lease obligations 

Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations 

$ 

357,273 

  $ 

December 31, 

  December 31, 

2010 

2009 

$ 

2,704 

  $ 

- 

- 

356,000 

358,704 

1,431 

11,230 

100,718 

125,000 

553,800 

790,748 

106,708 

684,040 

6¾% Exchangeable Senior Notes:  

On  July 11,  2008,  the  Company  executed  the  Third  Supplemental  Indenture  (the  “Third  Supplemental  Indenture”)  to  the  6¾% 
Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”), in which it agreed to become a guarantor, on a subordinated basis, of the $100 
million principal amount of the Notes originally issued by CSK pursuant to an Indenture dated as of December 19, 2005, as amended 
and supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 30, 2005, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated 
as of July 27, 2006, by and between  CSK  Auto Corporation, CSK  Auto, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust  Company, 
N.A.,  as  trustee.    On  December  31,  2008,  and  effective  as  of  July  11,  2008,  the  Company  entered  into  the  Fourth  Supplemental 

Indenture in order to correct the definition of Exchange Rate in the Third Supplemental Indenture.   

The Noteholders had the option to require the Company to repurchase some or all of the Notes for cash at a repurchase price equal to 
100% of the principal amount of the Notes being repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on December 15, 2010; December 
15,  2015;  or  December  15,  2020,  or  on  any  date  following  a  fundamental  change  as  described  in  the  indenture.    None  of  the 

Noteholders exercised such option at December 15, 2010. 

On July 1, 2010, the Notes became exchangeable, per the terms of the indentures governing the Notes, at the option of the holders and 
remained  exchangeable  through  September  30,  2010,  the  last  trading  day  of  the  Company’s  third  quarter,  as  provided  for  in  the 
indentures governing the Notes.  The Notes became exchangeable as the Company’s common stock closed at or above 130% of the 
Exchange Price for 20 trading days  within the 30 consecutive trading day period ending on June 30, 2010.  As a result, during the 
exchange  period  commencing  July  1,  2010,  and  continuing  through  and  including  September  30,  2010,  for  each  $1,000  principal 
amount  of  the  Notes  held,  holders  of  the  Notes  could,  if  they  elected,  surrender  their  Notes  for  exchange.    If  the  Notes  were 
exchanged, the Company would deliver cash equal to the lesser of the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be exchanged and the 
Company’s  total  exchange  obligation  and,  in  the  event  the  Company’s  total  exchange  obligation  exceeded  the  aggregate  principal 
amount of Notes to be exchanged, shares of the Company’s common stock in respect of that excess.  The total exchange obligation 
reflected  the  exchange  rate  whereby  each  $1,000  in  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  was  exchangeable  into  an  equivalent  value  of 
approximately  25.97  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  and  approximately  $60.61  in  cash.    On  September  28,  2010,  certain 
holders of the Notes delivered notice to the exchange agent to exercise their right to exchange $11 million of the principal amount of 
the Notes.  The Cash Settlement Averaging Period (as defined in the indentures governing the Notes) ended on October 27, 2010, and 
on October 29, 2010, the Company delivered $11 million in cash, which represented the principal amount of the Notes exchanged and 
the value of partial shares, and 92,855 shares of the Company’s common stock to the exchange agent in settlement of the exchange 
obligation.  Concurrently, the Company retired the $11 million principal amount of the exchanged Notes.  On October 1, 2010, the 
Notes again became exchangeable at the option of the holders and remained exchangeable through December 31, 2010. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

The Company had the option to redeem some or all of the Notes for cash at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount plus 
any accrued and unpaid interest on or after December 15, 2010, upon at least 35-calendar days notice.  On November 15, 2010, the 
Company notified Noteholders of its intention to call all of the Notes on December 21, 2010, (the “Redemption Date”) at a redemption 
price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest up to, but not including, the Redemption Date.  As 
a result of the Notes being called for redemption, the Notes  were  exchangeable at any time on or prior to December  17, 2010, the 
second Trading Day (as defined in the Indenture) preceding the Redemption Date.  Upon exchange, the Company would deliver cash 
equal to the lesser of the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be exchanged and the Company’s total exchange obligation and, in 
the event the Company’s total exchange obligation exceeded the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be exchanged, shares of the 
Company’s common stock in respect of that excess.  On or prior to December 17, 2010, all holders of the Notes delivered notice to the 
exchange agent to exercise their right to exchange the remaining $89  million principal  amount of the Notes.  The  Cash  Settlement 
Averaging Period (as defined in the indentures governing the Notes) ended on December 16, 2010, and on December 21, 2010, the 
Company  delivered  $89  million  in  cash,  which  represented  the  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  exchanged  and  the  value  of  partial 
shares,  and  939,312  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  to  the  exchange  agent  in  settlement  of  the  exchange  obligation.  
Concurrently, the Company retired the remaining $89 million principal amount of the exchanged Notes. 

The  Company  distinguishes  its  financial  instruments  between  permanent  equity,  temporary  equity,  and  assets  and  liabilities.    The 
share exchange feature and the embedded put and call options within the Notes are required to be accounted for as equity instruments.  
All of the outstanding Notes were retired on December 21, 2010.  The principal amount of the Notes as of December 31, 2009, was 
$100 million.  The unamortized premium on the Notes was $0.7 million as of December 31, 2009, resulting in a net carrying amount 
of the Notes as of December 31, 2009, of $100.7 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, the if-converted value of the Notes 
was $100 million.  The net interest expense related to the Notes for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $6.0 million, resulting in 
an  effective  interest  rate  of  6.0%.    The  net  interest  expense  related  to  the  Notes  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  was  $6.0 
million, resulting in an effective interest rate of 6.0%.  The net interest expense related to the Notes for the year ended December 31, 
2008, was $2.9 million, resulting in an effective interest rate of 6.0%. 

Asset-based revolving credit facility: 
On July 11, 2008, in connection with the acquisition of CSK (see Note 2), the Company entered into a credit agreement for a five year 
$1.2 billion credit facility arranged by BA, which the Company used to refinance debt, fund the cash portion of the acquisition, pay for 
other transaction-related expenses and provide liquidity for the combined Company going forward.  The Credit Facility was comprised 
of a five-year $1.075 billion tranche A revolving credit facility and a five-year $125 million first-in-last-out revolving credit facility 
(“FILO tranche”) both of which were scheduled to mature on July 11, 2013.  The terms of the Credit Facility grant the Company the 
right  to  terminate  the  FILO  tranche  upon  meeting  certain  requirements,  including  no  events  of  default  and  aggregate  projected 
availability  under  the  Credit  Facility.    During  the  third  quarter  ended  September  30,  2010,  the  Company,  upon  meeting  all 
requirements  to  do  so,  elected  to  exercise  its  right  to  terminate  the  FILO  tranche.    As  of  December  31,  2010,  the  amount  of  the 
borrowing base available  under the  Credit Facility  was $1.071 billion, of  which the  Company  had outstanding borrowings of $356 
million.    The  available  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  are  also  reduced  by  stand-by  letters  of  credit  issued  by  the  Company 
primarily  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of  workers  compensation,  general  liability  and  other  insurance  policies.    As  of  December  31, 
2010,  the  Company  had  stand-by  letters  of  credit  outstanding  in  the  amount  of  $71.2  million  and  the  aggregate  availability  for 
additional  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  was  $644  million.    As  of  December  31,  2009,  the  amount  of  the  borrowing  base 
available  under  the  Credit  Facility  was  $1.196  billion,  of  which  the  Company  had  outstanding  borrowings  of  $678.8  million.    The 
available borrowings under the Credit Facility are also reduced by stand-by letters of credit outstanding in the amount of $72.3 million 
and the aggregate availability for additional borrowings under the Credit Facility was $445.2 million.  As part of the Credit Facility, 
the Company pledged virtually all of its assets as collateral and was subject to an ongoing consolidated leverage ratio covenant, with 
which the Company complied on December 31, 2010 and 2009.  All outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility were repaid on 

60 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

January 14, 2011, and the facility was retired concurrent  with the issuance of the Company’s 2011 4.875% Senior Notes as further 
described below. 

At December 31, 2010, borrowings under the tranche A revolver bore interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate equal to either a base 
rate plus 1.00% per annum or LIBOR plus 2.00% per annum, with each rate being subject to adjustment based upon certain excess 
availability thresholds.  The base rate is  equal to the higher of the prime lending rate established by BA from time to time and the 
federal  funds  effective  rate  as  in  effect  from  time  to  time  plus  0.50%,  subject  to  adjustment  based  upon  remaining  available 
borrowings.    Fees  related  to  unused  capacity  under  the  Credit  Facility  are  assessed  at  a  rate  of  0.50%  of  the  remaining  available 
borrowings under the facility, subject to adjustment based upon remaining unused capacity.  In addition, the Company paid customary 
commitment fees, letter of credit fees, underwriting fees and other administrative fees in respect to the Credit Facility.  At December 
31, 2010, the Company had borrowings of $106 million under its Credit Facility, which were not covered under an interest rate swap 
agreement, with interest rates ranging from 2.31% to 4.25%.  At December 31, 2009, the Company had borrowings of $278.8 million 
under its  Credit Facility,  which  were  not covered  under an interest rate swap agreement,  with interest rates ranging from 2.50% to 
4.50%.      

On  each  of  July  24,  2008,  October  14,  2008,  and  January  21, 2010,  the  Company  entered  into  interest  rate  swap  transactions  with 
Branch  Banking  and  Trust  Company  (“BBT”),  BA,  SunTrust  Bank  (“SunTrust”),  and/or  Barclays  Capital  (“Barclays”).    The 
Company  entered  into  these  interest  rate  swap  transactions  to  mitigate  the  risk  associated  with  its  floating  interest  rate  based  on 
LIBOR on an aggregate of $450 million of its debt that is outstanding under its Credit Facility, dated as of July 11, 2008.  The interest 
rate swap transaction that the Company entered into with BBT on October 14, 2008, for $25 million and was scheduled to mature on 
October 17, 2010, was terminated at the Company’s request on September 16, 2010, (see Note 8).  The interest rate swap transaction 
that  the  Company  entered  into  with  BBT  on  July  24,  2008,  for  $100  million  matured  on  August  1,  2010;  the  interest  rate  swap 
transactions the Company entered into with BBT, BA and/or SunTrust on October 14, 2008, totaling $75 million, matured on October 
17, 2010, bringing the total notional amount of swapped debt to $250 million as of December 31, 2010.  The Company is required to 
make certain monthly fixed rate payments calculated on the notional amounts, while the applicable counter party is obligated to make 
certain  monthly  floating  rate  payments  to  the  Company  referencing the  same  notional  amount.    The  interest  rate  swap  transactions 
effectively fix the annual interest rate payable on these notional amounts of the Company’s debt, which may exist under the Credit 
Facility plus an applicable margin under the terms of the Credit Facility.  At December 31, 2010, the interest rate swap transactions 
had maturity dates ranging from January 31, 2011, through October 17, 2011.   

The counterparties, transaction dates, effective dates, applicable notional amounts, effective index rates and maturity dates of each of 
the interest rate swap transactions which existed as of December 31, 2010, are included in the table below: 

Counterparty 

Transaction 
Date 

Effective 
Date 

SunTrust 
BA 
BA 
Barclays 

07/24/2008 
07/24/2008 
10/14/2008 
01/21/2010

08/01/2008 
08/01/2008 
10/17/2008 
01/22/2010

Notional 
Amount       
(in thousands) 
75,000 
75,000 
50,000 
50,000 

Effective 
index rate 
3.83% 
3.83% 
3.56% 
0.53% 

Spread at   
December 31, 
2010 

Effective Interest 
Rate at 
December 31, 
2010 

Maturity 
date 

2.00% 
2.00% 
2.00% 
2.00% 

5.83%  08/01/2011 
5.83%  08/01/2011 
5.56%  10/17/2011 
2.53%  01/31/2011 

  $

250,000 

All  of  the  interest  rate  swap  transactions  that  existed  as  of  December  31,  2010,  for  a  total  notional  amount  of  $250  million,  were 
terminated at the Company’s request on January 14, 2011, concurrent with the retirement of the Credit Facility and the issuance of its 
2011 4.875% Senior Notes as further described below. 

Capital lease agreements: 
The  Company  leases  certain  equipment  under  capital  lease  agreements.    The  lease  agreements  have  terms  ranging  from  63  to  180 
months, expiring on dates ranging from October of 2013 to March of 2017.  The present value of the future minimum lease payments 
under equipment capital leases totaled approximately $1.9 million and $10.5 million at  December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, 
which  have  been  classified  as  long-term  debt  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements.    The  Company  acquired 
equipment  under  capital  leases  in  the  amount  of  $8.3  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009.    The  Company  did  not 
acquire any additional equipment under capital leases during the year ended December 31, 2010.  

The  Company  assumed  certain  building  capital  leases  in  the  CSK  acquisition.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  the 
Company purchased all properties under these capital leases with the exception of one location, which will expire in April of 2015.  
The present value of future minimum lease payments under building capital leases totaled approximately $0.8 million at December 31, 
2010 and 2009, which are classified as long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.  The Company did not 
acquire any additional buildings under capital leases during the periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.  

As of December 31, 2010, principal maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations are as follows (in thousands): 

2011  $ 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

1,431 

669 

356,291 

130 

89 

94 

Thereafter 

Total  $ 

358,704 

New Financing Plan, Subsequent Event: 
On  January  11,  2011,  the  Company  announced  a  multi-faceted  financing  plan,  which  included  the  offering  of  $500  million  of 
unsecured notes and the entrance into a five-year $750 million unsecured revolving credit facility, which are further described below. 

4.875% Senior Notes due 2021: 
On January 14, 2011, the Company issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021 in 
the public market, of which certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are the guarantors (“Subsidiary Guarantors”), and UMB is trustee.  
The 2011 4.875% Senior Notes  were issued at 99.297% of their face value and  mature  on January 14, 2021.  Interest on  the 2011 
4.875%  Senior  Notes  accrues  at  a  rate  of  4.875%  per  annum  and  is  payable  semiannually  on  January  14  and  July  14  of  each  year 
beginning on July 14, 2011.  Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year. 

The proceeds from the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes’ issuance were used to repay all of the Company’s outstanding borrowings under its 
Credit  Facility  and  to  pay  fees  and  expenses  related  to  the  offering  of  the  2011  4.875%  Senior  Notes,  with  the  remainder  used  for 
general corporate purposes. 

Prior to October 14, 2020, the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes are redeemable in whole, at any time, or in part, from time to time, at the 
Company’s option upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, 
but not including, the redemption date, equal to the greater of:  

100% of the principal amount thereof; or  

• 

• 

the  sum  of  the  present  values  of  the  remaining  scheduled  payments  of  principal  and  interest  thereon  discounted  to  the 

redemption  date  on  a  semiannual  basis  (assuming  a  360-day  year  consisting  of  twelve  30-day  months)  at  the  applicable 

Treasury Yield (as defined in the indenture governing the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes) plus 25 basis points.  

On or after October 14, 2020, the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes are redeemable, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the 
Company’s option upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount 
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date.  In addition, if the Company undergoes a Change 
of  Control  Triggering  Event  (as  defined  in  the  indenture  governing  the  2011  4.875%  Senior  Notes),  holders  of  the  2011  4.875% 
Senior Notes may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of their 2011 4.875% Senior Notes at a price equal to 101% of 
the principal amount of the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including 
the repurchase date. 

The 2011 4.875% Senior Notes are subject to certain customary, positive and negative covenants, with which the Company complied 
as  of  January  14,  2011.    The  2011  4.875%  Senior  Notes  are  guaranteed  by  certain  of  the  Company’s  subsidiaries  on  a  senior 
unsecured  basis.    The  guarantees  are  full  and  unconditional  and  joint  and  several.   Each  of  the  Subsidiary  Guarantors  are  wholly-
owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  the  Company  and  the  Company  has  no  independent  assets  or  operations  other  than  those  of  its 
subsidiaries.    The  only  direct  or  indirect  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  that  are  not  Subsidiary  Guarantors  are  minor  subsidiaries.  
Neither  the  Company  nor  any  of  its  Subsidiary  Guarantors  has  any  material  or  significant  restrictions  on  the  Company’s  ability  to 
obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan or to transfer assets from such subsidiaries, except as provided by applicable 
law. 

Unsecured revolving credit facility: 
On  January  14,  2011,  the  Company  entered  into  a  new  credit  agreement  for  a  five-year  $750  million  unsecured  revolving  credit 
facility (the “Revolver”) arranged by BA and Barclays, which matures in January of 2016.  The Revolver includes a $200 million sub-
limit for the issuance of letters of credit and a $75 million sub-limit for swing line borrowings.  Borrowings under the Revolver (other 
than  swing  line  loans)  bear  interest,  at  the  Company’s  option,  at  either  the  Base  Rate  or  Eurodollar  Rate  (both  as  defined  in  the 
agreement) plus a margin, that will vary from 1.325% to 2.50% in the case of loans bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate and 0.325% 
to 1.50% in the case of loans bearing interest at the Base Rate, in each case based upon the ratings assigned to the Company’s debt by 
Moody’s  Investor  Service,  Inc.  (“Moody’s”)  and  Standard  &  Poor’s  Rating  Services  (“S&P”).    Swing  line  loans  made  under  the 
Revolver bear interest at the Base Rate plus the applicable margin described above.  In addition, the Company pays a facility fee on 
the aggregate amount of the commitments in an amount equal to a percentage of such commitments, varying from 0.175% to 0.50% 

62 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
January 14, 2011, and the facility was retired concurrent  with the issuance of the Company’s 2011 4.875% Senior Notes as further 

As of December 31, 2010, principal maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations are as follows (in thousands): 

described below. 

At December 31, 2010, borrowings under the tranche A revolver bore interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate equal to either a base 
rate plus 1.00% per annum or LIBOR plus 2.00% per annum, with each rate being subject to adjustment based upon certain excess 
availability thresholds.  The base rate is  equal to the higher of the prime lending rate established by BA from time to time and the 
federal  funds  effective  rate  as  in  effect  from  time  to  time  plus  0.50%,  subject  to  adjustment  based  upon  remaining  available 
borrowings.    Fees  related  to  unused  capacity  under  the  Credit  Facility  are  assessed  at  a  rate  of  0.50%  of  the  remaining  available 
borrowings under the facility, subject to adjustment based upon remaining unused capacity.  In addition, the Company paid customary 
commitment fees, letter of credit fees, underwriting fees and other administrative fees in respect to the Credit Facility.  At December 
31, 2010, the Company had borrowings of $106 million under its Credit Facility, which were not covered under an interest rate swap 
agreement, with interest rates ranging from 2.31% to 4.25%.  At December 31, 2009, the Company had borrowings of $278.8 million 
under its  Credit Facility,  which  were  not covered  under an interest rate swap agreement,  with interest rates ranging from 2.50% to 

4.50%.      

On  each  of  July  24,  2008,  October  14,  2008,  and  January  21, 2010,  the  Company  entered  into  interest  rate  swap  transactions  with 
Branch  Banking  and  Trust  Company  (“BBT”),  BA,  SunTrust  Bank  (“SunTrust”),  and/or  Barclays  Capital  (“Barclays”).    The 
Company  entered  into  these  interest  rate  swap  transactions  to  mitigate  the  risk  associated  with  its  floating  interest  rate  based  on 
LIBOR on an aggregate of $450 million of its debt that is outstanding under its Credit Facility, dated as of July 11, 2008.  The interest 
rate swap transaction that the Company entered into with BBT on October 14, 2008, for $25 million and was scheduled to mature on 
October 17, 2010, was terminated at the Company’s request on September 16, 2010, (see Note 8).  The interest rate swap transaction 
that  the  Company  entered  into  with  BBT  on  July  24,  2008,  for  $100  million  matured  on  August  1,  2010;  the  interest  rate  swap 
transactions the Company entered into with BBT, BA and/or SunTrust on October 14, 2008, totaling $75 million, matured on October 
17, 2010, bringing the total notional amount of swapped debt to $250 million as of December 31, 2010.  The Company is required to 
make certain monthly fixed rate payments calculated on the notional amounts, while the applicable counter party is obligated to make 
certain  monthly  floating  rate  payments  to  the  Company  referencing the  same  notional  amount.    The  interest  rate  swap  transactions 
effectively fix the annual interest rate payable on these notional amounts of the Company’s debt, which may exist under the Credit 
Facility plus an applicable margin under the terms of the Credit Facility.  At December 31, 2010, the interest rate swap transactions 

had maturity dates ranging from January 31, 2011, through October 17, 2011.   

The counterparties, transaction dates, effective dates, applicable notional amounts, effective index rates and maturity dates of each of 

the interest rate swap transactions which existed as of December 31, 2010, are included in the table below: 

Notional 

Spread at   

Rate at 

Effective Interest 

Counterparty 

Date 

Date 

(in thousands) 

index rate 

2010 

2010 

date 

Transaction 

Effective 

Amount       

Effective 

December 31, 

December 31, 

Maturity 

SunTrust 

BA 

BA 

Barclays 

07/24/2008 

08/01/2008 

07/24/2008 

08/01/2008 

10/14/2008 

10/17/2008 

01/21/2010

01/22/2010

  $

75,000 

75,000 

50,000 

50,000 

250,000 

3.83% 

3.83% 

3.56% 

0.53% 

2.00% 

2.00% 

2.00% 

2.00% 

5.83%  08/01/2011 

5.83%  08/01/2011 

5.56%  10/17/2011 

2.53%  01/31/2011 

All  of  the  interest  rate  swap  transactions  that  existed  as  of  December  31,  2010,  for  a  total  notional  amount  of  $250  million,  were 
terminated at the Company’s request on January 14, 2011, concurrent with the retirement of the Credit Facility and the issuance of its 

2011 4.875% Senior Notes as further described below. 

Capital lease agreements: 

The  Company  leases  certain  equipment  under  capital  lease  agreements.    The  lease  agreements  have  terms  ranging  from  63  to  180 
months, expiring on dates ranging from October of 2013 to March of 2017.  The present value of the future minimum lease payments 
under equipment capital leases totaled approximately $1.9 million and $10.5 million at  December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, 
which  have  been  classified  as  long-term  debt  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements.    The  Company  acquired 
equipment  under  capital  leases  in  the  amount  of  $8.3  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009.    The  Company  did  not 

acquire any additional equipment under capital leases during the year ended December 31, 2010.  

The  Company  assumed  certain  building  capital  leases  in  the  CSK  acquisition.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  the 
Company purchased all properties under these capital leases with the exception of one location, which will expire in April of 2015.  
The present value of future minimum lease payments under building capital leases totaled approximately $0.8 million at December 31, 
2010 and 2009, which are classified as long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.  The Company did not 

acquire any additional buildings under capital leases during the periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.  

2011  $ 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
Thereafter 

Total  $ 

1,431 
669 
356,291 
130 
89 
94 
358,704 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

New Financing Plan, Subsequent Event: 
On  January  11,  2011,  the  Company  announced  a  multi-faceted  financing  plan,  which  included  the  offering  of  $500  million  of 
unsecured notes and the entrance into a five-year $750 million unsecured revolving credit facility, which are further described below. 

4.875% Senior Notes due 2021: 
On January 14, 2011, the Company issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021 in 
the public market, of which certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are the guarantors (“Subsidiary Guarantors”), and UMB is trustee.  
The 2011 4.875% Senior Notes  were issued at 99.297% of their face value and  mature  on January 14, 2021.  Interest on  the 2011 
4.875%  Senior  Notes  accrues  at  a  rate  of  4.875%  per  annum  and  is  payable  semiannually  on  January  14  and  July  14  of  each  year 
beginning on July 14, 2011.  Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year. 

The proceeds from the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes’ issuance were used to repay all of the Company’s outstanding borrowings under its 
Credit  Facility  and  to  pay  fees  and  expenses  related  to  the  offering  of  the  2011  4.875%  Senior  Notes,  with  the  remainder  used  for 
general corporate purposes. 

Prior to October 14, 2020, the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes are redeemable in whole, at any time, or in part, from time to time, at the 
Company’s option upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, 
but not including, the redemption date, equal to the greater of:  

• 
• 

100% of the principal amount thereof; or  
the  sum  of  the  present  values  of  the  remaining  scheduled  payments  of  principal  and  interest  thereon  discounted  to  the 
redemption  date  on  a  semiannual  basis  (assuming  a  360-day  year  consisting  of  twelve  30-day  months)  at  the  applicable 
Treasury Yield (as defined in the indenture governing the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes) plus 25 basis points.  

On or after October 14, 2020, the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes are redeemable, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the 
Company’s option upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount 
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date.  In addition, if the Company undergoes a Change 
of  Control  Triggering  Event  (as  defined  in  the  indenture  governing  the  2011  4.875%  Senior  Notes),  holders  of  the  2011  4.875% 
Senior Notes may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of their 2011 4.875% Senior Notes at a price equal to 101% of 
the principal amount of the 2011 4.875% Senior Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including 
the repurchase date. 

The 2011 4.875% Senior Notes are subject to certain customary, positive and negative covenants, with which the Company complied 
as  of  January  14,  2011.    The  2011  4.875%  Senior  Notes  are  guaranteed  by  certain  of  the  Company’s  subsidiaries  on  a  senior 
unsecured  basis.    The  guarantees  are  full  and  unconditional  and  joint  and  several.   Each  of  the  Subsidiary  Guarantors  are  wholly-
owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  the  Company  and  the  Company  has  no  independent  assets  or  operations  other  than  those  of  its 
subsidiaries.    The  only  direct  or  indirect  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  that  are  not  Subsidiary  Guarantors  are  minor  subsidiaries.  
Neither  the  Company  nor  any  of  its  Subsidiary  Guarantors  has  any  material  or  significant  restrictions  on  the  Company’s  ability  to 
obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan or to transfer assets from such subsidiaries, except as provided by applicable 
law. 

Unsecured revolving credit facility: 
On  January  14,  2011,  the  Company  entered  into  a  new  credit  agreement  for  a  five-year  $750  million  unsecured  revolving  credit 
facility (the “Revolver”) arranged by BA and Barclays, which matures in January of 2016.  The Revolver includes a $200 million sub-
limit for the issuance of letters of credit and a $75 million sub-limit for swing line borrowings.  Borrowings under the Revolver (other 
than  swing  line  loans)  bear  interest,  at  the  Company’s  option,  at  either  the  Base  Rate  or  Eurodollar  Rate  (both  as  defined  in  the 
agreement) plus a margin, that will vary from 1.325% to 2.50% in the case of loans bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate and 0.325% 
to 1.50% in the case of loans bearing interest at the Base Rate, in each case based upon the ratings assigned to the Company’s debt by 
Moody’s  Investor  Service,  Inc.  (“Moody’s”)  and  Standard  &  Poor’s  Rating  Services  (“S&P”).    Swing  line  loans  made  under  the 
Revolver bear interest at the Base Rate plus the applicable margin described above.  In addition, the Company pays a facility fee on 
the aggregate amount of the commitments in an amount equal to a percentage of such commitments, varying from 0.175% to 0.50% 

62 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

based upon the ratings assigned to the Company’s debt by Moody’s and S&P.  The Revolver replaced the previous $1.2 billion Credit 
Facility  entered  into  on  July  11,  2008.    At  the  time  of  closing,  the  Company  did  not  have  any  borrowings  outstanding  under  the 
Revolver.   

existing economic conditions.  Adjustments to closed property reserves are made to reflect changes in estimated sublease income or 
actual contracted exit costs, which vary from original estimates.  Adjustments are made for material changes in estimates in the period 
in which the changes become known.   

The  Revolver  contains  certain  debt  covenants,  which  include  limitations  on  total  outstanding  borrowings,  a  minimum  fixed  charge 
coverage  ratio  of  2.0  times  from  the  closing  through  December  31,  2012,  2.25  times  through  December  31,  2014  and  2.5  times 
through maturity and a maximum adjusted consolidated leverage ratio of 3.0 times through maturity.  The consolidated leverage ratio 
includes  a  calculation  of  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation,  amortization,  rent  and  stock  option  compensation  expense  to 
adjusted debt.  Adjusted debt includes outstanding debt, outstanding standby letters of credit, six times rent expense and excludes any 
premium or discount recorded in conjunction with the issuance of long-term debt.  As of January 14, 2011, the Company complied 
with all covenants related to the borrowing arrangements. 

NOTE 5—RELATED PARTIES 

The  Company  leases  certain  land  and  buildings  related  to  48  of  its  O'Reilly  Auto  Parts  stores  under  fifteen-year  operating  lease 
agreements  with  New  O'Reilly  Investment  Company  LP  and  New  O'Reilly  Real  Estate  Company  LP,  entities  in  which  certain 
shareholders  and  directors  of  the  Company  are  partners.    Generally,  these  lease  agreements  provide  for  renewal  options  for  an 
additional five years at the option of the Company and the lease agreements are periodically modified to further extend the lease term 
for specific stores under the agreement.  Additionally, the Company leases certain land and buildings related to 21 of its O’Reilly Auto 
Parts stores under fifteen-year operating lease agreements with O’Reilly-Wooten, 2001 LLP, an entity in which certain shareholders 
and directors of the Company are partners.  Generally, these lease agreements provide for renewal options for two additional five-year 
terms at the option of the Company (see Note 6).  Lease payments under these operating leases totaled $4.0 million, $3.7 million and 
$3.5 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

NOTE 6—COMMITMENTS  

Lease commitments: 
The  Company  leases  certain  office  space,  retail  stores,  property  and  equipment  under  long-term,  non-cancelable  operating  leases.  
Most  of  these  leases  include  renewal  options  and  some  include  options  to  purchase  and/or  provisions  for  percentage  rent  based  on 
sales or incremental step increase provisions.   At December 31, 2010, future  minimum  lease payments under all of the Company’s 
operating leases for each of the next five years and in the aggregate are as follows (in thousands):  

Related 
Parties 

Non-related 
Parties 

2011  $ 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
Thereafter 

Total  $ 

3,873 
3,858 
3,785 
2,444 
1,716 
7,129 
22,805 

$ 

$ 

216,068 
199,723 
173,740 
150,016 
121,932 
623,273 
1,484,752 

  $ 

  $ 

Total 

219,941 
203,581 
177,525 
152,460 
123,648 
630,402 
1,507,557 

Rental  expense  incurred  for  all  non-cancellable  operating  leases  totaled  $226.9  million,  $229.1  million  and  $132.3  million  for  the 
years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

Other commitments: 
The Company had construction commitments, which totaled approximately $64.8 million, at December 31, 2010. 

NOTE 7—EXIT ACTIVITIES 

The  Company  maintains  reserves  for  closed  stores  and  other  properties  that  are  no  longer  utilized  in  current  operations,  as  well  as 
reserves  for  employee  separation  liabilities.    Reserves  for  closed  stores  and  other  properties  include  stores  and  other  properties 
acquired  in  the  CSK  acquisition  (see  Note  2).    Employee  separation  liabilities  represent  costs  for  anticipated  payments,  including 
payments required under various pre-existing employment arrangements with acquired CSK employees, which existed at the time of 
the acquisition, relating to the planned involuntary termination of employees performing overlapping or duplicative functions. 

The Company accrues for closed property operating lease liabilities using a credit-adjusted discount rate to calculate the present value 
of the remaining non-cancelable lease payments, contractual occupancy costs and lease termination fees after the closing date, net of 
estimated  sublease  income.    The  closed  property  lease  liabilities  are  expected  to  be  paid  over  the  remaining  lease  terms,  which 
currently  extend  through  April  of  2023.    The  Company  estimates  sublease  income  and  future  cash  flows  based  on  the  Company’s 
experience  and  knowledge  of  the  market  in  which  the  closed  property  is  located,  previous  efforts  to  dispose  of  similar  assets  and 

The following is a summary of closure reserves for stores, administrative office and distribution facilities and reserves for employee 
separation costs at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands): 

Balance at January 1, 2009: 

Planned CSK exit activities 

Additions and accretion 

Payments 

Revisions to estimates 

Balance at December 31, 2009: 

Additions and accretion 

Payments 

Revisions to estimates 

10,646 

995 

(3,759) 

521 

15,777 

902 

(3,121) 

413 

Store Closure 

Liabilities 

Administrative Office 

and Distribution 

Facilities Closure 

Liabilities 

$ 

7,374 

   $ 

   $ 

Employee 

Separation 

Liabilities 

25,079 

(996) 

(22,003) 

- 

- 

- 

2,080 

(1,519) 

595 

1,156 

4,127 

4,739 

291 

(1,375) 

(129) 

7,653 

446 

(2,330) 

(161) 

5,608 

Balance at December 31, 2010: 

$ 

13,971 

$ 

$ 

The revisions to estimates in  closure reserves for stores and administrative office and distribution  facilities included changes in the 
estimates  of  sublease  agreements,  changes  in  assumptions  of  various  store  and  office  closure  activities,  and  changes  in  assumed 
leasing arrangements since the acquisition of CSK.  The cumulative amount incurred in closure reserves for stores from the inception 
of  the  exit  activity  through  December  31,  2010,  was  $23.4  million.    The  cumulative  amount  incurred  in  administrative  office  and 
distribution facilities from the inception of the exit activity through December 31, 2010, was $9.3 million.  The balance of both these 
reserves is included in “Other current liabilities” and “Other liabilities” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets based upon 
the dates when the reserves are expected to be settled.  The revisions to estimates in the reserves for employee separation liabilities 
include  additional  severance  and  incentive  compensation  accrued  for  employees  of  CSK.    The  cumulative  amount  incurred  in 
employee separation liabilities from the inception of the exit activity through December 31, 2010, was $29.4 million, the balance of 
which is included in “Accrued payroll” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.   

NOTE 8—DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES 

Interest rate risk management: 
As discussed in Note 4, on each of July 24, 2008, October 14, 2008, and January 21, 2010, the Company entered into interest rate 
swap transactions with BBT, BA, SunTrust and/or Barclays to mitigate cash flow risk associated with the floating interest rate based 
on the one month LIBOR rate on an aggregate of $450 million of the debt outstanding under the Credit Facility, dated as of July 11, 
2008.  The interest rate swap transaction the Company entered into with BBT on July 24, 2008, for $100 million, matured on August 
1, 2010, bringing the total notional amount of swapped debt to $350 million as of that date.  The interest rate swap transaction that the 
Company  entered  into  with  BBT  on  October  14,  2008,  for  $25  million  and  was  scheduled  to  mature  on  October  17,  2010,  was 
terminated at the Company’s request on September 16, 2010, reducing the total notional amount of swapped debt to $325 million as of 
that date.  The interest rate swap transactions the Company entered into with BBT, BA and/or SunTrust on October 14, 2008, totaling 
$75 million, matured on October 17, 2010, bringing the total notional amount of swapped debt to $250 million as of December 31, 
2010.    The  swap  transactions  have  been  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  with  interest  payments  designed  to  offset  the  interest 
payments  for  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  that  correspond  to  the  notional  amounts  of  the  swaps.    The  fair  values  of  the 
Company’s outstanding hedges are recorded as a liability in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2010 
and  2009.    For  qualifying  cash  flow  hedges,  the  effective  portion  of  the  change  in  the  fair  value  of  the  derivative  instrument  is 
recorded as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” and any ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings in the period 
of ineffectiveness.  The change in the fair value of the $25 million interest rate swap contract, which was terminated by the Company 
on September 16, 2010, was deemed to be ineffective as of the termination date.  The Company recognized $0.1 million in “Interest 
expense” for the year ended December 31, 2010, as a result of the hedge ineffectiveness.  As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s 
remaining hedging instruments have been deemed to be highly effective.   

64 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

based upon the ratings assigned to the Company’s debt by Moody’s and S&P.  The Revolver replaced the previous $1.2 billion Credit 
Facility  entered  into  on  July  11,  2008.    At  the  time  of  closing,  the  Company  did  not  have  any  borrowings  outstanding  under  the 

Revolver.   

existing economic conditions.  Adjustments to closed property reserves are made to reflect changes in estimated sublease income or 
actual contracted exit costs, which vary from original estimates.  Adjustments are made for material changes in estimates in the period 
in which the changes become known.   

The  Revolver  contains  certain  debt  covenants,  which  include  limitations  on  total  outstanding  borrowings,  a  minimum  fixed  charge 
coverage  ratio  of  2.0  times  from  the  closing  through  December  31,  2012,  2.25  times  through  December  31,  2014  and  2.5  times 
through maturity and a maximum adjusted consolidated leverage ratio of 3.0 times through maturity.  The consolidated leverage ratio 
includes  a  calculation  of  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation,  amortization,  rent  and  stock  option  compensation  expense  to 
adjusted debt.  Adjusted debt includes outstanding debt, outstanding standby letters of credit, six times rent expense and excludes any 
premium or discount recorded in conjunction with the issuance of long-term debt.  As of January 14, 2011, the Company complied 

with all covenants related to the borrowing arrangements. 

NOTE 5—RELATED PARTIES 

The  Company  leases  certain  land  and  buildings  related  to  48  of  its  O'Reilly  Auto  Parts  stores  under  fifteen-year  operating  lease 
agreements  with  New  O'Reilly  Investment  Company  LP  and  New  O'Reilly  Real  Estate  Company  LP,  entities  in  which  certain 
shareholders  and  directors  of  the  Company  are  partners.    Generally,  these  lease  agreements  provide  for  renewal  options  for  an 
additional five years at the option of the Company and the lease agreements are periodically modified to further extend the lease term 
for specific stores under the agreement.  Additionally, the Company leases certain land and buildings related to 21 of its O’Reilly Auto 
Parts stores under fifteen-year operating lease agreements with O’Reilly-Wooten, 2001 LLP, an entity in which certain shareholders 
and directors of the Company are partners.  Generally, these lease agreements provide for renewal options for two additional five-year 
terms at the option of the Company (see Note 6).  Lease payments under these operating leases totaled $4.0 million, $3.7 million and 

$3.5 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

NOTE 6—COMMITMENTS  

Lease commitments: 

The  Company  leases  certain  office  space,  retail  stores,  property  and  equipment  under  long-term,  non-cancelable  operating  leases.  
Most  of  these  leases  include  renewal  options  and  some  include  options  to  purchase  and/or  provisions  for  percentage  rent  based  on 
sales or incremental step increase provisions.   At December 31, 2010, future  minimum  lease payments under all of the Company’s 

operating leases for each of the next five years and in the aggregate are as follows (in thousands):  

Related 

Parties 

Non-related 

Parties 

$ 

  $ 

216,068 

199,723 

173,740 

150,016 

121,932 

623,273 

Total 

219,941 

203,581 

177,525 

152,460 

123,648 

630,402 

2011  $ 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

Thereafter 

3,873 

3,858 

3,785 

2,444 

1,716 

7,129 

Total  $ 

22,805 

$ 

1,484,752 

  $ 

1,507,557 

Rental  expense  incurred  for  all  non-cancellable  operating  leases  totaled  $226.9  million,  $229.1  million  and  $132.3  million  for  the 

years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

The Company had construction commitments, which totaled approximately $64.8 million, at December 31, 2010. 

Other commitments: 

NOTE 7—EXIT ACTIVITIES 

The  Company  maintains  reserves  for  closed  stores  and  other  properties  that  are  no  longer  utilized  in  current  operations,  as  well  as 
reserves  for  employee  separation  liabilities.    Reserves  for  closed  stores  and  other  properties  include  stores  and  other  properties 
acquired  in  the  CSK  acquisition  (see  Note  2).    Employee  separation  liabilities  represent  costs  for  anticipated  payments,  including 
payments required under various pre-existing employment arrangements with acquired CSK employees, which existed at the time of 

the acquisition, relating to the planned involuntary termination of employees performing overlapping or duplicative functions. 

The Company accrues for closed property operating lease liabilities using a credit-adjusted discount rate to calculate the present value 
of the remaining non-cancelable lease payments, contractual occupancy costs and lease termination fees after the closing date, net of 
estimated  sublease  income.    The  closed  property  lease  liabilities  are  expected  to  be  paid  over  the  remaining  lease  terms,  which 
currently  extend  through  April  of  2023.    The  Company  estimates  sublease  income  and  future  cash  flows  based  on  the  Company’s 
experience  and  knowledge  of  the  market  in  which  the  closed  property  is  located,  previous  efforts  to  dispose  of  similar  assets  and 

The following is a summary of closure reserves for stores, administrative office and distribution facilities and reserves for employee 
separation costs at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands): 

Balance at January 1, 2009: 
Planned CSK exit activities 
Additions and accretion 
Payments 
Revisions to estimates 
Balance at December 31, 2009: 
Additions and accretion 
Payments 
Revisions to estimates 
Balance at December 31, 2010: 

Store Closure 
Liabilities 

Administrative Office 
and Distribution 
Facilities Closure 
Liabilities 

$ 

$ 

7,374 
10,646 
995 
(3,759) 
521 
15,777 
902 
(3,121) 
413 
13,971 

   $ 

$ 

4,127 
4,739 
291 
(1,375) 
(129) 
7,653 
446 
(2,330) 
(161) 
5,608 

   $ 

$ 

Employee 
Separation 
Liabilities 
25,079 
(996) 
- 
(22,003) 
- 
2,080 
- 
(1,519) 
595 
1,156 

The revisions to estimates in  closure reserves for stores and administrative office and distribution  facilities included changes in the 
estimates  of  sublease  agreements,  changes  in  assumptions  of  various  store  and  office  closure  activities,  and  changes  in  assumed 
leasing arrangements since the acquisition of CSK.  The cumulative amount incurred in closure reserves for stores from the inception 
of  the  exit  activity  through  December  31,  2010,  was  $23.4  million.    The  cumulative  amount  incurred  in  administrative  office  and 
distribution facilities from the inception of the exit activity through December 31, 2010, was $9.3 million.  The balance of both these 
reserves is included in “Other current liabilities” and “Other liabilities” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets based upon 
the dates when the reserves are expected to be settled.  The revisions to estimates in the reserves for employee separation liabilities 
include  additional  severance  and  incentive  compensation  accrued  for  employees  of  CSK.    The  cumulative  amount  incurred  in 
employee separation liabilities from the inception of the exit activity through December 31, 2010, was $29.4 million, the balance of 
which is included in “Accrued payroll” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.   

NOTE 8—DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES 

Interest rate risk management: 
As discussed in Note 4, on each of July 24, 2008, October 14, 2008, and January 21, 2010, the Company entered into interest rate 
swap transactions with BBT, BA, SunTrust and/or Barclays to mitigate cash flow risk associated with the floating interest rate based 
on the one month LIBOR rate on an aggregate of $450 million of the debt outstanding under the Credit Facility, dated as of July 11, 
2008.  The interest rate swap transaction the Company entered into with BBT on July 24, 2008, for $100 million, matured on August 
1, 2010, bringing the total notional amount of swapped debt to $350 million as of that date.  The interest rate swap transaction that the 
Company  entered  into  with  BBT  on  October  14,  2008,  for  $25  million  and  was  scheduled  to  mature  on  October  17,  2010,  was 
terminated at the Company’s request on September 16, 2010, reducing the total notional amount of swapped debt to $325 million as of 
that date.  The interest rate swap transactions the Company entered into with BBT, BA and/or SunTrust on October 14, 2008, totaling 
$75 million, matured on October 17, 2010, bringing the total notional amount of swapped debt to $250 million as of December 31, 
2010.    The  swap  transactions  have  been  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  with  interest  payments  designed  to  offset  the  interest 
payments  for  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  that  correspond  to  the  notional  amounts  of  the  swaps.    The  fair  values  of  the 
Company’s outstanding hedges are recorded as a liability in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2010 
and  2009.    For  qualifying  cash  flow  hedges,  the  effective  portion  of  the  change  in  the  fair  value  of  the  derivative  instrument  is 
recorded as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” and any ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings in the period 
of ineffectiveness.  The change in the fair value of the $25 million interest rate swap contract, which was terminated by the Company 
on September 16, 2010, was deemed to be ineffective as of the termination date.  The Company recognized $0.1 million in “Interest 
expense” for the year ended December 31, 2010, as a result of the hedge ineffectiveness.  As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s 
remaining hedging instruments have been deemed to be highly effective.   

64 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

The  tables  below  represent  the  effect  the  Company’s  derivative  financial  instruments  had  on  its  condensed  consolidated  financial 
statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands): 

Fair Value of Derivative, 
Recorded as Payable 

Fair Value of Derivative, Tax 
Effect 

Amount of Loss Recognized in 
Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Loss on 
Derivative, net of tax 

Derivative Designated 
as Hedging Instrument 

December 
31, 2010 

December 
31, 2009 

December 
31, 2010 

December 
31, 2009 

December 
31, 2010 

December 
31, 2009 

Interest rate swap 
contracts 

$ 

4,845  $ 

13,053     $ 

1,875  $ 

5,091 

  $ 

2,970  $ 

7,962 

Location and Amount of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative 

(Ineffective Portion) 

Derivative Designated as 
Hedging Instrument 

Year ended 

Year ended 

December 31, 2010 

December 31, 2009 

Interest rate swap contracts 

Interest expense 

$ 

65 

Interest expense 

$ 

- 

Derivative Designated 
as Hedging Instrument 

Interest rate swap 
contracts 
Interest rate swap 
contracts 

Location of and Amount Recorded as Payable to Counterparties 

December 31, 2010 

December 31, 2009 

   Other current liabilities  $ 

4,845 

   Other current liabilities 

$ 

4,140 

Other liabilities 

- 

Other liabilities 

8,913 

All  of  the  interest  rate  swap  transactions  that  existed  as  of  December  31,  2010,  for  a  total  notional  amount  of  $250  million,  were 
terminated at the Company’s request on January 14, 2011, concurrent with the retirement of the Credit Facility and the issuance of its 
2011 4.875% Senior Notes (see Note 4).   

NOTE 9—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

The  Company  uses  the  fair  value  hierarchy,  which  prioritizes  the  inputs  used  to  measure  the  fair  value  of  certain  of  its  financial 
instruments.  The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities 
(level  1  measurement)  and  the  lowest  priority  to  unobservable  inputs  (level  3  measurement).    The  Company  uses  the  income  and 
market approaches to determine the  fair  value of its assets and liabilities.   The three levels of  the fair value  hierarchy are  set  forth 
below: 

•  Level 1 – Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices in active markets. 
•  Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable. 
•  Level  3  –  Unobservable  inputs  in  which  little  or  no  market  data  exists,  there  requiring  the  Company  to  develop  its  own 

assumptions. 

6¾% Exchangeable Senior Notes:  
As discussed in Note 4, the 6¾% Exchangeable Senior Notes were retired during 2010 and no amounts were outstanding at December 
31, 2010.  The carrying amount of the Company’s 6¾% Exchangeable Senior Notes at December 31, 2009, was included in “Current 
portion of long-term debt” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.   

Interest rate swap contracts: 
The fair values of the Company’s outstanding interest rate swap contracts (see Note 4) are included in “Other current liabilities” and 
“Other liabilities” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The fair value of the interest rate swap contracts are based on 
the discounted net present value of the swap using third party quotes (Level 2).  Changes in fair market value are recorded in “Other 
comprehensive income (loss)”, and changes resulting from ineffectiveness are recorded in current earnings. 

The fair value of the Company’s interest rate contracts is included in the tables below (in thousands): 

Quoted Prices in Active Markets for 

Identical Assets 

(Level 1) 

December 31, 2010 

Significant Other 

Observable Inputs 

Significant 

Unobservable Inputs 

Total 

(Level 2) 

(Level 3) 

Derivative contracts  $ 

-  $ 

(4,845)  $ 

-  $

(4,845)

Quoted Prices in Active Markets for 

Identical Assets 

(Level 1) 

December 31, 2009 

Significant Other 

Observable Inputs 

Significant 

Unobservable Inputs 

Total 

(Level 2) 

(Level 3) 

Derivative contracts  $ 

-  $ 

(13,053)  $ 

-  $

(13,053)

Asset-based revolving credit facility: 
The  Company  has  determined  that  the  estimated  fair  value  of  its  Credit  Facility  (see  Note  4)  approximates  the  carrying  amount  of 
$356.0 million and $678.8 million at December 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively,  which are included in “Long-term 
debt,  less  current  portion”  on  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.    These  valuations  were  determined  by  consulting 
investment bankers, the Company’s observations of the value tendered by counterparties moving into and out of the facility and an 
analysis of the changes in credit spreads for comparable companies in the industry (Level 2). 

NOTE 10—ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

Unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale securities, consisting of the Company’s investment in CSK common stock prior to the 
Company’s completion of the acquisition of CSK (see Note 2), as well as unrealized losses from interest rate swaps that qualify as 
cash flow hedges, are included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The 
adjustment  to  “Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss”  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  totaled  $8.2  million  with  a 
corresponding  tax  liability  of  $3.2  million  resulting  in  a  net  of  tax  effect  of  $5.0  million.    The  adjustment  to  “Accumulated  other 
comprehensive  loss”  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  totaled  $5.8  million  with  a  corresponding  tax  liability  of  $2.3  million 
resulting  in  a  net  of  tax  effect  of  $3.6  million.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  $0.1  million  was  reclassified  from 
“Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss”  into  earnings  due  to  the  ineffectiveness  of  an  interest  rate  swap  contract  which  was 
terminated on September 16, 2010 (see Note 8).  Changes in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss”, net of tax, for the years ended 
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Balance at December 31, 2007 

$ 

(6,800) 

  $ 

- 

  $ 

Unrealized 

Gains (Losses) 

on Securities 

Unrealized 

Losses on Cash 

Flow Hedges 

Accumulated Other 

Comprehensive Loss 

Period change 

Period change 

Period change 

Balance at December 31, 2008 

Balance at December 31, 2009 

Balance at December 31, 2010 

$ 

  $ 

(2,970) 

  $ 

(11,513) 

(11,513) 

3,551 

(7,962) 

4,992 

(6,800) 

(4,713) 

(11,513) 

3,551 

(7,962) 

4,992 

(2,970) 

The  estimated  fair  value  at  December  31,  2009,  of  the  Company’s  6¾%  Exchangeable  Senior  Notes,  which  was  determined  by 
reference to quoted market prices (Level 1), is included in the table below (in thousands): 

Comprehensive  income  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2009  and  2008,  was  $424.4  million,  $311.0  million  and  $181.5 
million, respectively.   

Obligations under 6¾% senior exchangeable notes 

December 31, 2010 

December 31, 2009 

Carrying 
Amount 

$ 

- 

Estimated 
Fair Value 
- 

  $ 

Carrying 
Amount 

  Estimated Fair 

Value 

  $  100,718 

  $ 

119,273 

66 

NOTE 11—SHARE-BASED EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION PLANS AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS  

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense based on the fair value of the grants, awards or shares at the time of the 
grant, award or issuance.  Share-based payments include stock option awards issued under the Company’s employee stock option plan 

6,800 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

67 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  tables  below  represent  the  effect  the  Company’s  derivative  financial  instruments  had  on  its  condensed  consolidated  financial 

statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands): 

Fair Value of Derivative, 

Recorded as Payable 

Fair Value of Derivative, Tax 

Effect 

Amount of Loss Recognized in 

Accumulated Other 

Comprehensive Loss on 

Derivative, net of tax 

Derivative Designated 

as Hedging Instrument 

December 

31, 2010 

December 

31, 2009 

December 

31, 2010 

December 

31, 2009 

December 

31, 2010 

December 
31, 2009 

Interest rate swap 

contracts 

$ 

4,845  $ 

13,053     $ 

1,875  $ 

5,091 

  $ 

2,970  $ 

7,962 

Interest rate swap contracts: 
The fair values of the Company’s outstanding interest rate swap contracts (see Note 4) are included in “Other current liabilities” and 
“Other liabilities” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The fair value of the interest rate swap contracts are based on 
the discounted net present value of the swap using third party quotes (Level 2).  Changes in fair market value are recorded in “Other 
comprehensive income (loss)”, and changes resulting from ineffectiveness are recorded in current earnings. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

The fair value of the Company’s interest rate contracts is included in the tables below (in thousands): 

Quoted Prices in Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

December 31, 2010 

Significant Other 
Observable Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Total 

Derivative contracts  $ 

-  $ 

(4,845)  $ 

-  $

(4,845)

Location and Amount of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative 

(Ineffective Portion) 

Derivative Designated as 

Hedging Instrument 

Year ended 

Year ended 

December 31, 2010 

December 31, 2009 

Interest rate swap contracts 

Interest expense 

$ 

65 

Interest expense 

$ 

- 

Derivative Designated 

as Hedging Instrument 

Interest rate swap 

contracts 

Interest rate swap 

contracts 

Location of and Amount Recorded as Payable to Counterparties 

December 31, 2010 

December 31, 2009 

   Other current liabilities  $ 

4,845 

   Other current liabilities 

$ 

4,140 

Other liabilities 

- 

Other liabilities 

8,913 

All  of  the  interest  rate  swap  transactions  that  existed  as  of  December  31,  2010,  for  a  total  notional  amount  of  $250  million,  were 
terminated at the Company’s request on January 14, 2011, concurrent with the retirement of the Credit Facility and the issuance of its 

2011 4.875% Senior Notes (see Note 4).   

NOTE 9—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

The  Company  uses  the  fair  value  hierarchy,  which  prioritizes  the  inputs  used  to  measure  the  fair  value  of  certain  of  its  financial 
instruments.  The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities 
(level  1  measurement)  and  the  lowest  priority  to  unobservable  inputs  (level  3  measurement).    The  Company  uses  the  income  and 
market approaches to determine the  fair  value of its assets and liabilities.   The three levels of  the fair value  hierarchy are  set  forth 

below: 

•  Level 1 – Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices in active markets. 

•  Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable. 

•  Level  3  –  Unobservable  inputs  in  which  little  or  no  market  data  exists,  there  requiring  the  Company  to  develop  its  own 

assumptions. 

6¾% Exchangeable Senior Notes:  

As discussed in Note 4, the 6¾% Exchangeable Senior Notes were retired during 2010 and no amounts were outstanding at December 
31, 2010.  The carrying amount of the Company’s 6¾% Exchangeable Senior Notes at December 31, 2009, was included in “Current 

portion of long-term debt” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.   

Quoted Prices in Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

December 31, 2009 
Significant Other 
Observable Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Total 

Derivative contracts  $ 

-  $ 

(13,053)  $ 

-  $

(13,053)

Asset-based revolving credit facility: 
The  Company  has  determined  that  the  estimated  fair  value  of  its  Credit  Facility  (see  Note  4)  approximates  the  carrying  amount  of 
$356.0 million and $678.8 million at December 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively,  which are included in “Long-term 
debt,  less  current  portion”  on  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.    These  valuations  were  determined  by  consulting 
investment bankers, the Company’s observations of the value tendered by counterparties moving into and out of the facility and an 
analysis of the changes in credit spreads for comparable companies in the industry (Level 2). 

NOTE 10—ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

Unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale securities, consisting of the Company’s investment in CSK common stock prior to the 
Company’s completion of the acquisition of CSK (see Note 2), as well as unrealized losses from interest rate swaps that qualify as 
cash flow hedges, are included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The 
adjustment  to  “Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss”  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  totaled  $8.2  million  with  a 
corresponding  tax  liability  of  $3.2  million  resulting  in  a  net  of  tax  effect  of  $5.0  million.    The  adjustment  to  “Accumulated  other 
comprehensive  loss”  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  totaled  $5.8  million  with  a  corresponding  tax  liability  of  $2.3  million 
resulting  in  a  net  of  tax  effect  of  $3.6  million.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  $0.1  million  was  reclassified  from 
“Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss”  into  earnings  due  to  the  ineffectiveness  of  an  interest  rate  swap  contract  which  was 
terminated on September 16, 2010 (see Note 8).  Changes in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss”, net of tax, for the years ended 
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Unrealized 
Gains (Losses) 
on Securities 

Unrealized 
Losses on Cash 
Flow Hedges 

Balance at December 31, 2007 
Period change 
Balance at December 31, 2008 
Period change 
Balance at December 31, 2009 
Period change 
Balance at December 31, 2010 

$ 

$ 

(6,800) 
6,800 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

  $ 

  $ 

- 
(11,513) 
(11,513) 
3,551 
(7,962) 
4,992 
(2,970) 

  $ 

  $ 

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Loss 
(6,800) 
(4,713) 
(11,513) 
3,551 
(7,962) 
4,992 
(2,970) 

The  estimated  fair  value  at  December  31,  2009,  of  the  Company’s  6¾%  Exchangeable  Senior  Notes,  which  was  determined  by 

reference to quoted market prices (Level 1), is included in the table below (in thousands): 

Comprehensive  income  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2009  and  2008,  was  $424.4  million,  $311.0  million  and  $181.5 
million, respectively.   

Obligations under 6¾% senior exchangeable notes 

$ 

- 

  $ 

- 

  $  100,718 

  $ 

119,273 

December 31, 2010 

December 31, 2009 

Carrying 

Amount 

Estimated 

Fair Value 

Carrying 

Amount 

  Estimated Fair 

Value 

NOTE 11—SHARE-BASED EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION PLANS AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS  

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense based on the fair value of the grants, awards or shares at the time of the 
grant, award or issuance.  Share-based payments include stock option awards issued under the Company’s employee stock option plan 

66 

67 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and director stock option plan, restricted stock awarded under the Company’s employee incentive plan and director plan, stock issued 
through the Company’s employee stock purchase plan and stock issued through other benefit programs. 

life of options granted.  The risk free interest rates for periods within the contractual life of the options are based on the United States 
Treasury rates in effect at the time the options are granted for the options’ expected life. 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

Stock options: 
The  Company’s  employee  stock-based  incentive  plans  provide  for  the  granting  of  stock  options  to  certain  key  employees  of  the 
Company for the purchase of common stock of the Company.  A total of 34,000,000 shares have been authorized for issuance under 
these plans.  Options are granted at an exercise price that is equal to the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the 
date of the grant.  Options granted under the plans expire after ten years and typically vest 25% a year, over four years.  The Company 
records  compensation  expense  for  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  option  awards  evenly  over  the  vesting  period  under  the  straight-line 
method.   

A summary of the shares subject to currently issued and outstanding stock options under these plans are as follows: 

Outstanding at December 31, 2009 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Outstanding at December 31, 2010 
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2010 
Exercisable at December 31, 2010 

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

26.57 
47.64 
24.55 
32.78 
30.37 
29.53 
25.36 

Shares 
9,724,879 
1,480,375 
(2,248,650) 
(701,750) 
8,254,854 
7,430,477 
4,147,534 

Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Terms 
(in years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(in thousands) 

6.78 
6.59 
5.24 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

248,031 
229,497 
145,409 

The Company maintains a stock based incentive plan for directors of the Company pursuant to which the Company may grant stock 
options and/or restricted  stock awards.    A total of 1,000,000 shares of common stock  have been authorized for issuance  under this 
plan.  Options are granted at an exercise price that is equal to the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the 
grant.  Options granted under the plan expire after seven years and vest fully after six months.  The Company records compensation 
expense for the grant date fair value of option awards evenly over the vesting period under the straight-line method.  A summary of 
the shares subject to currently issued and outstanding stock options under this plan is as follows: 

Outstanding at December 31, 2009 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Outstanding at December 31, 2010 
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2010 
Exercisable at December 31, 2010 

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

26.39 
48.31 
21.52 
- 
33.43 
33.43 
33.43 

Shares 
205,000 
25,000 
(90,000) 
- 
140,000 
140,000 
140,000 

Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Terms 
(in years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value 
(in thousands) 

4.20 
4.20 
4.20 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

3,778 
3,778 
3,778 

At December 31, 2010, approximately 8,667,000 and 285,000 shares were available for future grants under the employee stock option 
plan  and  director  stock  option  plan,  respectively.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  the  Company  recognized  stock  option 
compensation expense related to these plans of $14.9 million and a corresponding income tax benefit of $5.7 million.  For the year 
ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized stock option compensation expense related to these plans of $13.5 million and a 
corresponding  income  tax  benefit  of  $5.2  million.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  the  Company  recognized  stock  option 
compensation expense related to these plans of $8.0 million and a corresponding income tax benefit of $3.1 million.   

The  fair  value  of  each  stock  option  grant  is  estimated  on  the  date  of  the  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model.    The 
Black-Scholes model requires the use of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, the risk free rate and the expected 
dividend yield.  Expected volatility is based upon the historical volatility of the Company’s stock.  Expected life represents the period 
of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.  The Company uses historical data and experience to estimate the expected 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used for grants issued for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008: 

Risk-free interest rate 

Expected life 

Expected volatility 

Expected dividend yield 

2010 

1.67  % 

33.9  % 

0  % 

2009 

2.04  % 

33.0  % 

0  % 

2008 

2.91  % 

26.8  % 

0  % 

4.3  years 

4.7  years 

4.2  years 

The  weighted-average  grant-date  fair  value  of  options  granted  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2009  and  2008,  were 
$14.24,  $11.10  and  $7.01,  respectively.    The  total  intrinsic  value  of  options  exercised  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010, 
2009  and  2008  were  $60.0  million,  $30.0  million  and  $6.6  million,  respectively.    The  Company  recorded  cash  received  from  the 
exercise of stock options of $56.9 million, $54.3 million and $18.6 million, in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, 
respectively.    The  remaining  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  unvested  awards  at  December  31,  2010,  was  $37.2 
million  and  the  weighted-average  period  of  time  over  which  this  expense  will  be  recognized  is  2.69  years.    The  weighted-average 
remaining  contractual  life  of  options  currently  exercisable  at  December  31,  2010,  2009  and  2008,  was  5.21,  5.21  and  4.90  years, 
respectively. 

Performance incentive plan 
The  Company  has  in  effect  a  performance  incentive  plan  for  the  Company’s  corporate  and  senior  management  under  which  the 
Company awards  shares of restricted stock that vest equally over a three-year period and are held in escrow until such  vesting has 
occurred.    Shares  are  forfeited  when  an  employee  ceases  employment.    A  total  of  650,000  shares  of  common  stock  have  been 
authorized  for  issuance  under  this  plan.    Shares  awarded  under  this  plan  are  valued  based  on  the  market  price  of  the  Company’s 
common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant  and  compensation  expense  is  recorded  over  the  vesting  period.    The  Company  recorded  $0.9 
million  of  compensation  expense  for  this  plan  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  and  recognized  a  corresponding  income  tax 
benefit of $0.4 million.  The Company recorded $0.5 million of compensation expense for this plan for the year ended December 31, 
2009,  and  recognized  a  corresponding  income  tax  benefit  of  $0.2  million.    The  Company  recorded  $0.5  million  of  compensation 
expense for this plan for the year ended December 31, 2008, and recognized a corresponding income tax benefit of $0.2 million.  The 
total fair value (at vest date) of shares vested for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, were $1.6 million, $0.7 million 
and $0.5 million, respectively.  The remaining unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested awards at December 31, 2010, 
was $1.3 million.  The Company awarded 41,134 shares under this plan in 2010 with an average grant-date fair value of $39.57.  The 
Company  awarded  21,773  shares  under  this  plan  in  2009 with  an  average  grant-date  fair  value  of  $33.36.   The  Company  awarded 
16,830 shares under this plan in 2008 with an average grant-date fair value of $26.96.  Compensation expense for shares awarded is 
recognized  over  the  three-year  vesting  period.    Changes  in  the  Company’s  restricted  stock  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010, 
were as follows: 

Non-vested at December 31, 2009 

  $ 

Granted during the period 

Vested during the period 

Forfeited during the period 

Non-vested at December 31, 2010 

33,633 

  $ 

Shares 

19,532 

41,134 

(26,037) 

(996) 

Weighted-

Average 

Grant-Date 

Fair Value 

31.65 

39.57 

35.35 

37.35 

38.30 

At December 31, 2010, approximately 418,000 shares were reserved for future issuance under this plan. 

Employee stock purchase plan: 
The Company’s employee stock purchase plan permits all eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at 
85% of the fair market value. Participants may authorize the Company to withhold up to 5% of their annual salary to participate in the 
plan.    The  stock  purchase  plan  authorizes  up  to  4,250,000  shares  to  be  granted.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  the 
Company  issued  152,910  shares  under  the  purchase  plan  at  a  weighted-average  price  of  $40.86  per  share.    During  the  year  ended 
December  31, 2009,  the  Company  issued  178,523  shares  under  the  purchase  plan  at  a  weighted  average  price  of  $30.47  per  share.  
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company issued 208,293 shares under the purchase plan at a weighted average price of 
$22.61  per  share.    Compensation  expense  is  recognized  based  on  the  discount  between  the  grant  date  fair  value  and  the  employee 
purchase  price  for  shares  sold  to  employees.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  the  Company  recorded  $1.1  million  of 
compensation expense related to the employee share purchases with a corresponding income tax benefit of $0.4 million.  During the 
year ended December 31, 2009, the Company  recorded $1.0  million of compensation expense related to employee  share purchases 

68 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and director stock option plan, restricted stock awarded under the Company’s employee incentive plan and director plan, stock issued 

through the Company’s employee stock purchase plan and stock issued through other benefit programs. 

life of options granted.  The risk free interest rates for periods within the contractual life of the options are based on the United States 
Treasury rates in effect at the time the options are granted for the options’ expected life. 

Stock options: 

method.   

The  Company’s  employee  stock-based  incentive  plans  provide  for  the  granting  of  stock  options  to  certain  key  employees  of  the 
Company for the purchase of common stock of the Company.  A total of 34,000,000 shares have been authorized for issuance under 
these plans.  Options are granted at an exercise price that is equal to the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the 
date of the grant.  Options granted under the plans expire after ten years and typically vest 25% a year, over four years.  The Company 
records  compensation  expense  for  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  option  awards  evenly  over  the  vesting  period  under  the  straight-line 

A summary of the shares subject to currently issued and outstanding stock options under these plans are as follows: 

Outstanding at December 31, 2009 

Granted 

Exercised 

Forfeited 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010 

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2010 

Exercisable at December 31, 2010 

Weighted-

Average 

Exercise 

Price 

Shares 

9,724,879 

  $ 

1,480,375 

(2,248,650) 

(701,750) 

8,254,854 

7,430,477 

4,147,534 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

26.57 

47.64 

24.55 

32.78 

30.37 

29.53 

25.36 

Weighted-

Average 

Remaining 

Contractual 

Terms 

(in years) 

Aggregate 

Intrinsic 

Value 

(in thousands) 

6.78 

6.59 

5.24 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

248,031 

229,497 

145,409 

The Company maintains a stock based incentive plan for directors of the Company pursuant to which the Company may grant stock 
options and/or restricted  stock awards.    A total of 1,000,000 shares of common stock  have been authorized for issuance  under this 
plan.  Options are granted at an exercise price that is equal to the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the 
grant.  Options granted under the plan expire after seven years and vest fully after six months.  The Company records compensation 
expense for the grant date fair value of option awards evenly over the vesting period under the straight-line method.  A summary of 

the shares subject to currently issued and outstanding stock options under this plan is as follows: 

Weighted-

Average 

Remaining 

Contractual 

Terms 

(in years) 

Aggregate 

Intrinsic Value 

(in thousands) 

Weighted-

Average 

Exercise 

Price 

Shares 

205,000 

  $ 

25,000 

(90,000) 

- 

140,000 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

26.39 

48.31 

21.52 

- 

33.43 

33.43 

33.43 

Outstanding at December 31, 2009 

Granted 

Exercised 

Forfeited 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010 

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2010 

140,000 

Exercisable at December 31, 2010 

140,000 

4.20 

4.20 

4.20 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

3,778 

3,778 

3,778 

At December 31, 2010, approximately 8,667,000 and 285,000 shares were available for future grants under the employee stock option 
plan  and  director  stock  option  plan,  respectively.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  the  Company  recognized  stock  option 
compensation expense related to these plans of $14.9 million and a corresponding income tax benefit of $5.7 million.  For the year 
ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized stock option compensation expense related to these plans of $13.5 million and a 
corresponding  income  tax  benefit  of  $5.2  million.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  the  Company  recognized  stock  option 

compensation expense related to these plans of $8.0 million and a corresponding income tax benefit of $3.1 million.   

The  fair  value  of  each  stock  option  grant  is  estimated  on  the  date  of  the  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model.    The 
Black-Scholes model requires the use of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, the risk free rate and the expected 
dividend yield.  Expected volatility is based upon the historical volatility of the Company’s stock.  Expected life represents the period 
of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.  The Company uses historical data and experience to estimate the expected 

68 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used for grants issued for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008: 

Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life 
Expected volatility 
Expected dividend yield 

2010 
1.67  % 

2009 
2.04  % 

2008 
2.91  % 

4.3  years 

4.7  years 

4.2  years 

33.9  % 
0  % 

33.0  % 
0  % 

26.8  % 
0  % 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

The  weighted-average  grant-date  fair  value  of  options  granted  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2009  and  2008,  were 
$14.24,  $11.10  and  $7.01,  respectively.    The  total  intrinsic  value  of  options  exercised  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010, 
2009  and  2008  were  $60.0  million,  $30.0  million  and  $6.6  million,  respectively.    The  Company  recorded  cash  received  from  the 
exercise of stock options of $56.9 million, $54.3 million and $18.6 million, in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, 
respectively.    The  remaining  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  unvested  awards  at  December  31,  2010,  was  $37.2 
million  and  the  weighted-average  period  of  time  over  which  this  expense  will  be  recognized  is  2.69  years.    The  weighted-average 
remaining  contractual  life  of  options  currently  exercisable  at  December  31,  2010,  2009  and  2008,  was  5.21,  5.21  and  4.90  years, 
respectively. 

Performance incentive plan 
The  Company  has  in  effect  a  performance  incentive  plan  for  the  Company’s  corporate  and  senior  management  under  which  the 
Company awards  shares of restricted stock that vest equally over a three-year period and are held in escrow until such  vesting has 
occurred.    Shares  are  forfeited  when  an  employee  ceases  employment.    A  total  of  650,000  shares  of  common  stock  have  been 
authorized  for  issuance  under  this  plan.    Shares  awarded  under  this  plan  are  valued  based  on  the  market  price  of  the  Company’s 
common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant  and  compensation  expense  is  recorded  over  the  vesting  period.    The  Company  recorded  $0.9 
million  of  compensation  expense  for  this  plan  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  and  recognized  a  corresponding  income  tax 
benefit of $0.4 million.  The Company recorded $0.5 million of compensation expense for this plan for the year ended December 31, 
2009,  and  recognized  a  corresponding  income  tax  benefit  of  $0.2  million.    The  Company  recorded  $0.5  million  of  compensation 
expense for this plan for the year ended December 31, 2008, and recognized a corresponding income tax benefit of $0.2 million.  The 
total fair value (at vest date) of shares vested for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, were $1.6 million, $0.7 million 
and $0.5 million, respectively.  The remaining unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested awards at December 31, 2010, 
was $1.3 million.  The Company awarded 41,134 shares under this plan in 2010 with an average grant-date fair value of $39.57.  The 
Company  awarded  21,773  shares  under  this  plan  in  2009 with  an  average  grant-date  fair  value  of  $33.36.   The  Company  awarded 
16,830 shares under this plan in 2008 with an average grant-date fair value of $26.96.  Compensation expense for shares awarded is 
recognized  over  the  three-year  vesting  period.    Changes  in  the  Company’s  restricted  stock  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010, 
were as follows: 

Non-vested at December 31, 2009 
Granted during the period 
Vested during the period 
Forfeited during the period 
Non-vested at December 31, 2010 

Weighted-
Average 
Grant-Date 
Fair Value 

  $ 

  $ 

31.65 
39.57 
35.35 
37.35 
38.30 

Shares 

19,532 
41,134 
(26,037) 
(996) 
33,633 

At December 31, 2010, approximately 418,000 shares were reserved for future issuance under this plan. 

Employee stock purchase plan: 
The Company’s employee stock purchase plan permits all eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at 
85% of the fair market value. Participants may authorize the Company to withhold up to 5% of their annual salary to participate in the 
plan.    The  stock  purchase  plan  authorizes  up  to  4,250,000  shares  to  be  granted.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  the 
Company  issued  152,910  shares  under  the  purchase  plan  at  a  weighted-average  price  of  $40.86  per  share.    During  the  year  ended 
December  31, 2009,  the  Company  issued  178,523  shares  under  the  purchase  plan  at  a  weighted  average  price  of  $30.47  per  share.  
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company issued 208,293 shares under the purchase plan at a weighted average price of 
$22.61  per  share.    Compensation  expense  is  recognized  based  on  the  discount  between  the  grant  date  fair  value  and  the  employee 
purchase  price  for  shares  sold  to  employees.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  the  Company  recorded  $1.1  million  of 
compensation expense related to the employee share purchases with a corresponding income tax benefit of $0.4 million.  During the 
year ended December 31, 2009, the Company  recorded $1.0  million of compensation expense related to employee  share purchases 
69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

with  a  corresponding  income  tax  benefit  of  $0.4  million.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  the  Company  recorded  $0.8 
million of compensation expense related to employee share purchases  with a corresponding income tax benefit of $0.3 million.  At 
December 31, 2010, approximately 1,251,000 shares were reserved for future issuance under this plan. 

Other employee benefit plans: 
The Company sponsors a contributory profit sharing and savings plan that covers substantially all employees who are at least 21 years 
of age and have at least six months of service.  The Company makes matching contributions equal to 100% of the first 2% of each 
employee’s wages that are contributed and 25% of the next 4% of each employee’s wages that are contributed.  The Company may 
also make additional discretionary profit sharing contributions to the plan on an annual basis as determined by the Board of Directors.  
Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company’s matching and discretionary profit sharing contributions under this plan are 
funded in the form of cash.  Prior to that time, the Company’s matching and discretionary profit sharing contributions under this plan 
were funded in the form of the Company’s common stock.  A total of 4,200,000 shares of common stock have been authorized for 
issuance  under  this  plan.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  the  Company  did  not  record  any  share  based  compensation 
expense for contributions to this plan.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded $6.8 million of share based 
compensation expense for contributions to this plan with a corresponding income tax benefit of $2.7 million.  During the year ended 
December 31, 2008, the Company recorded $4.2 million of share based compensation expense  for contributions to this plan  with a 
corresponding income tax benefit of $1.6  million.   The Company did not issue any  shares under this plan  in 2010.  The Company 
issued  193,127  shares  in  2009  to  fund  matching  contributions  at  an  average  grant  date  fair  value  of  $35.37.   The  Company  issued 
321,162 shares in 2008 to fund the 2007 profit sharing and matching contributions at an average grant date fair value of $26.72.  At 
December 31, 2010, approximately 349,000 shares were reserved for future issuance under this plan; however, the Company does not 
anticipate funding the plan with the issuance of shares in the future. 

On July 11, 2008, in conjunction with the acquisition of CSK (see Note 2), the Company became the sponsor for a 401(k) plan that 
was available to all CSK team members who are at least 21 years of age.  The Company’s matching contributions from the July 11, 
2008, acquisition date through December 31, 2008, totaled $0.9 million.  The CSK 401(k) plan was merged with the Company’s profit 
sharing and savings plan effective January 1, 2009. 

Supplemental retirement plan agreement:  
In  conjunction  with  the  CSK  acquisition,  the  Company  assumed  a  supplemental  executive  retirement  plan  agreement  with  CSK’s 
former  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Maynard  Jenkins,  which  provides  supplemental  retirement  benefits  for  a  period  of 
10 years beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of termination of his employment.  Mr. Jenkins retired on August 15, 
2007.    The  benefit  amount  in  this  agreement  is  fully  vested  and  payable  to  Mr. Jenkins  at  a  rate  of  $0.6  million  per  annum.    The 
Company has accrued the entire present value of this obligation of approximately $4 million as of the July 11, 2008, acquisition date.  
A payment of $0.6 million was made to Mr. Jenkins in 2010, 2009 and between July 11, 2008, the acquisition date, and December 31, 
2008.  The total amount paid to Mr. Jenkins for the supplemental executive retirement plan agreement, as of December 31, 2010, was 
$1.8 million. 

NOTE 12—EARNINGS PER SHARE  

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 
and 2008 (in thousands, except per share data):  

Numerator (basic and diluted): 
     Net income 

Years ended December 31, 
2009 

2008 

2010 

$ 

419,373 

  $ 

307,498 

  $ 

186,232 

Denominator: 
     Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic 
     Effect of stock options (See Note 11) 
     Effect of exchangeable notes (See Note 4) 

138,654 
2,348 
990 

136,230 
1,651 
1 

124,526 
887 
- 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – assuming 

dilution 

   141,992 

137,882 

125,413 

Earnings per share - basic 

Earnings per share - assuming dilution 

$ 

$ 

3.02 

  $ 

2.26 

  $ 

2.95 

  $ 

2.23 

  $ 

1.50 

1.48 

Incremental net shares for the exchange feature of the Notes (see Note 4), were included in the diluted earnings per share calculation 
for the years ended December 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.  The incremental net shares for the exchange feature of the Notes 
were not included in the diluted earnings per share calculation for the year ended December 31, 2008, as the impact would have been 
antidilutive.   

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, there were common stock equivalents which the Company did not include in 
the computation of diluted earnings per share.  These common stock equivalents represent underlying stock options not included in the 
computation  of  diluted  earnings  per  share,  because  the  inclusion  of  such  equivalents  would  have  been  antidilutive.    The  following 
table summarizes the antidilutive stock options as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands): 

Antidilutive stock options 

Weighted-average exercise price per share 

Years ended December 31, 

2010 

1,373 

$48.15 

2009 

1,587 

$35.61 

2008 

7,441 

$28.97 

NOTE 13—INCOME TAXES 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for 
financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amounts  used  for  income  tax  purposes,  and  also  include  the  tax  effect  of  carry  forwards.  
Significant  components  of  the  Company’s  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  as  follows  at  December  31,  2010  and  2009  (in 
thousands): 

Deferred tax assets: 

   Current: 

      Allowance for doubtful accounts 

      Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges 

      Net operating losses 

      Tax credits 

      Other accruals 

  Noncurrent: 

      Tax credits 

      Net operating losses 

      Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges 

      Other accruals 

      Total deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

   Current: 

      Inventories 

   Noncurrent: 

      Property and equipment 

      Other 

      Total deferred tax liabilities 

2010 

2009 

$ 

$ 

2,683 

1,875 

1,893 

5,437 

78,479 

3,558 

3,408 

- 

20,464 

117,797 

95,300 

866 

152,656 

1,897 

1,606 

16,159 

- 

74,702 

9,202 

4,016 

3,458 

31,375 

142,415 

62,764 

3,608 

74,802 

67,613 

56,490 

8,430 

      Net deferred tax (liabilities) assets 

$ 

(34,859) 

$ 

70 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
with  a  corresponding  income  tax  benefit  of  $0.4  million.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  the  Company  recorded  $0.8 
million of compensation expense related to employee share purchases  with a corresponding income tax benefit of $0.3 million.  At 

December 31, 2010, approximately 1,251,000 shares were reserved for future issuance under this plan. 

Other employee benefit plans: 

The Company sponsors a contributory profit sharing and savings plan that covers substantially all employees who are at least 21 years 
of age and have at least six months of service.  The Company makes matching contributions equal to 100% of the first 2% of each 
employee’s wages that are contributed and 25% of the next 4% of each employee’s wages that are contributed.  The Company may 
also make additional discretionary profit sharing contributions to the plan on an annual basis as determined by the Board of Directors.  
Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company’s matching and discretionary profit sharing contributions under this plan are 
funded in the form of cash.  Prior to that time, the Company’s matching and discretionary profit sharing contributions under this plan 
were funded in the form of the Company’s common stock.  A total of 4,200,000 shares of common stock have been authorized for 
issuance  under  this  plan.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  the  Company  did  not  record  any  share  based  compensation 
expense for contributions to this plan.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded $6.8 million of share based 
compensation expense for contributions to this plan with a corresponding income tax benefit of $2.7 million.  During the year ended 
December 31, 2008, the Company recorded $4.2 million of share based compensation expense  for contributions to this plan  with a 
corresponding income tax benefit of $1.6  million.   The Company did not issue any  shares under this plan  in 2010.  The Company 
issued  193,127  shares  in  2009  to  fund  matching  contributions  at  an  average  grant  date  fair  value  of  $35.37.   The  Company  issued 
321,162 shares in 2008 to fund the 2007 profit sharing and matching contributions at an average grant date fair value of $26.72.  At 
December 31, 2010, approximately 349,000 shares were reserved for future issuance under this plan; however, the Company does not 

anticipate funding the plan with the issuance of shares in the future. 

On July 11, 2008, in conjunction with the acquisition of CSK (see Note 2), the Company became the sponsor for a 401(k) plan that 
was available to all CSK team members who are at least 21 years of age.  The Company’s matching contributions from the July 11, 
2008, acquisition date through December 31, 2008, totaled $0.9 million.  The CSK 401(k) plan was merged with the Company’s profit 

sharing and savings plan effective January 1, 2009. 

Supplemental retirement plan agreement:  

In  conjunction  with  the  CSK  acquisition,  the  Company  assumed  a  supplemental  executive  retirement  plan  agreement  with  CSK’s 
former  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Maynard  Jenkins,  which  provides  supplemental  retirement  benefits  for  a  period  of 
10 years beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date of termination of his employment.  Mr. Jenkins retired on August 15, 
2007.    The  benefit  amount  in  this  agreement  is  fully  vested  and  payable  to  Mr. Jenkins  at  a  rate  of  $0.6  million  per  annum.    The 
Company has accrued the entire present value of this obligation of approximately $4 million as of the July 11, 2008, acquisition date.  
A payment of $0.6 million was made to Mr. Jenkins in 2010, 2009 and between July 11, 2008, the acquisition date, and December 31, 
2008.  The total amount paid to Mr. Jenkins for the supplemental executive retirement plan agreement, as of December 31, 2010, was 

$1.8 million. 

NOTE 12—EARNINGS PER SHARE  

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 

and 2008 (in thousands, except per share data):  

Years ended December 31, 

2010 

2009 

2008 

$ 

419,373 

  $ 

307,498 

  $ 

186,232 

Numerator (basic and diluted): 

     Net income 

Denominator: 

     Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic 

     Effect of stock options (See Note 11) 

     Effect of exchangeable notes (See Note 4) 

138,654 

2,348 

990 

136,230 

1,651 

1 

124,526 

887 

- 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – assuming 

dilution 

   141,992 

137,882 

125,413 

Earnings per share - basic 

3.02 

  $ 

2.26 

  $ 

Earnings per share - assuming dilution 

2.95 

  $ 

2.23 

  $ 

1.50 

1.48 

$ 

$ 

70 

Incremental net shares for the exchange feature of the Notes (see Note 4), were included in the diluted earnings per share calculation 
for the years ended December 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.  The incremental net shares for the exchange feature of the Notes 
were not included in the diluted earnings per share calculation for the year ended December 31, 2008, as the impact would have been 
antidilutive.   

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, there were common stock equivalents which the Company did not include in 
the computation of diluted earnings per share.  These common stock equivalents represent underlying stock options not included in the 
computation  of  diluted  earnings  per  share,  because  the  inclusion  of  such  equivalents  would  have  been  antidilutive.    The  following 
table summarizes the antidilutive stock options as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands): 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

Antidilutive stock options 
Weighted-average exercise price per share 

NOTE 13—INCOME TAXES 

Years ended December 31, 
2009 
1,587 
$35.61 

2008 
7,441 
$28.97 

2010 
1,373 
$48.15 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for 
financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amounts  used  for  income  tax  purposes,  and  also  include  the  tax  effect  of  carry  forwards.  
Significant  components  of  the  Company’s  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  as  follows  at  December  31,  2010  and  2009  (in 
thousands): 

Deferred tax assets: 
   Current: 
      Allowance for doubtful accounts 
      Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges 
      Net operating losses 
      Tax credits 
      Other accruals 
  Noncurrent: 
      Tax credits 
      Net operating losses 
      Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges 
      Other accruals 
      Total deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
   Current: 
      Inventories 
   Noncurrent: 
      Property and equipment 
      Other 
      Total deferred tax liabilities 
      Net deferred tax (liabilities) assets 

2010 

2009 

$ 

2,683 
1,875 
1,893 
5,437 
78,479 

3,558 
3,408 
- 
20,464 
117,797 

$ 

1,897 
1,606 
16,159 
- 
74,702 

9,202 
4,016 
3,458 
31,375 
142,415 

56,490 

8,430 

95,300 
866 
152,656 
(34,859) 

$ 

$ 

62,764 
3,608 
74,802 
67,613 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The provision for income taxes consists of the following as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):  

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

2010: 
     Federal 
     State 

2009: 
     Federal 
     State 

2008: 
     Federal 
     State 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Current 

Deferred 

Total 

146,259 
24,484 
170,743 

  $ 

  $ 

88,395 
10,862 
99,257 

  $ 

  $ 

234,654 
35,346 
270,000 

121,919 
17,100 
139,019 

  $ 

  $ 

44,339 
6,042 
50,381 

  $ 

  $ 

166,258 
23,142 
189,400 

90,544 
14,725 
105,269 

  $ 

  $ 

9,313 
1,718 
11,031 

  $ 

  $ 

99,857 
16,443 
116,300 

A reconciliation of the provision  for income taxes  to the amounts computed at the  federal statutory rate  is as  follows for the years 
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):  

Federal income taxes at statutory rate 
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit 
Other items, net 
Total provision for income taxes 

2010 

$ 

$ 

241,281 
22,267 
6,452 
270,000 

2009 

2008 

$ 

$ 

173,914 
18,896 
(3,410) 
189,400 

$ 

$ 

105,887 
10,633 
(220) 
116,300 

The  excess  tax  benefit  associated  with  the  exercise  of  non-qualified  stock  options  has  been  included  within  “Additional  paid-in 
capital” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

As  of  December  31,  2010,  the  Company  had  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  of  $5.4  million  (for 
which a portion are also available for state tax purposes) and general business tax credit carry forwards available for federal and state 
tax purposes of $2.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively.  The Company also has an alternative minimum tax credit carry forward 
for federal tax purposes of $2.5 million.  The net operating loss carryforwards generally expire in years ranging from 2021 to 2027, 
and the tax credits generally expire in years ranging from 2019 to 2028.  The alternative minimum tax credit carry forward does not 
expire. 

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company had recorded a reserve for unrecognized tax benefits (including 
interest)  of  $41.3  million,  $37.6  million  and  $34.3  million,  respectively,  of  which  $41.3  million,  $37.6  million  and  $34.3  million 
would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized, generally net of federal tax affect.  The Company recognizes interest and 
penalties  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions  in  income  tax  expense.    As  of  the  years  ended  December  31, 2010, 2009  and  2008,  the 
Company  had  accrued  approximately  $4.6  million,  $4.0  million  and  $3.9  million,  respectively,  of  interest  related  to  uncertain  tax 
positions  before  the  benefit  of  the  deduction  for  interest  on  state  and  federal  returns.    During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010, 
2009 and 2008, the Company recorded tax expense related to an increase in its liability for interest of $1.5 million, $1.5 million and 
$1.4 million, respectively.  Although unrecognized tax benefits for individual tax positions may increase or decrease during 2011, the 
Company expects a reduction of $3.1  million of  unrecognized tax benefits during  the one-year period subsequent to  December 31, 
2010, resulting from settlement or expiration of the statute of limitations.  

The O’Reilly U.S. federal income tax returns for tax years 2007 and beyond remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue 
Service (“IRS”).  The IRS concluded an examination of the O’Reilly consolidated 2006 and 2007 federal income tax returns in the 
fourth quarter of 2009.  The statute of limitations for the O’Reilly federal income tax returns for tax years 2006 and prior expired on 
September 15, 2010.  The statute of limitations for the O’Reilly U.S. federal income tax return for 2007 will expire on September 15, 
2011, unless otherwise extended.  The IRS is currently conducting an examination of the O’Reilly consolidated return for the tax year 
2008.   The  O’Reilly  state  income  tax  returns  remain  subject  to  examination  by  various  state  authorities  for  tax  years  ranging  from 
2001 through 2010. 

CSK has had net operating losses in various years dating back to the tax year 1993.  For CSK, the statute of limitation for a particular 
tax year for examination by the IRS is three years subsequent to the last year in which the loss carryover is finally used.  The IRS 
72 

completed an examination of the CSK consolidated federal tax return for the fiscal years ended January 30, 2005, January 29, 2006, 
February  4,  2007,  and  February  2,  2008.    The  statute  of  limitation  for  a  particular  tax  year  for  examination  by  various  states  is 
generally three to four years subsequent to the last year in which the loss carryover is finally used. 

A  summary  of  the  changes  in  the  gross  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits,  excluding  interest  and  penalties,  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, is shown below (in thousands): 

Balance as of January 1 

Addition based on tax positions related to the current year 

Addition based on tax positions related to CSK acquisition 

Reduction due to lapse of statute of limitations 

NOTE 14—LEGAL MATTERS 

2010 

2009 

2008 

33,570 

   $ 

30,400 

   $ 

16,952 

5,138 

- 

(1,998) 

5,900 

- 

(2,730) 

5,638 

8,620 

(810) 

$ 

$ 

Balance as of December 31 

36,710 

   $ 

33,570 

   $ 

30,400 

O’Reilly Litigation: 
O’Reilly  is  currently  involved  in  litigation  incidental  to  the  ordinary  conduct  of  the  Company’s  business.    Although  the  Company 
cannot ascertain the amount of liability that it may incur from any of these matters, it does not currently believe that, in the aggregate, 
these matters, taking into account applicable insurance and reserves, will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarter or annual period.  In addition, O’Reilly is involved in resolving the 
governmental  investigations that  were being conducted against CSK and CSK’s  former officers prior to its acquisition by O’Reilly 
Automotive, Inc. as described below.  

CSK Pre-Acquisition Matters – Governmental Investigations and Actions:  
As previously reported, the pre-acquisition Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) investigation of CSK, which commenced in 
2006, was settled in May of 2009 by administrative order without fines, disgorgement or other financial remedies.  The Department of 
Justice (“DOJ”)’s criminal investigation into these same matters as previously disclosed is near a conclusion and is described more 
fully below.  In addition, the previously reported SEC complaint against three former employees of CSK for alleged conduct related to 
CSK’s historical accounting practices remains ongoing.  The action filed by the SEC on July 22, 2009, against Maynard L. Jenkins, 
the former Chief Executive Officer of CSK seeking reimbursement from Mr. Jenkins of certain bonuses and stock sale profits pursuant 
to  Section 304  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  as  previously  reported,  also  continues.    The  previously  reported  DOJ  criminal 
prosecution of Don Watson, the former Chief Financial Officer of CSK, remains ongoing with trial set to commence on or about June 
7, 2011.  

With  respect  to  the  ongoing  DOJ  investigation  into  CSK’s  pre-acquisition  accounting  practices  as  referenced  above,  as  previously 
disclosed, O’Reilly and the DOJ  agreed in principle, subject to final documentation, to resolve the DOJ investigation of CSK’s legacy 
pre-acquisition accounting practices.  The Company and the DOJ continue work to complete the final documentation necessary for the 
execution of the Non-Prosecution Agreement previously referenced and payment of the one-time monetary penalty of $20.9 million, 
also previously reported.  The Company’s total reserve related to the DOJ investigation of CSK was $21.4 million at December 31, 
2010, which relates to the amount of the monetary penalty and associated legal costs. 

Notwithstanding  the  agreement  in  principle  with  the  DOJ,  several  of  CSK’s  former  directors  or  officers  and  current  or  former 
employees have been or may be interviewed or deposed as part of criminal, administrative and civil investigations and lawsuits.  As 
described  above,  certain  former  employees  of  CSK  are  the  subject  of  civil  and  criminal  litigation  commenced  by  the  government.  
Under Delaware law, the charter documents of the CSK entities and certain indemnification agreements, CSK has certain obligations 
to indemnify these persons and, as a result, O’Reilly is currently incurring legal fees on behalf of these persons in relation to pending 
matters.  Some of these indemnification obligations and other related costs may not be covered by CSK’s insurance policies.  

As a result of the CSK acquisition, O’Reilly expects to continue to incur ongoing legal fees related to the indemnity obligations related 
to the litigation that has commenced by the DOJ and SEC of CSK’s former employees.  O’Reilly has a remaining reserve, with respect 
to such indemnification obligations, of $18.8 million at December 31, 2010, which was primarily recorded as an assumed liability in 
the Company’s allocation of the purchase price of CSK. 

The foregoing governmental investigations and indemnification matters are subject to many uncertainties, and, given their complexity 
and  scope,  their  final  outcome  cannot  be  predicted  at  this  time.    It  is  possible  that  in  a  particular  quarter  or  annual  period  the 
Company’s results of operations and cash flows could be materially affected by an ultimate unfavorable resolution of such matters, 
depending, in part, upon the results of operations or cash flows for such period.  However, at this time, management believes that the 
ultimate outcome of all of such regulatory proceedings and other matters that are pending, after consideration of applicable reserves 
and potentially available insurance coverage benefits not contemplated in recorded reserves, should not have a material adverse effect 
on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The provision for income taxes consists of the following as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):  

2010: 

     Federal 

     State 

2009: 

     Federal 

     State 

2008: 

     Federal 

     State 

Current 

Deferred 

Total 

$ 

146,259 

  $ 

  $ 

234,654 

24,484 

35,346 

$ 

170,743 

  $ 

  $ 

270,000 

88,395 

10,862 

99,257 

$ 

121,919 

  $ 

44,339 

  $ 

166,258 

17,100 

6,042 

23,142 

$ 

139,019 

  $ 

50,381 

  $ 

189,400 

$ 

90,544 

14,725 

  $ 

  $ 

9,313 

1,718 

99,857 

16,443 

$ 

105,269 

  $ 

11,031 

  $ 

116,300 

A reconciliation of the provision  for income taxes  to the amounts computed at the  federal statutory rate  is as  follows for the years 

ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):  

Federal income taxes at statutory rate 

$ 

241,281 

$ 

173,914 

$ 

105,887 

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit 

Other items, net 

22,267 

6,452 

18,896 

(3,410) 

10,633 

(220) 

Total provision for income taxes 

$ 

270,000 

$ 

189,400 

$ 

116,300 

2010 

2009 

2008 

The  excess  tax  benefit  associated  with  the  exercise  of  non-qualified  stock  options  has  been  included  within  “Additional  paid-in 

capital” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

As  of  December  31,  2010,  the  Company  had  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  of  $5.4  million  (for 
which a portion are also available for state tax purposes) and general business tax credit carry forwards available for federal and state 
tax purposes of $2.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively.  The Company also has an alternative minimum tax credit carry forward 
for federal tax purposes of $2.5 million.  The net operating loss carryforwards generally expire in years ranging from 2021 to 2027, 
and the tax credits generally expire in years ranging from 2019 to 2028.  The alternative minimum tax credit carry forward does not 

expire. 

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company had recorded a reserve for unrecognized tax benefits (including 
interest)  of  $41.3  million,  $37.6  million  and  $34.3  million,  respectively,  of  which  $41.3  million,  $37.6  million  and  $34.3  million 
would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized, generally net of federal tax affect.  The Company recognizes interest and 
penalties  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions  in  income  tax  expense.    As  of  the  years  ended  December  31, 2010, 2009  and  2008,  the 
Company  had  accrued  approximately  $4.6  million,  $4.0  million  and  $3.9  million,  respectively,  of  interest  related  to  uncertain  tax 
positions  before  the  benefit  of  the  deduction  for  interest  on  state  and  federal  returns.    During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010, 
2009 and 2008, the Company recorded tax expense related to an increase in its liability for interest of $1.5 million, $1.5 million and 
$1.4 million, respectively.  Although unrecognized tax benefits for individual tax positions may increase or decrease during 2011, the 
Company expects a reduction of $3.1  million of  unrecognized tax benefits during  the one-year period subsequent to  December 31, 

2010, resulting from settlement or expiration of the statute of limitations.  

The O’Reilly U.S. federal income tax returns for tax years 2007 and beyond remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue 
Service (“IRS”).  The IRS concluded an examination of the O’Reilly consolidated 2006 and 2007 federal income tax returns in the 
fourth quarter of 2009.  The statute of limitations for the O’Reilly federal income tax returns for tax years 2006 and prior expired on 
September 15, 2010.  The statute of limitations for the O’Reilly U.S. federal income tax return for 2007 will expire on September 15, 
2011, unless otherwise extended.  The IRS is currently conducting an examination of the O’Reilly consolidated return for the tax year 
2008.   The  O’Reilly  state  income  tax  returns  remain  subject  to  examination  by  various  state  authorities  for  tax  years  ranging  from 

2001 through 2010. 

CSK has had net operating losses in various years dating back to the tax year 1993.  For CSK, the statute of limitation for a particular 
tax year for examination by the IRS is three years subsequent to the last year in which the loss carryover is finally used.  The IRS 

completed an examination of the CSK consolidated federal tax return for the fiscal years ended January 30, 2005, January 29, 2006, 
February  4,  2007,  and  February  2,  2008.    The  statute  of  limitation  for  a  particular  tax  year  for  examination  by  various  states  is 
generally three to four years subsequent to the last year in which the loss carryover is finally used. 

A  summary  of  the  changes  in  the  gross  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits,  excluding  interest  and  penalties,  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, is shown below (in thousands): 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

Balance as of January 1 
Addition based on tax positions related to the current year 
Addition based on tax positions related to CSK acquisition 
Reduction due to lapse of statute of limitations 
Balance as of December 31 

NOTE 14—LEGAL MATTERS 

2010 

33,570 
5,138 
- 
(1,998) 
36,710 

   $ 

   $ 

2009 

30,400 
5,900 
- 
(2,730) 
33,570 

   $ 

   $ 

2008 
16,952 
5,638 
8,620 
(810) 
30,400 

$ 

$ 

O’Reilly Litigation: 
O’Reilly  is  currently  involved  in  litigation  incidental  to  the  ordinary  conduct  of  the  Company’s  business.    Although  the  Company 
cannot ascertain the amount of liability that it may incur from any of these matters, it does not currently believe that, in the aggregate, 
these matters, taking into account applicable insurance and reserves, will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarter or annual period.  In addition, O’Reilly is involved in resolving the 
governmental  investigations that  were being conducted against CSK and CSK’s  former officers prior to its acquisition by O’Reilly 
Automotive, Inc. as described below.  

CSK Pre-Acquisition Matters – Governmental Investigations and Actions:  
As previously reported, the pre-acquisition Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) investigation of CSK, which commenced in 
2006, was settled in May of 2009 by administrative order without fines, disgorgement or other financial remedies.  The Department of 
Justice (“DOJ”)’s criminal investigation into these same matters as previously disclosed is near a conclusion and is described more 
fully below.  In addition, the previously reported SEC complaint against three former employees of CSK for alleged conduct related to 
CSK’s historical accounting practices remains ongoing.  The action filed by the SEC on July 22, 2009, against Maynard L. Jenkins, 
the former Chief Executive Officer of CSK seeking reimbursement from Mr. Jenkins of certain bonuses and stock sale profits pursuant 
to  Section 304  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  as  previously  reported,  also  continues.    The  previously  reported  DOJ  criminal 
prosecution of Don Watson, the former Chief Financial Officer of CSK, remains ongoing with trial set to commence on or about June 
7, 2011.  

With  respect  to  the  ongoing  DOJ  investigation  into  CSK’s  pre-acquisition  accounting  practices  as  referenced  above,  as  previously 
disclosed, O’Reilly and the DOJ  agreed in principle, subject to final documentation, to resolve the DOJ investigation of CSK’s legacy 
pre-acquisition accounting practices.  The Company and the DOJ continue work to complete the final documentation necessary for the 
execution of the Non-Prosecution Agreement previously referenced and payment of the one-time monetary penalty of $20.9 million, 
also previously reported.  The Company’s total reserve related to the DOJ investigation of CSK was $21.4 million at December 31, 
2010, which relates to the amount of the monetary penalty and associated legal costs. 

Notwithstanding  the  agreement  in  principle  with  the  DOJ,  several  of  CSK’s  former  directors  or  officers  and  current  or  former 
employees have been or may be interviewed or deposed as part of criminal, administrative and civil investigations and lawsuits.  As 
described  above,  certain  former  employees  of  CSK  are  the  subject  of  civil  and  criminal  litigation  commenced  by  the  government.  
Under Delaware law, the charter documents of the CSK entities and certain indemnification agreements, CSK has certain obligations 
to indemnify these persons and, as a result, O’Reilly is currently incurring legal fees on behalf of these persons in relation to pending 
matters.  Some of these indemnification obligations and other related costs may not be covered by CSK’s insurance policies.  

As a result of the CSK acquisition, O’Reilly expects to continue to incur ongoing legal fees related to the indemnity obligations related 
to the litigation that has commenced by the DOJ and SEC of CSK’s former employees.  O’Reilly has a remaining reserve, with respect 
to such indemnification obligations, of $18.8 million at December 31, 2010, which was primarily recorded as an assumed liability in 
the Company’s allocation of the purchase price of CSK. 

The foregoing governmental investigations and indemnification matters are subject to many uncertainties, and, given their complexity 
and  scope,  their  final  outcome  cannot  be  predicted  at  this  time.    It  is  possible  that  in  a  particular  quarter  or  annual  period  the 
Company’s results of operations and cash flows could be materially affected by an ultimate unfavorable resolution of such matters, 
depending, in part, upon the results of operations or cash flows for such period.  However, at this time, management believes that the 
ultimate outcome of all of such regulatory proceedings and other matters that are pending, after consideration of applicable reserves 
and potentially available insurance coverage benefits not contemplated in recorded reserves, should not have a material adverse effect 
on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

72 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 15—SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

On  May  7,  2002,  and  as  amended  on  December  29,  2010,  the  Board  of  Directors  adopted  a  shareholder  rights  plan  (“Rights 
Agreement”) whereby one right was distributed for each share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company held by 
stockholders of record (the “Rights”) as of the close of business on May 31, 2002.  The Rights initially entitle stockholders to buy a 
unit representing one one-hundredth of a share of a new series of preferred stock of the Company for $160 and expire on May 30, 
2012.    The  Rights  generally  will  be  exercisable  only  if  a  person  or  group  acquires  beneficial  ownership  of  15%  or  more  of  the 
Company's  common  stock  or  commences  a  tender  or  exchange  offer  upon  consummation  of  which  such  person  or  group  would 
beneficially own 15% or more of the Company's common stock.  If a person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more 
of  the  Company's  common  stock,  each  Right  (other  than  Rights  held  by  the  acquirer)  will,  unless  the  Rights  are  redeemed  by  the 
Company, become exercisable upon payment of the exercise price of $160 for an amount of common stock of the Company having a 
market value of twice the exercise price of the Right.  A copy of the Rights Agreement was filed on June 3, 2002, with the SEC, as 
Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K.  

NOTE 16—QUARTERLY RESULTS (Unaudited) 

The following table sets forth certain quarterly unaudited operating data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, and 2009.  The 
unaudited  quarterly  information  includes  all  adjustments  which  the  Company  considers  necessary  for  a  fair  presentation  of  the 
information shown.  

The unaudited operating data presented below should be read in conjunction  with the  Company’s consolidated financial statements 
and related notes, and the other financial information included therein.  

First 
Quarter 

Sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Gain on settlement of note receivable 
Net income 
Earnings per share – basic  
Earnings per share – assuming dilution 

$  1,280,067 
618,347 
168,445 
- 
97,476 
0.71 
0.70 

Fiscal 2010 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

(In thousands, except per share data) 
$  1,425,887 
$  1,381,241 
693,415 
672,633 
199,031 
181,164 
- 
- 
116,542 
99,595 
0.84 
0.72 
0.82 
0.71 

Fiscal 2009 

Fourth 
Quarter 

$  1,310,330 
636,597 
164,136 
11,639 
105,760 
0.76 
0.74 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

Sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Net income 
Earnings per share – basic  
Earnings per share – assuming dilution 

$  1,163,749 
542,670 
113,336 
62,835 
0.47 
0.46 

(In thousands, except per share data) 
$  1,258,239 
$  1,251,377 
610,555 
603,769 
149,196 
149,675 
87,225 
85,515 
0.64 
0.63 
0.63 
0.62 

$  1,173,697 
569,534 
125,412 
71,923 
0.52 
0.52 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None.  

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

As  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  our  management,  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and 
procedures  pursuant  to  Rule  13a-15(b)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (“the  Exchange  Act”).  Based  on  that 
evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of the 
end of the period covered by this report are functioning effectively to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be 
disclosed by us (including our consolidated subsidiaries) in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized 
and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and is accumulated and 
communicated  to  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure. 

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROLS 

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2010, 
that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for our company. 
Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process 
designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our board of directors, 
management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) 
and includes those policies and procedures that: 

•  Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of 

our assets; 

•  Provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in 

accordance with GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our 

management and members of our board of directors; and 

•  Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our 

assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of 
any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Our management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. In making 
this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework.  

Based  on  our  assessment,  management  concluded  that,  as  of  December  31,  2010,  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is 
effective based on those criteria. 

Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited management’s assessment of the effectiveness of 
our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, as stated in their report, which is included in Item 8. 

Item 9B.  Other Information 

Not Applicable. 

74 

75 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
NOTE 15—SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN 

On  May  7,  2002,  and  as  amended  on  December  29,  2010,  the  Board  of  Directors  adopted  a  shareholder  rights  plan  (“Rights 
Agreement”) whereby one right was distributed for each share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company held by 
stockholders of record (the “Rights”) as of the close of business on May 31, 2002.  The Rights initially entitle stockholders to buy a 
unit representing one one-hundredth of a share of a new series of preferred stock of the Company for $160 and expire on May 30, 
2012.    The  Rights  generally  will  be  exercisable  only  if  a  person  or  group  acquires  beneficial  ownership  of  15%  or  more  of  the 
Company's  common  stock  or  commences  a  tender  or  exchange  offer  upon  consummation  of  which  such  person  or  group  would 
beneficially own 15% or more of the Company's common stock.  If a person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more 
of  the  Company's  common  stock,  each  Right  (other  than  Rights  held  by  the  acquirer)  will,  unless  the  Rights  are  redeemed  by  the 
Company, become exercisable upon payment of the exercise price of $160 for an amount of common stock of the Company having a 
market value of twice the exercise price of the Right.  A copy of the Rights Agreement was filed on June 3, 2002, with the SEC, as 

Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s report on Form 8-K.  

NOTE 16—QUARTERLY RESULTS (Unaudited) 

The following table sets forth certain quarterly unaudited operating data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, and 2009.  The 
unaudited  quarterly  information  includes  all  adjustments  which  the  Company  considers  necessary  for  a  fair  presentation  of  the 

information shown.  

The unaudited operating data presented below should be read in conjunction  with the  Company’s consolidated financial statements 

and related notes, and the other financial information included therein.  

Sales 

Gross profit 

Operating income 

Gain on settlement of note receivable 

Net income 

Earnings per share – basic  

Earnings per share – assuming dilution 

First 

Quarter 

618,347 

168,445 

- 

97,476 

0.71 

0.70 

Sales 

Gross profit 

Operating income 

Net income 

Earnings per share – basic  

Earnings per share – assuming dilution 

542,670 

113,336 

62,835 

0.47 

0.46 

Fiscal 2010 

Second 

Quarter 

Third 

Quarter 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

$  1,280,067 

$  1,381,241 

$  1,425,887 

$  1,310,330 

Fourth 

Quarter 

636,597 

164,136 

11,639 

105,760 

0.76 

0.74 

569,534 

125,412 

71,923 

0.52 

0.52 

672,633 

181,164 

- 

99,595 

0.72 

0.71 

603,769 

149,675 

85,515 

0.63 

0.62 

693,415 

199,031 

- 

116,542 

0.84 

0.82 

610,555 

149,196 

87,225 

0.64 

0.63 

Fiscal 2009 

First 

Quarter 

Second 

Quarter 

Third 

Quarter 

Fourth 

Quarter 

$  1,163,749 

$  1,251,377 

$  1,258,239 

$  1,173,697 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None.  

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

As  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  our  management,  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and 
procedures  pursuant  to  Rule  13a-15(b)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (“the  Exchange  Act”).  Based  on  that 
evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of the 
end of the period covered by this report are functioning effectively to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be 
disclosed by us (including our consolidated subsidiaries) in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized 
and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and is accumulated and 
communicated  to  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure. 

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROLS 

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2010, 
that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for our company. 
Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process 
designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our board of directors, 
management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) 
and includes those policies and procedures that: 

•  Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of 

our assets; 

•  Provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in 
accordance with GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our 
management and members of our board of directors; and 

•  Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our 

assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of 
any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Our management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. In making 
this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework.  

Based  on  our  assessment,  management  concluded  that,  as  of  December  31,  2010,  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is 
effective based on those criteria. 

Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited management’s assessment of the effectiveness of 
our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, as stated in their report, which is included in Item 8. 

Item 9B.  Other Information 

Not Applicable. 

74 

75 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The  information  required  by  Item  404  of  Regulation  S-K  will  be  included  in  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption  “Certain 
Relationships and Related Transactions” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

The  information  required  by  Item  407(a)  of  Regulation  S-K  will  be  included  in  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption  “Director 
Independence” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 14. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

The  information  in  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption  “Fees  Paid  to  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm”  is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

Item 10. 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 

PART III 

The information regarding the directors of the Company contained in the Company's Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2011 
Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  (the  “Proxy  Statement”)  under  the  caption  “Proposal  1-Election  of  Class  III  Directors”  is 
incorporated herein by reference.  The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of 
the  end  of  our  most  recent  fiscal  year.  The  information  regarding  executive  officers  called  for  by  Item  401  of  Regulation  S-K  is 
included in Part I, in accordance with General Instruction G (3) to Form 10-K, for our executive officers who are not also directors. 

Our Board of Directors has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers (including its chief executive officer, 
chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, controller and any person performing similar functions) and 
employees.  Our Code of Ethics is available on our website at www.oreillyauto.com. 

The Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee pursuant to Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended (the “Exchange Act”).  The Audit Committee currently consists of Jay Burchfield, Thomas Hendrickson, Paul R. Lederer, 
John  Murphy  and  Ronald  Rashkow,  each  an  independent  director  in  accordance  with  The  Nasdaq  Stock  Market  Marketplace  Rule 
5605(a)(2), the standards of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the requirements of The Nasdaq Stock Market Marketplace Rule 
5605(c)(2).  In addition, our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Murphy, Chairman of the Audit Committee, qualifies as an 
audit committee financial expert under Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. 

The information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act included in the Company's Proxy Statement under the 
caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 11.  

Executive Compensation 

The information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K will be included in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Compensation of 
Executive Officers” and “Director Compensation” and that information is incorporated herein by reference. 

The information required by Item 407(e)(4) and (e)(5) of Regulation S-K will be included in the Proxy Statement under the captions 
“Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation”  and  “Compensation  Committee  Report”  and  that  information  is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters 

The following table sets forth shares authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans at December 31, 2010: 

Number of shares to be 
issued upon exercise of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(a) 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(b) 

Number of securities remaining 
available for future issuance 
under equity compensation plans 
(excluding securities reflected in 
column (a)). 

Equity compensation plans approved 
by shareholders 
Equity compensation plans not 
approved by shareholders 
Total 

8,395 

- 
8,395 

$30.42 

- 
$30.42 

9,370 

- 
9,370 

(a)  Number of shares presented is in thousands. 
(b)  Includes weighted-average exercise price of outstanding stock options. 

The  information  required  by  Item  403  of  Regulation  S-K  will  be  included  in  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions  “Security 
Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners”  and  “Security  Ownership  of  Directors  and  Management”  and  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference. 

76 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The  information  required  by  Item  404  of  Regulation  S-K  will  be  included  in  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption  “Certain 
Relationships and Related Transactions” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

The  information  required  by  Item  407(a)  of  Regulation  S-K  will  be  included  in  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption  “Director 
Independence” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 14. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

The  information  in  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption  “Fees  Paid  to  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm”  is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 10. 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 

PART III 

The information regarding the directors of the Company contained in the Company's Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2011 
Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  (the  “Proxy  Statement”)  under  the  caption  “Proposal  1-Election  of  Class  III  Directors”  is 
incorporated herein by reference.  The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of 
the  end  of  our  most  recent  fiscal  year.  The  information  regarding  executive  officers  called  for  by  Item  401  of  Regulation  S-K  is 

included in Part I, in accordance with General Instruction G (3) to Form 10-K, for our executive officers who are not also directors. 

Our Board of Directors has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers (including its chief executive officer, 
chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, controller and any person performing similar functions) and 

employees.  Our Code of Ethics is available on our website at www.oreillyauto.com. 

The Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee pursuant to Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended (the “Exchange Act”).  The Audit Committee currently consists of Jay Burchfield, Thomas Hendrickson, Paul R. Lederer, 
John  Murphy  and  Ronald  Rashkow,  each  an  independent  director  in  accordance  with  The  Nasdaq  Stock  Market  Marketplace  Rule 
5605(a)(2), the standards of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the requirements of The Nasdaq Stock Market Marketplace Rule 
5605(c)(2).  In addition, our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Murphy, Chairman of the Audit Committee, qualifies as an 

audit committee financial expert under Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. 

The information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act included in the Company's Proxy Statement under the 

caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 11.  

Executive Compensation 

The information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K will be included in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Compensation of 

Executive Officers” and “Director Compensation” and that information is incorporated herein by reference. 

The information required by Item 407(e)(4) and (e)(5) of Regulation S-K will be included in the Proxy Statement under the captions 
“Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation”  and  “Compensation  Committee  Report”  and  that  information  is 

incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters 

The following table sets forth shares authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans at December 31, 2010: 

Number of shares to be 

Weighted-average 

Number of securities remaining 

issued upon exercise of 

exercise price of 

available for future issuance 

outstanding options, 

outstanding options, 

under equity compensation plans 

warrants and rights 

warrants and rights 

(excluding securities reflected in 

(a) 

(b) 

column (a)). 

Equity compensation plans approved 

by shareholders 

Equity compensation plans not 

approved by shareholders 

Total 

8,395 

- 

8,395 

$30.42 

- 

$30.42 

9,370 

- 

9,370 

(a)  Number of shares presented is in thousands. 

(b)  Includes weighted-average exercise price of outstanding stock options. 

The  information  required  by  Item  403  of  Regulation  S-K  will  be  included  in  the  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions  “Security 
Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners”  and  “Security  Ownership  of  Directors  and  Management”  and  is  incorporated  herein  by 

reference. 

76 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  

PART IV 

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

(a)   The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

Column A 

  Column B     

Column C 

  Column D   

  Column E 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

1.  Financial Statements - O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

The  following  consolidated  financial  statements  of  O'Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  included  in  the  Annual 
Shareholders' Report of the registrant for the year ended December 31, 2010, are filed with this Annual Report in Part II, Item 8: 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Financial Statements 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008  

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

2.  Financial Statement Schedule - O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

The following consolidated financial statement schedule of O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries is included in Item 15(c):  

Schedule II-Valuation and qualifying accounts  

All  other  schedules  for  which  provision  is  made  in  the  applicable  accounting  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted. 

3.  Exhibits 

See Exhibit Index on page E-1. 

Balance at  

Beginning 

of Period 

Additions - 

Charged to 

Costs and 

Expenses 

Additions -  

Accounts -  

Describe 

Charged to Other 

Deductions 

Balance at 

-  

End 

Describe   

 of Period 

$

$

$

5,316 $

6,795

318 $

9,250

2,776 $

4,521

2,540 $

11,342

$

$

-

-

-

-

7,696 (1)

-

-

$

$

9,068 (1)

5,634

8,349

5,316

6,795

2,263 $

3,179

42 $

7,439

656 (2) $

431 (2)

185 (3) $

6,528 (1)

2,776

4,521

Description 

(amounts in thousands) 

Year ended December 31, 2010:  
Deducted from asset account:   
Sales and returns allowances 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 

Year ended December 31, 2009:  
Deducted from asset account:   
Sales and returns allowances 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 

Year ended December 31, 2008:  
Deducted from asset account:   
Sales and returns allowances 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 

(1) Uncollectable accounts written off 
(2) Acquired in allocation of CSK purchase price 
(3) Allowance adjustment 

78 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  

PART IV 

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

(a)   The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

Column A 

  Column B     

Column C 

  Column D   

  Column E 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

1.  Financial Statements - O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

The  following  consolidated  financial  statements  of  O'Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  included  in  the  Annual 

Shareholders' Report of the registrant for the year ended December 31, 2010, are filed with this Annual Report in Part II, Item 8: 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Financial Statements 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008  

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

2.  Financial Statement Schedule - O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

The following consolidated financial statement schedule of O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries is included in Item 15(c):  

Schedule II-Valuation and qualifying accounts  

All  other  schedules  for  which  provision  is  made  in  the  applicable  accounting  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange 

Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted. 

3.  Exhibits 

See Exhibit Index on page E-1. 

Balance at  
Beginning 
of Period 

Additions - 
Charged to 
Costs and 
Expenses 

Additions -  
Charged to Other 
Accounts -  
Describe 

Deductions 
-  
Describe   

Balance at 
End 
 of Period 

$

$

$

5,316 $
6,795

318 $

9,250

2,776 $
4,521

2,540 $
11,342

$

$

-
-

-
-

-
7,696 (1)

$

5,634
8,349

-
9,068 (1)

$

5,316
6,795

2,263 $
3,179

42 $

7,439

656 (2) $
431 (2)

185 (3) $

6,528 (1)

2,776
4,521

Description 
(amounts in thousands) 

Year ended December 31, 2010:  
Deducted from asset account:   
Sales and returns allowances 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 

Year ended December 31, 2009:  
Deducted from asset account:   
Sales and returns allowances 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 

Year ended December 31, 2008:  
Deducted from asset account:   
Sales and returns allowances 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 

(1) Uncollectable accounts written off 
(2) Acquired in allocation of CSK purchase price 
(3) Allowance adjustment 

78 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  the  registrant  has  duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Exhibit No.  Description 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. 
(Registrant) 

Date:  February 28, 2011 
By /s/ Greg Henslee 
Greg Henslee 
Chief Executive Officer and Co-President 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ David E. O’Reilly                                         
David E. O'Reilly 

/s/ Lawrence P. O’Reilly                                   
Lawrence P. O'Reilly 

/s/ Charles H. O’Reilly, Jr.                                
Charles H. O'Reilly, Jr. 

Director and Chairman of the Board  

February 28, 2011 

Director and Vice-Chairman of the Board 

February 28, 2011 

Director and Vice-Chairman of the Board 

February 28, 2011 

/s/ Rosalie O’Reilly Wooten                              
Rosalie O'Reilly Wooten 

Director  

/s/ Jay D. Burchfield    
Jay D. Burchfield 

/s/ Thomas Hendrickson         
Thomas Hendrickson 

/s/ Paul R. Lederer         
Paul R. Lederer  

/s/ John Murphy         
John Murphy  

/s/ Ronald Rashkow         
Ronald Rashkow 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

February 28, 2011 

February 28, 2011 

February 28, 2011 

February 28, 2011 

February 28, 2011 

February 28, 2011 

/s/ Greg Henslee                                                 
Greg Henslee 

Chief Executive Officer and Co-President 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

February 28, 2011 

/s/ Ted Wise                                                       
Ted Wise 

Chief Operating Officer and Co-President  

February 28, 2011 

/s/ Thomas McFall                                             
Thomas McFall 

Executive Vice-President of Finance and  
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

February 28, 2011 

2.1 

Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger,  dated  April  1,  2008,  between  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.,  OC  Acquisition 

Company and CSK Auto Corporation, filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 

April 7, 2008, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

2.2 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 29, 2010, between O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., O’Reilly Holdings, 

Inc.  and  O’Reilly  MergerCo,  Inc.,  filed  as  Exhibit  2.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  dated 

December 29, 2010, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on 

Form 8-K dated December 29, 2010, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended, filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 

December 29, 2010, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

Form of Stock Certificate for Common Stock, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement of the Registrant 

on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

Rights  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  7,  2002,  and  as  amended  on  December  29,  2010,  between  O'Reilly 

Automotive,  Inc.  and  Computershare  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  Successor  Rights  Agent,  including  the  form  of 

Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights as Exhibit A, the form of Rights Certificates as Exhibit B and 

the Form of Summary of Rights as Exhibit C, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K 

dated June 3, 2002, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

4.3 

Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2010, by and among O’Reilly Holdings, Inc., 

O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  and  Computershare  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  successor  rights  agent  to  UMB  Bank, 

N.A., filed herewith. 

4.4 

Indenture, dated as of January 14, 2011, among O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. as guarantors, and UMB Bank, N.A., as 

Trustee,  filed  as  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  dated  January  14,  2011,  is 

incorporated herein by this reference. 

10.1 (a) 

Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and David E. O'Reilly, Lawrence P. O'Reilly, Charles H. 

O'Reilly, Jr. and Rosalie O'Reilly Wooten, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement of the Registrant on 

Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

10.2 

Lease  between  the  Registrant  and  O'Reilly  Investment  Company,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Registration 

Statement of the Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

10.3 

Lease  between  the  Registrant  and  O'Reilly  Real  Estate  Company,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Registration 

Statement of the Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

10.4 (a) 

Form of Retirement Agreement between the Registrant and David E. O’Reilly, Lawrence P. O’Reilly, Charles H. 

O’Reilly, Jr. and Rosalie O’Reilly Wooten, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Annual Shareholders' Report 

on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

10.5 (a) 

O'Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  Profit  Sharing  and  Savings  Plan,  filed  as  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Registration 

Statement on Form S-8, File No. 33-73892, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

10.6 (a) 

O'Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  1993  Stock  Option  Plan,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.8  to  the  Registration  Statement  of  the 

Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference.  

10.7 (a) 

O'Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  Stock  Purchase  Plan,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.9  to  the  Registration  Statement  of  the 

Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

10.8 (a) 

O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. Director Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement of the 

Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference.     

80 

                                                                    Page E-1 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Exhibit No.  Description 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  the  registrant  has  duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. 

(Registrant) 

Date:  February 28, 2011 

By /s/ Greg Henslee 

Greg Henslee 

Chief Executive Officer and Co-President 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 

behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ David E. O’Reilly                                         

David E. O'Reilly 

Director and Chairman of the Board  

February 28, 2011 

/s/ Lawrence P. O’Reilly                                   

Lawrence P. O'Reilly 

Director and Vice-Chairman of the Board 

February 28, 2011 

/s/ Charles H. O’Reilly, Jr.                                

Charles H. O'Reilly, Jr. 

Director and Vice-Chairman of the Board 

February 28, 2011 

/s/ Rosalie O’Reilly Wooten                              

Rosalie O'Reilly Wooten 

Director  

/s/ Jay D. Burchfield    

Jay D. Burchfield 

/s/ Thomas Hendrickson         

Thomas Hendrickson 

/s/ Paul R. Lederer         

Paul R. Lederer  

/s/ John Murphy         

John Murphy  

/s/ Ronald Rashkow         

Ronald Rashkow 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

February 28, 2011 

February 28, 2011 

February 28, 2011 

February 28, 2011 

February 28, 2011 

February 28, 2011 

/s/ Greg Henslee                                                 

Chief Executive Officer and Co-President 

Greg Henslee 

(Principal Executive Officer) 

February 28, 2011 

/s/ Ted Wise                                                       

Ted Wise 

Chief Operating Officer and Co-President  

February 28, 2011 

/s/ Thomas McFall                                             

Chief Financial Officer 

Executive Vice-President of Finance and  

Thomas McFall 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

February 28, 2011 

2.1 

2.2 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

10.1 (a) 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 (a) 

10.5 (a) 

10.6 (a) 

10.7 (a) 

10.8 (a) 

Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger,  dated  April  1,  2008,  between  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.,  OC  Acquisition 
Company and CSK Auto Corporation, filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
April 7, 2008, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 29, 2010, between O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., O’Reilly Holdings, 
Inc.  and  O’Reilly  MergerCo,  Inc.,  filed  as  Exhibit  2.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  dated 
December 29, 2010, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K dated December 29, 2010, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended, filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
December 29, 2010, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

Form of Stock Certificate for Common Stock, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement of the Registrant 
on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

Rights  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  7,  2002,  and  as  amended  on  December  29,  2010,  between  O'Reilly 
Automotive,  Inc.  and  Computershare  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  Successor  Rights  Agent,  including  the  form  of 
Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights as Exhibit A, the form of Rights Certificates as Exhibit B and 
the Form of Summary of Rights as Exhibit C, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K 
dated June 3, 2002, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2010, by and among O’Reilly Holdings, Inc., 
O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  and  Computershare  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  successor  rights  agent  to  UMB  Bank, 
N.A., filed herewith. 

Indenture, dated as of January 14, 2011, among O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. as guarantors, and UMB Bank, N.A., as 
Trustee,  filed  as  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  dated  January  14,  2011,  is 
incorporated herein by this reference. 

Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and David E. O'Reilly, Lawrence P. O'Reilly, Charles H. 
O'Reilly, Jr. and Rosalie O'Reilly Wooten, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement of the Registrant on 
Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

Lease  between  the  Registrant  and  O'Reilly  Investment  Company,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Registration 
Statement of the Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

Lease  between  the  Registrant  and  O'Reilly  Real  Estate  Company,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Registration 
Statement of the Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

Form of Retirement Agreement between the Registrant and David E. O’Reilly, Lawrence P. O’Reilly, Charles H. 
O’Reilly, Jr. and Rosalie O’Reilly Wooten, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Annual Shareholders' Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

O'Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  Profit  Sharing  and  Savings  Plan,  filed  as  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Registration 
Statement on Form S-8, File No. 33-73892, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

O'Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  1993  Stock  Option  Plan,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.8  to  the  Registration  Statement  of  the 
Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference.  

O'Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  Stock  Purchase  Plan,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.9  to  the  Registration  Statement  of  the 
Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. Director Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement of the 
Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference.     

80 

                                                                    Page E-1 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.  Description 
10.9 

Loan commitment and construction loan agreement between the Registrant and Deck Enterprises, filed as Exhibit 
10.13 to the Registrant's  Annual Shareholders'  Report on Form 10-K for the  year ended December 31, 1993, are 
incorporated herein by this reference. 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

EXHIBIT INDEX (continued) 

Exhibit No.  Description 

EXHIBIT INDEX (continued) 

10.24 (a) 

O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan, filed as Appendix B to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for 2009 

Annual Meeting of Shareholders on Schedule 14A, is incorporated herein by this reference.  

10.10 

10.11(a) 

10.12(a) 

10.13 (a) 

10.14 (a) 

10.15 (a) 

Lease between the Registrant and Deck Enterprises, filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant's Annual Shareholders' 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993, is incorporated herein by this reference.  

10.25 

Form of Stock Option Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2009, filed as Exhibit 10.47 to the Registrant’s Annual 

Shareholders’  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  is  incorporated  herein  by  this 

Amended Employment  Agreement between the Registrant  and Charles H. O’Reilly, Jr., filed as Exhibit 10.17 to 
the Registrant’s Annual Shareholders’ Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, is incorporated 
herein by this reference. 

O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Performance Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.18 (a) to the Registrant’s Annual 
Shareholders’ Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, is incorporated herein by this 
reference. 

Second  Amendment  to  the  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  1993  Stock  Option  Plan,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.20  to  the 
Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  1997,  is  incorporated  herein  by  this 
reference. 

2004, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant, filed herewith.  

Third  Amendment  to  the  O'Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  1993  Stock  Option  Plan,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.21  to  the 
Registrant's  Amended  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q/A  for  the  quarter  ended  March  31,  1998,  is  incorporated 
herein by this reference. 

First  Amendment  to  the  O'Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  Directors'  Stock  Option  Plan,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.22  to  the 
Registrant's  Amended  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q/A  for  the  quarter  ended  March  31,  1998,  is  incorporated 
herein by this reference. 

10.16 (a) 

O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report 
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

32.1 

Certificate of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 

of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith. 

10.17 

10.18(a) 

10.19(a) 

10.20(a) 

10.21(a) 

10.22(a) 

Trust Agreement between the Registrant's Deferred Compensation Plan and Bankers Trust, dated February 2, 1998, 
filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998, is 
incorporated herein by this reference. 

2001 Amendment to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan, dated May 8, 2001, filed as Exhibit 
10.24  to  the  Registrant’s  Annual  Shareholders’  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2002,  is 
incorporated herein by this reference. 

First  Amendment  to  Retirement  Agreement,  dated  February  7,  2001,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.26  to  the  Registrant’s 
Annual Shareholders’ Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, is incorporated herein by this 
reference. 

Fourth  Amendment  to  the  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  1993  Stock  Option  Plan,  dated  February  7,  2001,  filed  as 
Exhibit  10.27  to  the  Registrant’s  Annual  Shareholders’  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2001, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

Amended  and  Restated  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  2003  Incentive  Plan,  filed  as  Appendix  B  to  the  Registrant’s 
Proxy  Statement  for  2005  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  on  Schedule  14A,  is  incorporated  herein  by  this 
reference. 

Amended  and  Restated  O’Reilly  Automotive, Inc.2003  Directors’  Stock  Plan,  filed  as  Appendix  C  to  the 
Registrant’s Proxy Statement for 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on Schedule 14A, is incorporated herein by 
this reference. 

10.23 (a) 

O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2009 Stock Purchase Plan, filed as Appendix A to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for 
2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on Schedule 14A, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

* 

In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL related information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on 

Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the 

liability of that section, and shall not be part of any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act 

or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing. 

   (a) 

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

10.26 

Credit Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, among O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., as the lead Borrower itself and 

the  other  Borrowers  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  the  Guarantors  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  Bank  of 

America  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent,  Swing  Line  Lender  and  L/C  Issuer,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.1  to  the 

Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 14, 2011, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

18.0 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Letter Regarding Accounting Change, dated March 7, 2005, filed 

as Exhibit 18.0 to the Registrant’s Annual Shareholders’ Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 

21.1 

23.1 

31.1 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, filed herewith. 

Certificate  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  pursuant  to  Section  302  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  filed 

31.2 

Certificate  of  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  pursuant  to  Section  302  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  filed 

reference. 

herewith. 

herewith. 

32.2 

Certificate of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of 

the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith. 

*101.INS 

XBRL Instance Document 

*101.SCH 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 

*101.CAL 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 

*101.DEF 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 

*101.LAB 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 

*101.PRE 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 

                                                                                              Page E-2 

82 

Page E-3

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.  Description 

10.9 

Loan commitment and construction loan agreement between the Registrant and Deck Enterprises, filed as Exhibit 
10.13 to the Registrant's  Annual Shareholders'  Report on Form 10-K for the  year ended December 31, 1993, are 

incorporated herein by this reference. 

EXHIBIT INDEX (continued) 

Exhibit No.  Description 

EXHIBIT INDEX (continued) 

10.24 (a) 

O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan, filed as Appendix B to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for 2009 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders on Schedule 14A, is incorporated herein by this reference.  

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

10.10 

Lease between the Registrant and Deck Enterprises, filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant's Annual Shareholders' 

10.25 

Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993, is incorporated herein by this reference.  

10.11(a) 

Amended Employment  Agreement between the Registrant  and Charles H. O’Reilly, Jr., filed as Exhibit 10.17 to 
the Registrant’s Annual Shareholders’ Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, is incorporated 

10.26 

herein by this reference. 

10.12(a) 

O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Performance Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.18 (a) to the Registrant’s Annual 

Shareholders’ Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, is incorporated herein by this 

10.13 (a) 

Second  Amendment  to  the  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  1993  Stock  Option  Plan,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.20  to  the 
Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  1997,  is  incorporated  herein  by  this 

10.14 (a) 

Third  Amendment  to  the  O'Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  1993  Stock  Option  Plan,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.21  to  the 
Registrant's  Amended  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q/A  for  the  quarter  ended  March  31,  1998,  is  incorporated 

10.15 (a) 

First  Amendment  to  the  O'Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  Directors'  Stock  Option  Plan,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.22  to  the 
Registrant's  Amended  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q/A  for  the  quarter  ended  March  31,  1998,  is  incorporated 

reference. 

reference. 

herein by this reference. 

herein by this reference. 

10.16 (a) 

O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report 

on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

10.17 

Trust Agreement between the Registrant's Deferred Compensation Plan and Bankers Trust, dated February 2, 1998, 
filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998, is 

incorporated herein by this reference. 

10.18(a) 

2001 Amendment to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan, dated May 8, 2001, filed as Exhibit 
10.24  to  the  Registrant’s  Annual  Shareholders’  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2002,  is 

incorporated herein by this reference. 

10.19(a) 

First  Amendment  to  Retirement  Agreement,  dated  February  7,  2001,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.26  to  the  Registrant’s 
Annual Shareholders’ Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, is incorporated herein by this 

10.20(a) 

Fourth  Amendment  to  the  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  1993  Stock  Option  Plan,  dated  February  7,  2001,  filed  as 
Exhibit  10.27  to  the  Registrant’s  Annual  Shareholders’  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 

2001, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

10.21(a) 

Amended  and  Restated  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  2003  Incentive  Plan,  filed  as  Appendix  B  to  the  Registrant’s 
Proxy  Statement  for  2005  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  on  Schedule  14A,  is  incorporated  herein  by  this 

10.22(a) 

Amended  and  Restated  O’Reilly  Automotive, Inc.2003  Directors’  Stock  Plan,  filed  as  Appendix  C  to  the 
Registrant’s Proxy Statement for 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on Schedule 14A, is incorporated herein by 

10.23 (a) 

O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2009 Stock Purchase Plan, filed as Appendix A to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for 

2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on Schedule 14A, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

reference. 

reference. 

this reference. 

Form of Stock Option Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2009, filed as Exhibit 10.47 to the Registrant’s Annual 
Shareholders’  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  is  incorporated  herein  by  this 
reference. 

Credit Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, among O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., as the lead Borrower itself and 
the  other  Borrowers  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  the  Guarantors  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  Bank  of 
America  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent,  Swing  Line  Lender  and  L/C  Issuer,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.1  to  the 
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 14, 2011, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Letter Regarding Accounting Change, dated March 7, 2005, filed 
as Exhibit 18.0 to the Registrant’s Annual Shareholders’ Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2004, is incorporated herein by this reference. 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant, filed herewith.  

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, filed herewith. 

Certificate  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  pursuant  to  Section  302  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  filed 
herewith. 

Certificate  of  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  pursuant  to  Section  302  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  filed 
herewith. 

Certificate of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith. 

Certificate of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith. 

18.0 

21.1 

23.1 

31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

32.2 

*101.INS 

XBRL Instance Document 

*101.SCH 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 

*101.CAL 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 

*101.DEF 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 

*101.LAB 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 

*101.PRE 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 

* 

   (a) 

In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL related information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the 
liability of that section, and shall not be part of any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act 
or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing. 
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

                                                                                              Page E-2 

82 

Page E-3

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.3 – Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement 

as of the effective date of such termination, and the Company shall be responsible for sending any notice required, if 

applicable, pursuant to this Section 21 and Section 25 hereof.” 

F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is dated as of December 29, 2010, among O’Reilly 
Automotive, Inc., a Missouri corporation (the “Company”), O’Reilly Holdings, Inc., a Missouri corporation (“New O’Reilly”), and 
Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as successor rights agent to UMB Bank, N.A. (the “Rights Agent”).  Capitalized terms used 
herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Rights Agreement (as defined below). 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, the Company and UMB Bank, N.A., a national banking association, previously entered into a Rights Agreement, dated 

as of May 7, 2002 (the “Rights Agreement”); 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to reorganize itself by adopting a holding company structure pursuant to and in accordance with 

Section 351.448 of The General Corporation Law of the State of Missouri (the “Reorganization”);  

WHEREAS,  New  O’Reilly  is  a  newly  formed,  direct,  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company  organized  for  the  purpose  of 

implementing the Reorganization;  

WHEREAS,  each  of  the  Company,  New  O’Reilly  and  O’Reilly  MergerCo,  Inc.,  a  Missouri  corporation  (“MergerCo”),  and  a 
newly  formed,  direct,  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  New  O’Reilly,  are  parties  to  that  certain  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  (the 
“Merger Agreement”), dated as of the date hereof;  

WHEREAS,  pursuant  to  the  Merger  Agreement,  MergerCo  will  merge  with  and  into  the  Company  (the  “Merger”),  with  the 

Company being the surviving corporation and becoming a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of New O’Reilly;  

WHEREAS, as a result of the Merger, (i) each share of the Company’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Company 
Common Stock”), issued and outstanding at the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”), will be converted into a share of 
common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “New O’Reilly Common Stock”), of New O’Reilly, with the same designations, rights, 
powers, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions as the Company Common Stock;  

WHEREAS, at the Effective Time, the Company’s restated articles of incorporation will be amended by virtue of the Merger to, 
among other things, change the Company’s name to O’Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc., and New O’Reilly’s articles of incorporation 
will be amended by virtue of the Merger to change New O’Reilly’s name to O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.; and 

WHEREAS,  the  parties  hereto  desire  to  amend  the  Rights  Agreement  pursuant  to  and  in  accordance  with  Section  27  thereof  to 

provide for New O’Reilly to succeed to the rights and obligations of the Company thereunder. 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows: 

1.  Amendments to Rights Agreement.   

(a)  At the Effective Time, all references in the Rights  Agreement to (i) “the Company”  shall  mean New O’Reilly and (ii) 
each  of  the  “Common  Stock”  and  “Preferred  Stock”  shall  mean  the  New  O’Reilly  Common  Stock  and  the  Series  A 
Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of New O’Reilly, respectively.  

(b)  Section 2 shall be amended so as to read in its entirety as follows: 

“Section 2.  Appointment of Rights Agent.  The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to acts as agent for the 
Company  in  accordance  with  the  terms  and  conditions  hereof,  and  the  Rights  Agent  hereby  accepts  such 
appointment.    The  Company  may  from  time  to  time  appoint  such  co-rights  agents  as  it  may  deem  necessary  or 
desirable,  upon  ten  (10)  days’  prior  written  notice  to  the  Rights  Agent.    The  Rights  Agent  shall  have  no  duty  to 
supervise, and shall in no event be liable for, the acts or omissions of any such co-rights agents.”  

(c)  Section 20(c) shall be amended so as to read in its entirety as follows: 

“The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.”   

(d)  Section 21 shall be amended to insert the following new sentence after the existing first sentence in that section: 

“In the event the transfer agency relationship in effect between the Company and the Rights Agent terminates, the 
Rights Agent will be deemed to have resigned automatically and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement 

(e)  Section 26 shall be amended so as to delete the rights agent notice information and replace it with the following: 

“Computershare Trust Company, N.A. 

250 Royall Street 

Canton, Massachusetts  02021 

Attention: Client Services” 

(f)  A new Section 35 shall be added to the Rights Agreement which shall be and read in its entirety as follows:  

“Section 35.  Force Majeure.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Rights Agent shall not 

be  liable  for  any  delays  or  failures  in  performance  resulting  from  acts  beyond  its  reasonable  control  including, 

without  limitation,  acts  of  God,  terrorist  acts,  shortage  of  supply,  breakdowns  or  malfunctions,  interruptions  or 

malfunction of computer facilities, or loss of data due to power failures or mechanical difficulties with information 

storage or retrieval systems, labor difficulties, war, or civil unrest.” 

2.  Assignment and Assumption.  As contemplated by the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company hereby unconditionally, 

absolutely,  and  irrevocably  transfers,  delegates,  assigns,  conveys,  sets  over  and  delivers  (or  causes  to  be  transferred, 

delegated, assigned, conveyed, set over and delivered), all of the Company’s right, title and interest in, to and under, and all 

of the Company’s duties, obligations and liabilities under, the Rights Agreement (the “Assignment”).  New O’Reilly hereby 

accepts  this  Assignment  and  the  rights  granted  herein,  and  New  O’Reilly  hereby  expressly  assumes,  for  itself  and  its 

successors,  assigns  and  legal  representatives,  the  Rights  Agreement  and  all  of  the  duties,  obligations  and  liabilities  of  the 

Company thereunder accruing from and after the Effective Time with respect to the Rights Agreement and agrees to (i) be 

fully  bound  by  all  of  the  terms,  covenants,  agreements,  provisions,  conditions,  duties,  obligations  and  liability  of  the 

Company thereunder that accrue from and after the Effective Time, and (ii) keep, perform and observe all of the covenants 

and conditions contained therein on the part of the Company to be kept, performed and observed, from and after the Effective 

Time. 

3.  Miscellaneous.   

(a)  Effective  Time  of  Amendment.    This  Amendment  shall  become  effective  at  the  Effective  Time.    The  Company  shall 

notify the Rights Agent of the occurrence of the Effective Time promptly thereafter. 

(b)  Effect  of  Amendment.  Except  as  specifically  amended  hereby,  the  Rights  Agreement  is  in  all  respects  acknowledged, 

ratified and confirmed, and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof as amended and 

supplemented  by  this  Amendment.    This  Amendment  is  limited  as  expressly  specified,  and  shall  not  constitute  an 

amendment, modification, acceptance or waiver of any other provision of the Rights Agreement.  The Rights Agreement 

and this Amendment, shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same agreement, and the Rights Agreement is 

hereby  amended  accordingly.    From  and  after  the effectiveness  of  this  Amendment,  all  references  to  the  Rights 

Agreement  in  any  other  document,  instrument,  agreement  or  writing  shall  be  deemed  to  be  references  to  the  Rights 

Agreement as amended hereby. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.3 – Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement 

as of the effective date of such termination, and the Company shall be responsible for sending any notice required, if 
applicable, pursuant to this Section 21 and Section 25 hereof.” 

(e)  Section 26 shall be amended so as to delete the rights agent notice information and replace it with the following: 

“Computershare Trust Company, N.A. 
250 Royall Street 
Canton, Massachusetts  02021 
Attention: Client Services” 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

(f)  A new Section 35 shall be added to the Rights Agreement which shall be and read in its entirety as follows:  

“Section 35.  Force Majeure.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Rights Agent shall not 
be  liable  for  any  delays  or  failures  in  performance  resulting  from  acts  beyond  its  reasonable  control  including, 
without  limitation,  acts  of  God,  terrorist  acts,  shortage  of  supply,  breakdowns  or  malfunctions,  interruptions  or 
malfunction of computer facilities, or loss of data due to power failures or mechanical difficulties with information 
storage or retrieval systems, labor difficulties, war, or civil unrest.” 

2.  Assignment and Assumption.  As contemplated by the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company hereby unconditionally, 
absolutely,  and  irrevocably  transfers,  delegates,  assigns,  conveys,  sets  over  and  delivers  (or  causes  to  be  transferred, 
delegated, assigned, conveyed, set over and delivered), all of the Company’s right, title and interest in, to and under, and all 
of the Company’s duties, obligations and liabilities under, the Rights Agreement (the “Assignment”).  New O’Reilly hereby 
accepts  this  Assignment  and  the  rights  granted  herein,  and  New  O’Reilly  hereby  expressly  assumes,  for  itself  and  its 
successors,  assigns  and  legal  representatives,  the  Rights  Agreement  and  all  of  the  duties,  obligations  and  liabilities  of  the 
Company thereunder accruing from and after the Effective Time with respect to the Rights Agreement and agrees to (i) be 
fully  bound  by  all  of  the  terms,  covenants,  agreements,  provisions,  conditions,  duties,  obligations  and  liability  of  the 
Company thereunder that accrue from and after the Effective Time, and (ii) keep, perform and observe all of the covenants 
and conditions contained therein on the part of the Company to be kept, performed and observed, from and after the Effective 
Time. 

3.  Miscellaneous.   

(a)  Effective  Time  of  Amendment.    This  Amendment  shall  become  effective  at  the  Effective  Time.    The  Company  shall 

notify the Rights Agent of the occurrence of the Effective Time promptly thereafter. 

(b)  Effect  of  Amendment.  Except  as  specifically  amended  hereby,  the  Rights  Agreement  is  in  all  respects  acknowledged, 
ratified and confirmed, and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof as amended and 
supplemented  by  this  Amendment.    This  Amendment  is  limited  as  expressly  specified,  and  shall  not  constitute  an 
amendment, modification, acceptance or waiver of any other provision of the Rights Agreement.  The Rights Agreement 
and this Amendment, shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same agreement, and the Rights Agreement is 
hereby  amended  accordingly.    From  and  after  the effectiveness  of  this  Amendment,  all  references  to  the  Rights 
Agreement  in  any  other  document,  instrument,  agreement  or  writing  shall  be  deemed  to  be  references  to  the  Rights 
Agreement as amended hereby. 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is dated as of December 29, 2010, among O’Reilly 
Automotive, Inc., a Missouri corporation (the “Company”), O’Reilly Holdings, Inc., a Missouri corporation (“New O’Reilly”), and 
Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as successor rights agent to UMB Bank, N.A. (the “Rights Agent”).  Capitalized terms used 

herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Rights Agreement (as defined below). 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, the Company and UMB Bank, N.A., a national banking association, previously entered into a Rights Agreement, dated 

as of May 7, 2002 (the “Rights Agreement”); 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to reorganize itself by adopting a holding company structure pursuant to and in accordance with 

Section 351.448 of The General Corporation Law of the State of Missouri (the “Reorganization”);  

WHEREAS,  New  O’Reilly  is  a  newly  formed,  direct,  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company  organized  for  the  purpose  of 

implementing the Reorganization;  

WHEREAS,  each  of  the  Company,  New  O’Reilly  and  O’Reilly  MergerCo,  Inc.,  a  Missouri  corporation  (“MergerCo”),  and  a 
newly  formed,  direct,  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  New  O’Reilly,  are  parties  to  that  certain  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  (the 

“Merger Agreement”), dated as of the date hereof;  

WHEREAS,  pursuant  to  the  Merger  Agreement,  MergerCo  will  merge  with  and  into  the  Company  (the  “Merger”),  with  the 

Company being the surviving corporation and becoming a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of New O’Reilly;  

WHEREAS, as a result of the Merger, (i) each share of the Company’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Company 
Common Stock”), issued and outstanding at the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”), will be converted into a share of 
common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “New O’Reilly Common Stock”), of New O’Reilly, with the same designations, rights, 

powers, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions as the Company Common Stock;  

WHEREAS, at the Effective Time, the Company’s restated articles of incorporation will be amended by virtue of the Merger to, 
among other things, change the Company’s name to O’Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc., and New O’Reilly’s articles of incorporation 

will be amended by virtue of the Merger to change New O’Reilly’s name to O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.; and 

WHEREAS,  the  parties  hereto  desire  to  amend  the  Rights  Agreement  pursuant  to  and  in  accordance  with  Section  27  thereof  to 

provide for New O’Reilly to succeed to the rights and obligations of the Company thereunder. 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows: 

1.  Amendments to Rights Agreement.   

(a)  At the Effective Time, all references in the Rights  Agreement to (i) “the Company”  shall  mean New O’Reilly and (ii) 
each  of  the  “Common  Stock”  and  “Preferred  Stock”  shall  mean  the  New  O’Reilly  Common  Stock  and  the  Series  A 

Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of New O’Reilly, respectively.  

(b)  Section 2 shall be amended so as to read in its entirety as follows: 

“Section 2.  Appointment of Rights Agent.  The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to acts as agent for the 
Company  in  accordance  with  the  terms  and  conditions  hereof,  and  the  Rights  Agent  hereby  accepts  such 
appointment.    The  Company  may  from  time  to  time  appoint  such  co-rights  agents  as  it  may  deem  necessary  or 
desirable,  upon  ten  (10)  days’  prior  written  notice  to  the  Rights  Agent.    The  Rights  Agent  shall  have  no  duty  to 

supervise, and shall in no event be liable for, the acts or omissions of any such co-rights agents.”  

(c)  Section 20(c) shall be amended so as to read in its entirety as follows: 

“The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.”   

(d)  Section 21 shall be amended to insert the following new sentence after the existing first sentence in that section: 

“In the event the transfer agency relationship in effect between the Company and the Rights Agent terminates, the 
Rights Agent will be deemed to have resigned automatically and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

(c)  Execution. This  Amendment  may be executed in  two or  more counterparts, all of  which  when taken together shall be 
considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party 
and  delivered  to  the  other  party,  it  being  understood  that  both  parties  need  not  sign  the  same  counterpart.    If  any 
signature is delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation 
of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) the same with the same force and effect as if such 
facsimile or electronically transmitted signature page were an original thereof. 

(d)  Severability. If any provision of this Amendment is held to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, the validity and 
enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions of this  Amendment shall  not in any  way be affected or impaired 
thereby and the parties  will attempt in good faith to agree  upon a valid and enforceable provision that is a reasonable 
substitute  therefor  and  effects  the  original  intent  of  the  parties  as  closely  as  possible,  and  upon  so  agreeing,  shall 
incorporate such substitute provision in this Amendment. 

(e)  Governing Law.  This Amendment, the Rights Agreement and each Right and each Rights Certificate issued thereunder 
shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Missouri and for all purposes shall be governed by 
and construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within 
such State. 

[signature page follows] 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above. 

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. 

By:         /s/ Thomas McFall 

               Name:  Thomas McFall 

               Title:    Executive Vice President 

           and Chief Financial Officer 

O’REILLY HOLDINGS, INC. 

By:          /s/ Thomas McFall 

        Name:  Thomas McFall 

        Title:    Treasurer and Chief 

                     Financial Officer 

[signatures continue] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)  Execution. This  Amendment  may be executed in  two or  more counterparts, all of  which  when taken together shall be 
considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party 
and  delivered  to  the  other  party,  it  being  understood  that  both  parties  need  not  sign  the  same  counterpart.    If  any 
signature is delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation 
of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) the same with the same force and effect as if such 

facsimile or electronically transmitted signature page were an original thereof. 

(d)  Severability. If any provision of this Amendment is held to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, the validity and 
enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions of this  Amendment shall  not in any  way be affected or impaired 
thereby and the parties  will attempt in good faith to agree  upon a valid and enforceable provision that is a reasonable 
substitute  therefor  and  effects  the  original  intent  of  the  parties  as  closely  as  possible,  and  upon  so  agreeing,  shall 

incorporate such substitute provision in this Amendment. 

(e)  Governing Law.  This Amendment, the Rights Agreement and each Right and each Rights Certificate issued thereunder 
shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Missouri and for all purposes shall be governed by 
and construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within 

such State. 

[signature page follows] 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above. 

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

By:         /s/ Thomas McFall 
               Name:  Thomas McFall 
               Title:    Executive Vice President 

           and Chief Financial Officer 

O’REILLY HOLDINGS, INC. 

By:          /s/ Thomas McFall 

        Name:  Thomas McFall 
        Title:    Treasurer and Chief 
                     Financial Officer 

[signatures continue] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

       COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, 
       N.A., as Rights Agent 

       By:        /s/ Dennis V Mocci 
                     Name:  Dennis V. Moccia 

                            Title:    Manager, Contract Administrator 

Exhibit 21.1 – Subsidiaries of the Company 

O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

Subsidiary 

State of Incorporation 

O’Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. 

Ozark Automotive Distributors, Inc. 

Greene County Realty Co. 

O’Reilly II Aviation, Inc. 

Ozark Services, Inc. 

Ozark Purchasing, LLC 

CSK Auto Corporation 

CSK Auto, Inc. 

CSKAUTO.COM, Inc. 

OC Holding Company, LLC 

  Missouri 

  Missouri 

  Missouri 

  Missouri 

  Missouri 

  Missouri 

Delaware 

Arizona 

Delaware 

Delaware 

One hundred percent of the capital stock of each of the above listed subsidiaries is directly or indirectly owned by O’Reilly 
Automotive, Inc. 

 
 
 
                                                                        
 
                                                                        
 
                                                                        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, 

       N.A., as Rights Agent 

       By:        /s/ Dennis V Mocci 

                     Name:  Dennis V. Moccia 

                            Title:    Manager, Contract Administrator 

Exhibit 21.1 – Subsidiaries of the Company 

O'Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

Subsidiary 

State of Incorporation 

O’Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. 
Ozark Automotive Distributors, Inc. 
Greene County Realty Co. 
O’Reilly II Aviation, Inc. 
Ozark Services, Inc. 
Ozark Purchasing, LLC 
CSK Auto Corporation 
CSK Auto, Inc. 
CSKAUTO.COM, Inc. 
OC Holding Company, LLC 

  Missouri 
  Missouri 
  Missouri 
  Missouri 
  Missouri 
  Missouri 
Delaware 
Arizona 
Delaware 
Delaware 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

One hundred percent of the capital stock of each of the above listed subsidiaries is directly or indirectly owned by O’Reilly 
Automotive, Inc. 

 
 
 
                                                                        
 
                                                                        
 
                                                                        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements: 

CERTIFICATIONS 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Exhibit 23.1 – Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Exhibit 31.1 – CEO Certification 

(1)  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 033-91022), Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-8
(Form S-8 No. 033-91022) and Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Form S-8 No. 033-
91022) pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Performance Incentive Plan, 

(2)  Registration  Statement  (Form  S-8  No.  333-63467)  and  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  1  (Form  S-8  No.  333-63467) 
pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Director Stock Option Plan and the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 1993 Stock Option
Plan, 

(3)  Registration  Statements  (Form  S-8  No.  333-59568  and  333-136958)  and  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  1  (Form  S-8  No. 

333-59568 and 333-136958) pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Profit Sharing and Savings Plan,  

(4)  Registration  Statement  (Form  S-8  No.  333-111976)  and  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  1  (Form  S-8  No.  333-111976) 
pertaining  to  the  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  2003  Employee  Stock  Option  Plan,  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  2003  Director 
Stock Option Plan, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 1993 Employee Stock Option Plan, and the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Stock 
Purchase Plan,  

(5)  Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 to Form S-4 (Form S-8 No. 333-151578) and Post-
Effective Amendment No. 2 (Form S-8 No. 333-151578) pertaining to the CSK Auto Corporation 2004 Stock and Incentive 
Plan, CSK Auto Corporation 1999 Employee Stock Option Plan, CSK Auto Corporation 1996 Executive Stock Option Plan,
CSK Auto Corporation 1996 Associate Stock Option Plan and CSK Auto Corporation Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement 
with Lawrence N. Mondry, 

(6)  Registration  Statement  (Form  S-8  No.  333-157862)  and  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  1  (Form  S-8  No.  333-157862) 

pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Stock Purchase Plan, and 

(7)  Registration  Statement  (Form  S-8  No.  333-159351)  and  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  1  (Form  S-8  No.  333-159351) 
pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2009 Stock Purchase Plan and to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2009 Incentive
Plan; 

of our reports dated February 28, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of O’Reilly Automotive, 
Inc. and Subsidiaries and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries, 
included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

Kansas City, Missouri 
February 28, 2011 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

I, Greg Henslee, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.;  

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report;  

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us 
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

(b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about 
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; 
and  

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 
most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant's  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the 
equivalent functions):  

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

b) Any  fraud,  whether or not  material, that involves  management or other employees  who have a significant role in the registrant's 
internal control over financial reporting.  

Date:  February 28, 2011 

/s/ Greg Henslee 

Greg Henslee, Co-President and 

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23.1 – Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Exhibit 31.1 – CEO Certification 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements: 

CERTIFICATIONS 

(1)  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 033-91022), Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-8
(Form S-8 No. 033-91022) and Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Form S-8 No. 033-

I, Greg Henslee, certify that: 

91022) pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Performance Incentive Plan, 

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.;  

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

(2)  Registration  Statement  (Form  S-8  No.  333-63467)  and  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  1  (Form  S-8  No.  333-63467) 
pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Director Stock Option Plan and the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 1993 Stock Option

(3)  Registration  Statements  (Form  S-8  No.  333-59568  and  333-136958)  and  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  1  (Form  S-8  No. 

333-59568 and 333-136958) pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Profit Sharing and Savings Plan,  

(4)  Registration  Statement  (Form  S-8  No.  333-111976)  and  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  1  (Form  S-8  No.  333-111976) 
pertaining  to  the  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  2003  Employee  Stock  Option  Plan,  O’Reilly  Automotive,  Inc.  2003  Director 
Stock Option Plan, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 1993 Employee Stock Option Plan, and the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Stock 

Purchase Plan,  

(5)  Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 to Form S-4 (Form S-8 No. 333-151578) and Post-
Effective Amendment No. 2 (Form S-8 No. 333-151578) pertaining to the CSK Auto Corporation 2004 Stock and Incentive 
Plan, CSK Auto Corporation 1999 Employee Stock Option Plan, CSK Auto Corporation 1996 Executive Stock Option Plan,
CSK Auto Corporation 1996 Associate Stock Option Plan and CSK Auto Corporation Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement 

with Lawrence N. Mondry, 

(6)  Registration  Statement  (Form  S-8  No.  333-157862)  and  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  1  (Form  S-8  No.  333-157862) 

pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Stock Purchase Plan, and 

(7)  Registration  Statement  (Form  S-8  No.  333-159351)  and  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  1  (Form  S-8  No.  333-159351) 
pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2009 Stock Purchase Plan and to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2009 Incentive

Plan, 

Plan; 

of our reports dated February 28, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of O’Reilly Automotive, 
Inc. and Subsidiaries and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries, 

included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

Kansas City, Missouri 

February 28, 2011 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report;  

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us 
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

(b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about 
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; 
and  

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 
most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant's  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the 
equivalent functions):  

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

b) Any  fraud,  whether or not  material, that involves  management or other employees  who have a significant role in the registrant's 
internal control over financial reporting.  

Date:  February 28, 2011 

/s/ Greg Henslee 
Greg Henslee, Co-President and 
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

I, Thomas McFall, certify that: 

O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Exhibit 31.2 – CFO Certification 

Exhibit 32.1 – CEO Certification 

CERTIFICATIONS 

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.;  

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report;  

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us 
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

(b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about 
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; 
and  

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 
most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant's  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the 
equivalent functions):  

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

b) Any  fraud,  whether or not  material, that involves  management or other employees  who have a significant role in the registrant's 
internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 28, 2011 

/s/ Thomas McFall 
Thomas McFall 
Executive Vice President of 
Finance and Chief Financial Officer (Principal 
Financial and Accounting Officer) 

In connection with the Report of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2010, 
as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Greg Henslee, Chief Executive Officer of 
the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley  Act of 2002, 
that, to the best of my knowledge: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 

(2)    The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  result  of 

amended; and 

operations of the Company. 

/s/ Greg Henslee 
Greg Henslee 
Chief Executive Officer  

February 28, 2011 

This  certification  is  made  solely  for  purposes  of  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  and  not  for  any  other  purpose.    This  certification 
accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended. 

A  signed  original  of  this  written  statement  required  by  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  has  been  provided  to  the 
Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 – CFO Certification 

Exhibit 32.1 – CEO Certification 

O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CERTIFICATIONS 

I, Thomas McFall, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.;  

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 

respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 

this report;  

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 

Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us 

by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

(b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 

statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about 
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; 

and  

O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

K
-
0
1
M
R
O
F

In connection with the Report of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2010, 
as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Greg Henslee, Chief Executive Officer of 
the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley  Act of 2002, 
that, to the best of my knowledge: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 

amended; and 

(2)    The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  result  of 

operations of the Company. 

/s/ Greg Henslee 
Greg Henslee 
Chief Executive Officer  

February 28, 2011 

This  certification  is  made  solely  for  purposes  of  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  and  not  for  any  other  purpose.    This  certification 
accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended. 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 
most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is 

A  signed  original  of  this  written  statement  required  by  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  has  been  provided  to  the 
Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant's  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the 

equivalent functions):  

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 

reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

b) Any  fraud,  whether or not  material, that involves  management or other employees  who have a significant role in the registrant's 

internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 28, 2011 

/s/ Thomas McFall 

Thomas McFall 

Executive Vice President of 

Finance and Chief Financial Officer (Principal 

Financial and Accounting Officer) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
O
R
M
1
0
-
K

O'REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.2 – CFO Certification 

In connection with the Report of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2010, 
as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Thomas McFall, Chief Financial Officer of 
the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley  Act of 2002, 
that, to the best of my knowledge: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 

amended; and 

(2)    The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  result  of 

operations of the Company. 

/s/ Thomas McFall 
Thomas McFall 
Chief Financial Officer 

February 28, 2011 

This  certification  is  made  solely  for  purposes  of  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  and  not  for  any  other  purpose.    This  certification 
accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended. 

A  signed  original  of  this  written  statement  required  by  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  has  been  provided  to  the 
Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

This page intentionally left blank.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

CORpORATE ADDRESS
233 South Patterson 
Springfield, Missouri 65802 
417-862-3333 
www.oreillyauto.com

REgISTRAR AND TRANSFER AgENT
Computershare Investor Services 
P.O. Box 43078 
Providence, RI 02940-3078

Inquiries regarding stock transfers, lost certificates or 
address changes should be directed to Computershare 
Investor Services at the above address.

INDEpENDENT REgISTERED pubLIC ACCOuNTINg FIRM
Ernst & Young LLP 
One Kansas City Place 
1200 Main Street, Suite 2500 
Kansas City, Missouri 64105-2167

ANNuAL MEETINg
The annual meeting of shareholders of O’Reilly Automotive, 
Inc. will be held at 10 a.m. central time on May 3, 2011, at 
the Doubletree Hotel, 2431 North Glenstone Avenue in 
Springfield, Missouri. Shareholders of record as of February 
28, 2011, will be entitled to vote at this meeting.

FORM 10-K REpORT
The Form 10-K Report of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.  
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and  
our quarterly press releases are available without charge  
to shareholders upon written request. These requests and  
other investor contacts should be directed to Thomas 
McFall, Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President 
of Finance, at the corporate address.

TRADINg SyMbOL
The Company’s common stock is traded on The Nasdaq 
Global Select Market under the symbol ORLY.

NuMbER OF SHAREHOLDERS
As of February 28, 2011, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. had 
approximately 86,000 shareholders based on the number of 
holders of record and an estimate of the number of individual 
participants represented by security position listings.

ANALyST COvERAgE
The following analysts provide research coverage of  
O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.:

Avondale Partners 
Bret Jordan

Gabelli & Company 
Brian Sponheimer

Raymond James 
Dan Wewer

BB&T Capital Markets 
Anthony F. Cristello

ISI Group Inc. 
Gregory Melich

Bernstein Research 
Colin McGranahan

Morgan Keegan 
John R. Lawrence

Credit Suisse 
Gary Balter

Deutsche Bank 
Research 
Michael Baker

FBR Capital  
Markets & Co 
Stephen C. Chick

Nomura Equity 
Research 
Aram H. Rubinson

Northcoast Research 
Nick Mitchell

Oppenheimer &  
Co. Inc. 
Brian Nagel

RBC Capital Markets 
Scott Ciccarelli

Robert W. Baird & Co
Craig R. Kennison

Stifel Nicolaus
David A. Schick

ThinkEquity
Mark D. Mandel

Wedbush Securities
Camilo Lyon

William Blair
Daniel Hofkin 

MARKET pRICES AND DIvIDEND INFORMATION
The prices in the table below represent the high and low 
sales price for O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. common stock  
as reported by The Nasdaq Global Select Market.

The common stock began trading on April 22, 1993. No 
cash dividends have been declared since 1992, and the 
Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends  
in the foreseeable future.

First	Quarter	
Second	Quarter	
Third	Quarter	
Fourth	Quarter	
For	the	Year	

2010	

2009

High	

Low	

High	

Low

$	43.00	
51.40	
54.07	
63.04	
63.04	

$	37.73	 $	35.63	
38.85	
42.22	
40.26	
42.22	

41.61	
46.07	
52.84	
37.73	

$	27.00
35.08
36.14
33.68
27.00

	
	
 
 
11:37 P.m.

233 South Patterson  |  Springfield, Missouri 65802  |  417.862.3333  |  www.oreillyauto.com